(1237,2,'2014-06-18 11:10:08','2014-06-18 18:10:08','Art is one of the quintessential expressions of humanity. In many ways, it\'s what sets us apart from the animals.\r\n\r\nLike most things that separate man and beast, art requires tools to be expressed to its fullest potential. If you\'re concentrating on drawing the human figure, there are certain drawing tools that you will need to push your talent to its fullest.\r\n\r\nIf you\'re anything like me, your earliest drawing experiences involved nothing more than a pencil and any blank space that you could find. This is great for those who want to do nothing more than to scribble out an idea, but you can do so much more if you have the right tools.\r\n\r\nEverything from the surface on which you draw to the eraser that you use to get rid of mistakes can help you to fulfill your promise as an artist.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_1235\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"480\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/drafting-table.jpg\"><img class=\"wp-image-1235 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/drafting-table.jpg\" alt=\"Using certain drawing tools can help you to more quickly realize your hidden talents.\" width=\"480\" height=\"320\" /></a> Using certain drawing tools can help you to more quickly realize your hidden talents.[/caption]\r\n<h3>The Base</h3>\r\nIf you are serious about your art, you may want to devote a specific space in your home to drawing. Having a perfect base on which to draw your art isn\'t a necessity -- but it helps.\r\n\r\nWhile there are millions of people who can draw perfectly well without owning any kind of special surface, dedicating a space in your home is a great way to fuel your artistic spirit. The recommended surface upon which you should draw is a drafting table -- an elevated table that is usually raised at an angle.\r\n\r\nOf all the drawing tools that you can invest in, an empty space is probably the most important. A drafting board is great, but even a clean desk can help you to focus on your task.\r\n\r\nThe most important quality of the surface is smoothness -- you don\'t need a strange texture impacting your art. This is usually a given with a drafting board, but even a standard desk should be sufficient for this task. Don\'t go broke trying to find the perfect surface, but do pay attention to that on which you draw.\r\n<h3>Paper</h3>\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_834\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"225\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/bristol-board.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-834\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/bristol-board-225x300.jpg\" alt=\"Bristol board paper is sturdy enough to withstand the smudging and erasing needed for detailed, realistic pencil portraits.\" width=\"225\" height=\"300\" /></a> Bristol board paper is sturdy enough to withstand the smudging and erasing needed for detailed, realistic pencil portraits.[/caption]\r\n\r\nIf you are going to draw, you need paper. Even if you are a fan of drawing on a tablet, you aren\'t going to get far with your technique unless you have a plentiful paper supply.\r\n\r\nIdeally, you should have multiple types of paper. You will need paper for sketching, paper for rough work and the paper upon which you will place your finished work. Each type has its own benefits and drawbacks, and each type is vital for a would-be artist.\r\n\r\nThere are dozens of types of paper available, but I believe an average artist can get away with only using three. Your most important paper products are:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>A small sketchbook</li>\r\n	<li>Acid-free drawing pad</li>\r\n	<li>Two-ply Bristol board</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nYour sketchbook is going to be used on a daily basis, generally as inspiration strikes. I\'ve got several laying around at home, mostly full of ideas that never went anywhere. These books are good for working on new techniques and drawing as you go, but not particularly useful for any kind of professional work.\r\n\r\nI tend to keep a drawing pad full of acid-free drawing paper around for my rough work and for practice. Larger than a sketchbook, these pages are great for working on my technique or for rough outlines of pieces that I intend to transfer over to my two-ply Bristol board. Of all my drawing tools, my drawing pad is probably the most used -- without it, I can\'t improve.\r\n\r\n<a title=\"Strathmore 300 Series Bristol smooth 19 in. x 24 in.\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/strathmore-300-series-bristol-smooth-19-in-x-24-in/\">Two-ply Bristol board</a> is the paper that you\'ll use for any major final pieces. Reserve this paper for your very best work! This is the paper I use for my detailed, realistic pencil portraits. A bit heavier and smoother than typical paper, it\'s the professional quality product that you\'ve always wanted. Bristol board is available in all of your typical paper sizes, making it perfect for final drawings of any size.\r\n<h3>Pencils</h3>\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_824\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"276\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/graphite-pencils.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-824\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/graphite-pencils-276x300.jpg\" alt=\"Graphite pencils are available in a range of leads from hard and light to soft and black.\" width=\"276\" height=\"300\" /></a> Graphite pencils are available in a range of leads from hard and light to soft and black.[/caption]\r\n\r\nIf you want to draw, you will need pencils. If you\'re like me, you already have your favorites -- but you will need to step outside of your comfort zone if you really want to master your craft.\r\n\r\nThe pencil box of an artist is filled with a variety of crazy pencils, most of which are certainly not useful on a standardized test. The pencils that you choose to use are going to reflect not only your drawing style but also your level of expertise. As you learn more about art, you will add and remove pencils from your collection.\r\n\r\nYou are likely to invest more money in pencils than almost anything else as a pencil portrait artist, so you might as well start building your collection today. If you only concentrate on two types of pencils, they should be:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Graphite pencils</li>\r\n	<li>Mechanical pencils</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nIt\'s no secret that there are dozens of different drawing pencils out there. <a title=\"Derwent Graphic Pencils, Soft, Metal Tin, 12 Count (34215)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/derwent-graphic-pencils-soft-metal-tin-12-count-34215/\">Graphite pencils</a> are usually labeled on a continuum from H (hardness) to B (blackness). 9H pencils have the hardest lead and leave the lightest mark, while 9B pencils have the softest lead and leave the blackest mark. HB pencils, which are your standard No. 2 pencils, fall in the middle of the continuum.\r\n\r\nI\'m partial to 2B pencils, which are reasonably hard and black. These are the pencils that you will use for most of your sketch work and your final work.\r\n\r\nSince there are so many \"professional\" drawing pencils out there, you\'d think that you would never have to use a mechanical pencil. In the real world, though, you will grow to value these versatile pencils.\r\n\r\nUse them when you sketch on the go, as you don\'t have to worry as much about misplacing <a title=\"Pentel GraphGear 500 Automatic Drafting Pencil Black (PG525A)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/pentel-graphgear-500-automatic-drafting-pencil-black-pg525a/\">mechanical pencils</a>. Mechanical pencils are also great drawing tools for those who don\'t want to bring around a kit full of graphite pencils on vacation. Additionally, I use them for my realistic portraits. Mechanical pencils are perfect for adding in those tiny, fine details.\r\n<h3>Erasers</h3>\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_1236\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"300\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/kneaded-eraser-and-blending-stump-closeup.jpg\"><img class=\"wp-image-1236 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/kneaded-eraser-and-blending-stump-closeup-300x127.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"127\" /></a> A kneaded eraser and blending stump are two invaluable tools in creating realistic images.[/caption]\r\n\r\nErasers are perhaps your most overlooked drawing tool. You are going to make plenty of mistakes when you sketch -- I know I do. A good eraser can save you the hassle of finding more paper in order to restart a piece in progress, giving you the ability to keep your creative flow going.\r\n\r\nEven if you\'re the type of artist who believes that there is no such thing as a mistake, you still need an eraser. These little lumps help to cover a variety of deficiencies, and they also work well with a number of artistic techniques.\r\n\r\nYour basic eraser does the job for which you\'ve used it since kindergarten -- getting rid of mistakes. I personally prefer a kneaded eraser for the sake of utility. Not only does it erase without leaving the lovely pink residue that we\'ve all come to know and loathe from school, but you can pinch it and knead it into whatever shape you like. This makes it particularly useful for getting stray lines, dots, and unwanted graphite tones out of the way without causing new problems.\r\n\r\nWhen one surface on a kneaded eraser gets dirty, you can just fold it over and cover the smudged surface. This eliminates graphite marks and smudges from appearing the next time that you use the eraser.\r\n\r\nI also tend to lump tortillons and blending stumps under the category of erasers, if only for simplicity. These items are used for smudging or blending the marks that you make on paper, adding more to the texture and feel of your artwork. It\'s easy to conflate tortillon and stumps, but each tool has a slightly different texture -- make sure to buy both.\r\n\r\nYou\'ll also want a simple pink eraser to clean these tools, finally giving you a use for the horrible little tool that you\'ve been forced to use since grade school! Haha, I\'m only kidding about the \"horrible\" part, since pink erasers do have their place. I still use them quite often for erasing smudges from large areas of my paper that would take a kneaded eraser too long to accomplish.\r\n<h3>Drawing Accessories</h3>\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_836\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"300\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/light-box.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-836\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/light-box-300x300.jpg\" alt=\"If you like to draw with a grid, a light box can eliminate the need for erasing grid lines.\" width=\"300\" height=\"300\" /></a> If you like to draw with a grid, a light box can eliminate the need for erasing grid lines.[/caption]\r\n\r\nThere are also plenty of tools that you can use to help with your personal style. From lighting to compasses, there are great art accessories out there than will allow you to change the way that you draw.\r\n\r\nSure, these are absolutely optional -- but they can also be a lot of fun. Picking the right accessories might allow you to pull off techniques that you can\'t quite manage on your own.\r\n\r\nOne great accessory is the <a title=\"Artograph ART-O-GRAPH Lightracer Light Tracer Elite II\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/artograph-art-o-graph-lightracer-light-tracer-elite-ii/\">light box</a> - a useful tool for those who need to transfer rough drawings from their sketchbooks to better paper. The light that shines through the box makes it easier to see the rough figure through a second piece of paper, thus helping you to transfer your lines with ease. Light boxes are also excellent for using the grid method to make more accurate drawings.\r\n\r\nIf you are going to make multi-layered drawings, it is also a smart idea to invest in a workable fixative. This spray can be used to avoid smudging your lines as you draw new layers, allowing you to keep a clean and professional look. If you prefer, wait until your drawing is complete and spray the final product for easier handling. Fixatives are especially useful for professionals who will present their work to others.\r\n\r\nDon\'t forget about those accessories that will help you to improve your skills. A <a title=\"Pickett Template 1204-i Circle Master\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/pickett-template-1204-i-circle-master/\">circle template</a> will give you the ability to draw circles (think irises and pupils) more cleanly, avoiding those horribly malformed shapes that we are all guilty of drawing. I\'m also partial to keeping a small anatomical figure on my desk, particularly of the sort that you can pose. It always helps me to better envision how my figure would look in different poses, allowing me to better plot out my artwork.\r\n<h3>Experiment!</h3>\r\nThere\'s quite a bit listed in the sections above. While I do believe that everything listed has a place in your evolving world of pencil portraiture, that doesn\'t mean that there aren\'t other fantastic tools that you can use. You\'re an artist, so don\'t feel constrained by lists or by recommendations -- figure out new or alternative drawing tools that you can use to perfect your understanding of the human form. I\'ve seen fantastic artists who swear by electronic tablets, while others require college-ruled paper to really nail down a figure. You are in charge of your own artistic destiny, so make sure to use the tools that reflect your goals!','The Drawing Tools of the Artist\'s Trade','','inherit','open','open','','1228-revision-v1','','','2014-06-18 11:10:08','2014-06-18 18:10:08','',1228,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1228-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1238,2,'2014-06-18 11:27:55','2014-06-18 18:27:55','Art is one of the quintessential expressions of humanity. In many ways, it\'s what sets us apart from the animals.\r\n\r\nLike most things that separate man and beast, art requires tools to be expressed to its fullest potential. If you\'re concentrating on drawing the human figure, there are certain drawing tools that you will need to push your talent to its fullest.\r\n\r\nIf you\'re anything like me, your earliest drawing experiences involved nothing more than a pencil and any blank space that you could find. This is great for those who want to do nothing more than to scribble out an idea, but you can do so much more if you have the right tools.\r\n\r\nEverything from the surface on which you draw to the eraser that you use to get rid of mistakes can help you to fulfill your promise as an artist.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_1235\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"480\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/drafting-table.jpg\"><img class=\"wp-image-1235 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/drafting-table.jpg\" alt=\"Using certain drawing tools can help you to more quickly realize your hidden talents.\" width=\"480\" height=\"320\" /></a> Using certain drawing tools can help you to more quickly realize your hidden talents.[/caption]\r\n<h3>The Base</h3>\r\nIf you are serious about your art, you may want to devote a specific space in your home to drawing. Having a perfect base on which to draw your art isn\'t a necessity -- but it helps.\r\n\r\nWhile there are millions of people who can draw perfectly well without owning any kind of special surface, dedicating a space in your home is a great way to fuel your artistic spirit. The recommended surface upon which you should draw is a drafting table -- an elevated table that is usually raised at an angle.\r\n\r\nOf all the drawing tools that you can invest in, an empty space is probably the most important. A drafting board is great, but even a clean desk can help you to focus on your task.\r\n\r\nThe most important quality of the surface is smoothness -- you don\'t need a strange texture impacting your art. This is usually a given with a drafting board, but even a standard desk should be sufficient for this task. Don\'t go broke trying to find the perfect surface, but do pay attention to that on which you draw.\r\n<h3>Paper</h3>\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_834\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"225\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/bristol-board.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-834\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/bristol-board-225x300.jpg\" alt=\"Bristol board paper is sturdy enough to withstand the smudging and erasing needed for detailed, realistic pencil portraits.\" width=\"225\" height=\"300\" /></a> Bristol board paper is sturdy enough to withstand the smudging and erasing needed for detailed, realistic pencil portraits.[/caption]\r\n\r\nIf you are going to draw, you need paper. Even if you are a fan of drawing on a tablet, you aren\'t going to get far with your technique unless you have a plentiful paper supply.\r\n\r\nIdeally, you should have multiple types of paper. You will need paper for sketching, paper for rough work and the paper upon which you will place your finished work. Each type has its own benefits and drawbacks, and each type is vital for a would-be artist.\r\n\r\nThere are dozens of types of paper available, but I believe an average artist can get away with only using three. Your most important paper products are:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>A small sketchbook</li>\r\n	<li>Acid-free drawing pad</li>\r\n	<li>Two-ply Bristol board</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nYour sketchbook is going to be used on a daily basis, generally as inspiration strikes. I\'ve got several laying around at home, mostly full of ideas that never went anywhere. These books are good for working on new techniques and drawing as you go, but not particularly useful for any kind of professional work.\r\n\r\nI tend to keep a drawing pad full of acid-free drawing paper around for my rough work and for practice. Larger than a sketchbook, these pages are great for working on my technique or for rough outlines of pieces that I intend to transfer over to my two-ply Bristol board. Of all my drawing tools, my drawing pad is probably the most used -- without it, I can\'t improve.\r\n\r\n<a title=\"Strathmore 300 Series Bristol smooth 19 in. x 24 in.\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/strathmore-300-series-bristol-smooth-19-in-x-24-in/\">Two-ply Bristol board</a> is the paper that you\'ll use for any major final pieces. Reserve this paper for your very best work! This is the paper I use for my detailed, realistic pencil portraits. A bit heavier and smoother than typical paper, it\'s the professional quality product that you\'ve always wanted. Bristol board is available in all of your typical paper sizes, making it perfect for final drawings of any size.\r\n<h3>Pencils</h3>\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_824\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"276\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/graphite-pencils.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-824\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/graphite-pencils-276x300.jpg\" alt=\"Graphite pencils are available in a range of leads from hard and light to soft and black.\" width=\"276\" height=\"300\" /></a> Graphite pencils are available in a range of leads, from hard and light to soft and black.[/caption]\r\n\r\nIf you want to draw, you will need pencils. If you\'re like me, you already have your favorites -- but you will need to step outside of your comfort zone if you really want to master your craft.\r\n\r\nThe pencil box of an artist is filled with a variety of crazy pencils, most of which are certainly not useful on a standardized test. The pencils that you choose to use are going to reflect not only your drawing style but also your level of expertise. As you learn more about art, you will add and remove pencils from your collection.\r\n\r\nYou are likely to invest more money in pencils than almost anything else as a pencil portrait artist, so you might as well start building your collection today. If you only concentrate on two types of pencils, they should be:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Graphite pencils</li>\r\n	<li>Mechanical pencils</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nIt\'s no secret that there are dozens of different drawing pencils out there. <a title=\"Derwent Graphic Pencils, Soft, Metal Tin, 12 Count (34215)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/derwent-graphic-pencils-soft-metal-tin-12-count-34215/\">Graphite pencils</a> are usually labeled on a continuum from H (hardness) to B (blackness). 9H pencils have the hardest lead and leave the lightest mark, while 9B pencils have the softest lead and leave the blackest mark. HB pencils, which are your standard No. 2 pencils, fall in the middle of the continuum.\r\n\r\nI\'m partial to 2B pencils, which are reasonably hard and black. These are the pencils that you will use for most of your sketch work and your final work.\r\n\r\nSince there are so many \"professional\" drawing pencils out there, you\'d think that you would never have to use a mechanical pencil. In the real world, though, you will grow to value these versatile pencils.\r\n\r\nUse them when you sketch on the go, as you don\'t have to worry as much about misplacing <a title=\"Pentel GraphGear 500 Automatic Drafting Pencil Black (PG525A)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/pentel-graphgear-500-automatic-drafting-pencil-black-pg525a/\">mechanical pencils</a>. Mechanical pencils are also great drawing tools for those who don\'t want to bring around a kit full of graphite pencils on vacation. Additionally, I use them for my realistic portraits. Mechanical pencils are perfect for adding in those tiny, fine details.\r\n<h3>Erasers</h3>\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_1236\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"300\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/kneaded-eraser-and-blending-stump-closeup.jpg\"><img class=\"wp-image-1236 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/kneaded-eraser-and-blending-stump-closeup-300x127.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"127\" /></a> A kneaded eraser and blending stump are two invaluable tools in creating realistic images.[/caption]\r\n\r\nErasers are perhaps your most overlooked drawing tool. You are going to make plenty of mistakes when you sketch -- I know I do. A good eraser can save you the hassle of finding more paper in order to restart a piece in progress, giving you the ability to keep your creative flow going.\r\n\r\nEven if you\'re the type of artist who believes that there is no such thing as a mistake, you still need an eraser. These little lumps help to cover a variety of deficiencies, and they also work well with a number of artistic techniques.\r\n\r\nYour basic eraser does the job for which you\'ve used it since kindergarten -- getting rid of mistakes. I personally prefer a kneaded eraser for the sake of utility. Not only does it erase without leaving the lovely pink residue that we\'ve all come to know and loathe from school, but you can pinch it and knead it into whatever shape you like. This makes it particularly useful for getting stray lines, dots, and unwanted graphite tones out of the way without causing new problems.\r\n\r\nWhen one surface on a kneaded eraser gets dirty, you can just fold it over and cover the smudged surface. This eliminates graphite marks and smudges from appearing the next time that you use the eraser.\r\n\r\nI also tend to lump tortillons and blending stumps under the category of erasers, if only for simplicity. These items are used for smudging or blending the marks that you make on paper, adding more to the texture and feel of your artwork. It\'s easy to conflate tortillon and stumps, but each tool has a slightly different texture -- make sure to buy both.\r\n\r\nYou\'ll also want a simple pink eraser to clean these tools, finally giving you a use for the horrible little tool that you\'ve been forced to use since grade school! Haha, I\'m only kidding about the \"horrible\" part, since pink erasers do have their place. I still use them quite often for erasing smudges from large areas of my paper that would take a kneaded eraser too long to accomplish.\r\n<h3>Drawing Accessories</h3>\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_836\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"300\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/light-box.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-836\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/light-box-300x300.jpg\" alt=\"If you like to draw with a grid, a light box can eliminate the need for erasing grid lines.\" width=\"300\" height=\"300\" /></a> If you like to draw with a grid, a light box can eliminate the need for erasing grid lines.[/caption]\r\n\r\nThere are also plenty of tools that you can use to help with your personal style. From lighting to compasses, there are great art accessories out there than will allow you to change the way that you draw.\r\n\r\nSure, these are absolutely optional -- but they can also be a lot of fun. Picking the right accessories might allow you to pull off techniques that you can\'t quite manage on your own.\r\n\r\nOne great accessory is the <a title=\"Artograph ART-O-GRAPH Lightracer Light Tracer Elite II\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/artograph-art-o-graph-lightracer-light-tracer-elite-ii/\">light box</a> - a useful tool for those who need to transfer rough drawings from their sketchbooks to better paper. The light that shines through the box makes it easier to see the rough figure through a second piece of paper, thus helping you to transfer your lines with ease. Light boxes are also excellent for using the grid method to make more accurate drawings.\r\n\r\nIf you are going to make multi-layered drawings, it is also a smart idea to invest in a workable fixative. This spray can be used to avoid smudging your lines as you draw new layers, allowing you to keep a clean and professional look. If you prefer, wait until your drawing is complete and spray the final product for easier handling. Fixatives are especially useful for professionals who will present their work to others.\r\n\r\nDon\'t forget about those accessories that will help you to improve your skills. A <a title=\"Pickett Template 1204-i Circle Master\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/pickett-template-1204-i-circle-master/\">circle template</a> will give you the ability to draw circles (think irises and pupils) more cleanly, avoiding those horribly malformed shapes that we are all guilty of drawing.\r\n\r\nI\'m also partial to keeping a small anatomical figure on my desk, particularly of the sort that you can pose. It always helps me to better envision how my figure would look in different poses, allowing me to better plot out my artwork.\r\n<h3>Experiment!</h3>\r\nThere\'s quite a bit listed in the sections above. While I do believe that everything listed has a place in your evolving world of pencil portraiture, that doesn\'t mean that there aren\'t other fantastic tools that you can use.\r\n\r\nYou\'re an artist, so don\'t feel constrained by lists or by recommendations -- figure out new or alternative drawing tools that you can use to perfect your understanding of the human form. I\'ve seen fantastic artists who swear by electronic tablets, while others require college-ruled paper to really nail down a figure. You are in charge of your own artistic destiny, so make sure to use the tools that reflect your goals!','The Drawing Tools of the Artist\'s Trade','','inherit','open','open','','1228-revision-v1','','','2014-06-18 11:27:55','2014-06-18 18:27:55','',1228,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1228-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1239,2,'2014-06-18 17:20:51','2014-06-19 00:20:51','<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/picasion.com_eb0158e8f970a015b6e5416909e2abc6.gif\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-280\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/picasion.com_eb0158e8f970a015b6e5416909e2abc6.gif\" alt=\"picasion.com_eb0158e8f970a015b6e5416909e2abc6\" width=\"450\" height=\"343\" /></a></p>\r\nHere we have a drawing of a bride, eyes wide and looking from behind a bouquet. The central focus will be on her eyes and how to draw them. Hopefully after giving this a try, you will learn to include all of the little details that bring the eyes to life. So refer to the reference photo below, as well as my step-by-step drawings, and let’s draw some eyes!\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_863\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"480\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-bride-and-bridal-bouquet.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-863\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-bride-and-bridal-bouquet.jpg\" alt=\" © Pzaxe | Dreamstime.com\" width=\"480\" height=\"320\" /></a> <strong> © <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/pzaxe_info\">Pzaxe</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></strong>[/caption]\r\n<h3>Step 1: Make a Grid</h3>\r\nMake a grid of 6 squares across and 3 squares down. They can be any size you choose. Just make sure to use a ruler and make perfect squares if you are hoping for a more accurate drawing of the photograph. If you are good at sketching lines and can make boxes approximately the same size, that will work too for this drawing (since we are not trying to capture a likeness).\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/01p-bride-eyes-grid.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-698\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/01p-bride-eyes-grid.jpg\" alt=\"01p bride eyes grid\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 2: Outline of the Eyes</h3>\r\nOnce again, if you are using your grid for accuracy, pay close attention to placement. For example, the corner of the bride’s left eye (right side of the drawing) is approximately at the imaginary center line of its grid box (lined up with the arrow). Also, notice how the widths of both eyes are the same, and there is about one eye-width between the two eyes. This is a standard rule of thumb for drawing eyes looking directly at you, no matter who you are drawing! You can also include the tear ducts at this point.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/02p-bride-eyes-outline.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-709\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/02p-bride-eyes-outline.jpg\" alt=\"02p bride eyes outline\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 3: Upper Eyelids</h3>\r\nDraw a thin line above each eye’s outline to represent the eyelids. Draw lines from the outer corners that will lead to the brows. Draw lines from the inner corners to the upper bridge of the nose.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/03p-bride-eyes-upper-lids.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-710\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/03p-bride-eyes-upper-lids.jpg\" alt=\"03p bride eyes upper lids\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 4: Irises and Pupils</h3>\r\nUsing your grid and guidelines to help you, lightly sketch circles for the irises and pupils. If necessary, try a few times until you get satisfactory size and placement. Then, trace over them as carefully as you can to make them as round as possible. I like to use a <a title=\"Pickett Template 1204-i Circle Master\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/pickett-template-1204-i-circle-master/\">circle template</a> to make this tracing easier and more accurate. Remember, too, to make smaller circles serving as highlights (or catchlights).\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/04p-bride-eyes-irises-and-pupils.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-702\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/04p-bride-eyes-irises-and-pupils.jpg\" alt=\"04p bride eyes irises and pupils\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 5: Lower Eyelids</h3>\r\nRepeat the same process as you did for the upper eyelids to make the lower lids. Draw a thin line under the white part of the eye. This line is actually for the top rim of the lower eyelids, where we will place the lower eyelashes later. Underneath this, draw any characteristic lines that support the bottom of the eyeballs.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/05p-bride-eyes-lower-lids.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-703\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/05p-bride-eyes-lower-lids.jpg\" alt=\"05p bride eyes lower lids\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 6: Surrounding Features</h3>\r\nDraw the eyebrows, bouquet, face, ear, hair, veil, and any other features that you want to include. Put as much or as little detail as you wish. You can just use simple shapes, especially for the bouquet. It is okay if some of the drawing extends outside of the grid squares.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/06p-bride-eyes-surrounding.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-704\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/06p-bride-eyes-surrounding.jpg\" alt=\"06p bride eyes surrounding\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 7: Guidelines for Shading</h3>\r\nDraw light lines where you see shadows. The shading you will add later will provide form to the eyes and surrounding facial features.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/07p-bride-eyes-shading.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-705\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/07p-bride-eyes-shading.jpg\" alt=\"07p bride eyes shading\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 8: Erase Grid Lines</h3>\r\nCarefully erase the grid lines. Try to erase as much as you can without affecting the lines of the actual drawing. If you can still see some light lines (as indicated by the arrow), it’s not too big of a deal. You can mask them later with shading.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/08p-bride-eyes-erase.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-706\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/08p-bride-eyes-erase.jpg\" alt=\"08p bride eyes erase\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 9: Shading and Details</h3>\r\nUse the lines you made earlier and the reference photo to add shading. Try to use soft strokes that go in the same direction as the surfaces you are shading.\r\n\r\nFor the eyebrows, I lightly shade what was drawn before, and then I use short pencil lines to represent the individual hairs. Pay attention to direction, and notice how most but not all of the little hairs flow together.\r\n\r\nFor the whites of the eyes, I almost always put a little bit of shading under the upper eyelids and some on each corner to give that spherical look to the eyeballs.\r\n\r\nMake the pupils as dark as you possibly can. For the iris, make the outer rim darker, and draw lines going toward the pupil. Leave the catchlights white by shading around them.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/09p-bride-eyes-details.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-707\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/09p-bride-eyes-details.jpg\" alt=\"09p bride eyes details\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 10: Eyelashes</h3>\r\nI like to leave the eyelashes as the last step for the eyes. This way, I can have all of my desired shading complete and place the lashes over it, for a more natural appearance.\r\n\r\nCarefully trace part of the upper eyelid in dark black before placing the upper eyelashes. This will give them a certain thickness. Use fine pencil lines from the lids outward for each of the hairs (much like the eyebrows). Pay attention to direction, and make the lower eyelashes shorter.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/10p-bride-eyes-lashes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-694\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/10p-bride-eyes-lashes.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\r\nYou may have heard it said that the eyes are the windows to the soul. That is why drawing eyes correctly is so vital for portrait artists. The eyes are a very important (if not the most important) part of capturing a subject’s true likeness.\r\n\r\nApply what you learn from this drawing to other drawings like it that focus mainly on the eyes. Then, when you try to draw a familiar face, you will likely see a better resemblance in your work!','How to Draw Eyes of a Bride','','inherit','open','open','','271-revision-v1','','','2014-06-18 17:20:51','2014-06-19 00:20:51','',271,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/271-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1240,2,'2014-06-19 10:45:41','2014-06-19 17:45:41','<center><iframe src=\"//www.youtube.com/embed/2Epfw4G6Ohw?rel=0\" width=\"640\" height=\"360\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"allowfullscreen\"></iframe></center>Who knows what it is people are thinking? If only we could read minds, it would be a much more revealing world to say the least!\r\n\r\nNo one is truly a mind reader. Still, you can\'t say it wouldn\'t be fun to try.\r\n\r\nThat is one of the things SO interesting about sketching a person. A portrait artist gets to play mind-reader by trying to analyze a subject and interpret her thoughts, her emotions, her passions. It is the job of the portrait artist to capture those thoughts and feelings and convey them through art.\r\n\r\nPart of the fun of it all for the artists and the fans of art is in the guessing and interpreting. For this reason (and certainly others), it is probably a very good thing that we cannot read minds!\r\n\r\nWith that said, today\'s video tutorial shows us how to sketch a woman with something on her mind.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/sketch-a-woman-with-something-on-her-mind.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-1190\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/sketch-a-woman-with-something-on-her-mind.jpg\" alt=\"sketch a woman with something on her mind\" width=\"375\" height=\"500\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThe only materials I used were drawing paper, a pink eraser, a kneaded eraser, and a 2B <a title=\"Derwent Graphic Pencils, Soft, Metal Tin, 12 Count (34215)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/derwent-graphic-pencils-soft-metal-tin-12-count-34215/\">graphite pencil</a>. The 2B allowed for the variations in dark and light tones I wanted to achieve for this sketch.\r\n\r\nWatch the video to see a review of how to place basic facial guidelines. You will also see how to apply techniques for sketching eyes, the nose, and getting the mouth to convey a desired expression.\r\n\r\nWatch the shading progress from minimal at the beginning to layered and heavier at the end to enhance the sketch.\r\n\r\nAfter watching the video all the way through the first time, watch it a second time and draw along with me. Then give it a try on your own (without watching) and see if you can achieve a similar effect with the woman\'s thoughts and expression.\r\n\r\nSo, what do you think is on this woman\'s mind?','How to Sketch a Woman with Something on Her Mind','','inherit','open','open','','1189-revision-v1','','','2014-06-19 10:45:41','2014-06-19 17:45:41','',1189,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1189-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1242,2,'2014-06-19 20:43:55','2014-06-20 03:43:55','<p dir=\"ltr\" style=\"color: #565656;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/how-to-draw-glasses-on-a-person.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft wp-image-1241 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/how-to-draw-glasses-on-a-person-300x226.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"300\" height=\"226\" /></a>Do you have trouble drawing glasses? For most beginning artists (and even some more experienced ones), drawing glasses on a person is a constant sticking point that holds up completion of the drawing.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"ltr\" style=\"color: #565656;\"><a href=\"http://www.mangatutorials.com/tut/glasses.php\" target=\"_blank\">In this article</a> by Rio, the task of drawing glasses is simplified for beginners. Some common misconceptions about drawing glasses are addressed and corrected. We also see easily applicable techniques for how to draw glasses on a person in frontal view, quarter view, and side view.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"ltr\" style=\"color: #565656;\">One common misconception Rio tells us is \"When it comes to drawing glasses, perspective does not apply.\" He goes on to explain the reason for this, as well as the exception to the rule.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"ltr\" style=\"color: #565656;\">Even though this article is directed at people who draw manga, I find the concepts very useful and applicable to those who draw people in more realistic styles. The article also makes several references to giving the glasses a realistic look.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"ltr\" style=\"color: #565656;\">Still, do not expect to see methods for ultra-realism or how to create detailed effects on the lenses or frames. Again, the tips are very basic and geared toward simple sketches and beginning artists.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"ltr\" style=\"color: #565656;\"><a href=\"http://www.mangatutorials.com/tut/glasses.php\" target=\"_blank\">Read the full article here for more on how to draw glasses.</a></p>\r\n<p dir=\"ltr\" style=\"color: #565656;\">What is the hardest part about drawing glasses for you? Leave a comment below and let us know your thoughts!</p>','See How Easily You Can Draw Glasses on a Person','','inherit','open','open','','1114-revision-v1','','','2014-06-19 20:43:55','2014-06-20 03:43:55','',1114,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1114-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1246,2,'2014-06-24 06:40:51','2014-06-24 13:40:51','','how to draw a baby from life by Lon Haverly','','inherit','open','open','','how-to-draw-a-baby-from-life','','','2014-06-24 06:40:51','2014-06-24 13:40:51','',1244,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/how-to-draw-a-baby-from-life.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1247,2,'2014-06-24 06:45:11','2014-06-24 13:45:11','Drawing babies presents a unique set of challenges. There are several important distinctions between a baby\'s face and an adult\'s face.\r\n\r\nDrawing the face of a baby from a photograph may be challenging enough, but can you imagine drawing a baby from life? In the following videos from Lon Haverly and his TV series \"You Can Draw!\", he does just that.\r\n\r\n<center><iframe src=\"//www.youtube.com/embed/wXejBwVPFko?rel=0\" width=\"640\" height=\"480\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"allowfullscreen\"></iframe></center>&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<center><iframe src=\"//www.youtube.com/embed/khy_wqOUv3g?rel=0\" width=\"640\" height=\"480\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"allowfullscreen\"></iframe></center>While holding a puppet of Ernie from Sesame Street to keep the 8-month-old\'s attention, Lon explains that drawing a baby is all about having the fundamentals down and using simple lines.\r\n\r\nAlong with that he reminds us of some key differences between drawing babies and older people. Lon tells us the \"lines of the width of the face are really crucial\" and the eyes should be \"slightly over an eye length apart\" with very large irises.\r\n\r\nWhen I draw a person, whether it be a simple sketch or a more realistic portrait, I almost always begin with a line drawing to get the basic shapes of the facial features in place. Lon has a different approach that works out very well for him. He does begin with an outline of the face and hair. Then, rather than drawing in the features, he lightly indicates a mark to place where the eyebrows, nose, and mouth will be and uses a hatching technique to shade around these features before actually drawing them. It just goes to show you that you can use different techniques as an artist and still get good results.\r\n\r\nSo have you ever drawn a subject from real life? Have you ever drawn a squirmy subject? I suggest you <a href=\"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wXejBwVPFko\" target=\"_blank\">watch</a> first and then give it a try. Recruit a baby or child in your home or other relatives or friends willing to help you out with their babies.\r\n\r\nShare your experiences in the comments below!','How to Draw a Baby from Life','','inherit','open','open','','1244-revision-v1','','','2014-06-24 06:45:11','2014-06-24 13:45:11','',1244,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1244-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1248,2,'2014-06-24 09:26:28','2014-06-24 16:26:28','','drawing techniques shading','','inherit','open','open','','drawing-techniques-shading-3','','','2014-06-24 09:26:28','2014-06-24 16:26:28','',837,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-shading2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1250,2,'2014-07-08 11:04:36','2014-07-08 18:04:36','<center><iframe src=\"//www.youtube.com/embed/x8wD-fdR_Uw?rel=0\" width=\"640\" height=\"360\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"allowfullscreen\"></iframe></center>In this video tutorial by Cheri Crawford from <a href=\"http://www.drawingteachers.com\" target=\"_blank\">DrawingTeachers.com</a>, we learn how to draw a picture of a young man. Even though Cheri often draws people in a more cartoon-like style, she shows us that some carefully planned changes and additions to the original line drawing can leave us with a drawing that is a bit more realistic.\r\n\r\nCheri uses a kneaded eraser and a really heavy and dark pencil that shows up better in the video, but she suggests using a lighter pencil. She begins with some proportional guidelines and a line drawing of the face.\r\n\r\nAn important observation about drawing a man is noted when Cheri says, \"Masculine features are often very geometrical, in nature and in art.\" She illustrates this point by initially using shapes with sharp angles and edges.\r\n\r\nAs the drawing progresses, she makes the cartoonish shapes less exaggerated by softening them, giving the drawing a slightly more realistic feel. Also notice the more shading and detail that\'s placed around the muscle and bone, the more real the drawing begins to appear.\r\n\r\nHere\'s the takeaway I get from this video:\r\n\r\nIf your line drawing of a man (or even a woman or child) appears more cartoonish than you want, keep working with it by adding layers of shading and detail.\r\n\r\nI hope you give it a try!\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Make a Cartoonish Drawing of a Man\'s Face More Realistic','','publish','open','open','','make-a-cartoonish-drawing-of-a-mans-face-more-realistic','','','2015-07-11 17:54:20','2015-07-12 00:54:20','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/?p=1250',0,'post','',0),(1251,2,'2014-06-27 08:02:05','2014-06-27 15:02:05','In this video tutorial by Cheri Crawford from DrawingTeachers.com, we learn how to draw a picture of a young man. Although Cheri often draws people in a more cartoon-like style, she shows us that some carefully planned changes and additions to the original line drawing can leave us with a drawing that is a bit more realistic.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Make a Cartoonish Drawing of a Man\'s Face More Realistic','','inherit','open','open','','1250-revision-v1','','','2014-06-27 08:02:05','2014-06-27 15:02:05','',1250,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1250-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1253,2,'2014-07-26 15:28:01','2014-07-26 22:28:01','Have you ever wanted to add shading to a drawing of yours but just didn\'t know where to begin?\r\n\r\nLearning how to draw people is a skill that so many budding artists yearn to master. Mastering the shading techniques on a drawing can be daunting. In fact, the prospect of completing an entire shading project is nothing short of terrifying for some people.\r\n\r\nThe best way to get over this hurdle is to realize one basic thing: art is a skill that can be honed over time and with the right amount of practice. When it comes to drawing, particularly when it comes to drawing people, there is no such thing as \"talented artist\" versus \"untalented artist\".\r\n\r\nEveryone has a little artist in them. It\'s all about finding a way to open that portal to your imagination. The great thing about art, and shading in particular, is that no two people will hone their skills in the same way. You can learn the basic techniques associated with shading and put your own spin on them. Creating an amazing drawing is all about portraying the way you perceive things. Exploring the various types of shading is a bit like a journey of self-discovery, in a way.\r\n\r\nIn the following sections, I will share with you five shading techniques. As you read about each one, just know that there are no hard and fast rules saying you HAVE to shade one way over another. Experiment with each and learn how to love the shading process, and in no time you will have mastered the shading process in a way that is entirely your own!\r\n<h3>Contour Shading</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/contour.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft wp-image-1279 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/contour-121x300.jpg\" alt=\"contour\" width=\"121\" height=\"300\" /></a>Contour shading is a technique that is all about following the natural lines of your drawing. This particular technique enables you to use your pencil to enhance shadows, light, and depth in your art.\r\n\r\nThe best way to go about it is to complete your line drawing, and then follow the natural lines of the object (or feature or person) you have created. Use a softer pencil for dark shadows and a hard pencil for the lighter, less defined areas.\r\n\r\nThe great thing about contour shading is the amount of freedom you have when completing your pencil drawing. If you prefer a precise approach, use this to your advantage by paying close attention to each and every line. If you prefer a free and abstract sort of approach, you have the opportunity to be as relaxed as you want to be.\r\n\r\nWhen implementing this style, be sure to take your perspective into account. Draw the object exactly as you see it, not how you think someone else would see it from their angle.\r\n<h3>Hatching</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/hatching.jpg\"><img class=\"alignright size-medium wp-image-1281\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/hatching-124x300.jpg\" alt=\"hatching\" width=\"124\" height=\"300\" /></a>Hatching is a technique that involves using straight lines in a uniform direction to create different types of light and shade.\r\n\r\nIn order to achieve the look you are going for, consider first drawing a set of thin, parallel lines uniformly in the same direction. In order to make certain sections appear darker, go over them with again and again, until you achieve the desired shade.\r\n\r\nAll you need to master this technique is lots of practice and a steady hand. If the lines are too harsh for your taste, try going over them with a soft brush or tortillon. By blending out the lines you will be able to create a much smoother, subtler look.\r\n<h3>Crosshatching</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/crosshatching.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-1280\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/crosshatching-142x300.jpg\" alt=\"crosshatching\" width=\"142\" height=\"300\" /></a>This is one of those shading techniques that can be incredibly fun to do, once you get the hang of it. In fact, you might find that the whole process is quite therapeutic.\r\n\r\nEssentially, this technique involves one set of lines overlapping another. Think about it as creating a sort of penciled patchwork.\r\n\r\nWhen you do cross-hatched shading, you will soon learn that you achieve lighter and darker tones by spacing your \"squares\" differently. When the spaces between the lines are larger, more white shows through and this creates a much lighter look. When the spaces are closer together, the shading is denser and therefore looks quite a bit darker and generally more solid.\r\n<h3>Scumbling</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/scumbling.jpg\"><img class=\"alignright size-medium wp-image-1282\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/scumbling-115x300.jpg\" alt=\"scumbling\" width=\"115\" height=\"300\" /></a>Of all the shading techniques, this one is probably more likely to engage your inner child. Essentially, scumbling is used to describe a random, figure-eight style scribble that repeats over and over to create light and dark shades in a pencil drawing.\r\n\r\nSpace your scumbled shading a bit further apart to shade in curly hair or fabrics. Squeeze them closer together for darker, more solid shades. The harder you press, the darker your scumbling will be.\r\n\r\nThis particular technique is often used with abstract drawings, cartoons or caricatures. Use scumbling when you want to throw the usual rules to the wayside and explore the sillier side of artistry.\r\n<h3>Stippling</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/stippling.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-1284\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/stippling-120x300.jpg\" alt=\"stippling\" width=\"120\" height=\"300\" /></a>Stippling involves the use of dots to create texture, tone and shadows in a pencil drawing.\r\n\r\nTo create darker shadows and tones, these dots will be denser and darker. For a lighter effect, the dots should be spaced more sparsely.\r\n\r\nIt is probably best to practice stippling with a soft B pencil as this is more likely to adhere to the paper. The darker the pencil, the more dramatic the effect will be.\r\n\r\nThe best way to get uniformly-sized dots on your paper would be to press the graphite nib down and then twist. Do your best to use a completely straight up and down motion; this will prevent an unwanted smudging on the page. To avoid further smudging when you move your hand, try placing a piece of tissue or another piece of paper under your wrist.\r\n<h3>True Artistry Comes with a Price</h3>\r\nThe price you pay for gorgeous shading is this: a good old dose of repetition. If you dream of perfecting any shading technique in the book, you need to spend a fairly large amount of time on honing your skills. It is probably comforting to know that you are probably going to find one particular technique that accurately reflects your style and personality.\r\n\r\nMany artists find the prospect of learning these shading techniques to be uncomfortably daunting. The fact of the matter is that none of this should be stressful. Take the time to use each one of these techniques in one of your drawings. Keep using them and you\'ll soon see that they will become second nature.','Take the Stress Out of Shading with These Pencil Shading Techniques','','publish','open','open','','take-the-stress-out-of-shading-with-these-pencil-shading-techniques','','','2014-07-19 16:02:27','2014-07-19 23:02:27','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/?p=1253',0,'post','',2),(1254,2,'2014-06-29 11:48:55','2014-06-29 18:48:55','','Take the Stress Out of Shading with These Pencil Shading Techniques','','inherit','open','open','','1253-revision-v1','','','2014-06-29 11:48:55','2014-06-29 18:48:55','',1253,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1253-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1255,2,'2014-06-29 11:51:46','2014-06-29 18:51:46','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-of-girl-by-graphite-pencil.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-867\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-of-girl-by-graphite-pencil-300x200.jpg\" alt=\"drawing of girl by graphite pencil\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" /></a>The desire of man to keep for himself a record of his everyday activities is so powerful that simple drawings were developed just to provide a solution to such a necessity. Cave paintings, hieroglyphics, and all artistic attempts to capture any moment quickly became a popular method of communication and thus enhancing human development. The art of drawing has been a part of human history ever since.\r\n\r\nToday the skill of drawing people, etching onto paper or canvas a recognizable likeness, is not only a hobby for many, but its impressive aura is still present. In fact, people still stand in awe whenever they see someone drawing realistic images with ease. How do they do it? As I taught myself how to draw over the years, I learned and implemented techniques from other portrait artists that enhanced the realism in my own work. Today, we too will stand in awe as we peer into how these images are made and how some artists so easily capture reality onto paper. Let’s look at several simple drawing techniques used by professional artists everywhere.\r\n<h3>Drawing Instrument Basics</h3>\r\nIt is very important that you know of the drawing instruments needed and how to use them in order to create a realistic portrait. There are <a title=\"The Drawing Tools of the Artist’s Trade\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/the-drawing-tools-of-the-artists-trade/\">several key drawing tools</a> that professional artists use for pencil portraits. Here is a look at two of the most basic instruments: the pencil and the eraser.\r\n<h4>The Pencil</h4>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-866\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils-300x200.jpg\" alt=\"artist pencils\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" /></a>For the most part, people doing realistic portraits are fond of using graphite pencil (also called lead pencil), as it gives them the ability to focus on detail. <a title=\"Derwent Graphic Pencils, Soft, Metal Tin, 12 Count (34215)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/derwent-graphic-pencils-soft-metal-tin-12-count-34215/\">Graphite pencils</a> come in a range of grades (from 9H to 9B), but there are generally two types: hard and soft. Hard pencils, or H pencils, are used to create light, fine lines. Soft pencils, or B pencils, are generally used to create darker shades and texture.\r\n\r\nSome artists find the need to have at least two types of pencils, one for drawing fine lines and one for drawing coarser lines and for shading. In most cases, the HB pencil (or something close to it) is preferred because of its versatility and ability to draw fine and coarse lines easily. Your traditional No. 2 pencil is an HB lead. I personally like to use a <a title=\"Pentel GraphGear 500 Automatic Drafting Pencil Black (PG525A)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/pentel-graphgear-500-automatic-drafting-pencil-black-pg525a/\">mechanical 2B lead pencil</a> for realistic portraits. It allows for fine details, light tones, and deep shading all in one!\r\n\r\nWhen using standard wooden pencils, the way you grasp them can affect the overall look of the portrait. A light hold on the pencil, with the use of the thumb and the pointer finger, is often used to ensure the lines are light, soft, and almost invisible. A full grasp can ensure heavier, darker lines for creating shades. A slanting grip makes use of the side of the pencil\'s graphite to provide a soft thick shade and a good texture. Ultimately though, grasp is determined by an artist’s personal style and preference. Experiment with different ways of holding your pencil to find the best results for you.\r\n<h4>The Eraser</h4>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eraser-hair-highlights.jpg\"><img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-842\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eraser-hair-highlights.jpg\" alt=\"eraser hair highlights\" width=\"105\" height=\"213\" /></a>The eraser is an important tool to use when doing portraits using pencil. Erasers are good for more than just getting rid of your mistakes. You use an eraser to complement your drawings. It can produce a wonderful effect, especially if you know how to use it properly. For example, you can use a kneaded eraser or an <a title=\"SAKURA ELECTRIC ERASER Drafting, Engineering, Art -General Catalog\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/sakura-electric-eraser-drafting-engineering-art-general-catalog/\">electric eraser</a> to lift graphite off the paper and produce streaks that resemble wonderful highlights in hair, as seen in this example.\r\n<h3>Choosing or Combining Drawing Styles</h3>\r\nThere are a number of drawing styles you can choose for drawing your portraits. Your choice depends on the level of detail you are going for, as well as the “look” or “feel” you hope to capture. You can use these styles in isolation, or you can combine them for more realistic results.\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Line drawing</strong> -- the use of definite lines of various widths to create shapes and boundaries. This is the style most commonly used by everyday people and some professional artists. It is often used to outline the basic shape of the figure. Line drawings are usually not as detailed as other styles, although some line drawings are very detailed.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Tone drawing</strong> -- the use of the contrasting properties of light and dark to create visual boundaries. The resulting image is softer than a line drawing and is better suited to create realistic images.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Blending</strong> -- the deliberate \"smudging\" of lines and tones, sometimes with the use of tissue, tortillons, or blending stumps to create \"soft\" shades. When attempting to create realistic portraits, you should focus heavily on perfecting proper blending to create realistic shadows to provide detailed texture and depth.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h3>Getting Your Line Drawing Started</h3>\r\nSo before you actually put pencil to paper, you need to have in mind who you are going to draw (your subject) and what you are going to use to help you capture your subject’s likeness. If you are just practicing for fun without much concern for accuracy, your own memory or imagination is good enough. For a better representation, I would suggest using a reference photo. You can try drawing the reference photo exactly as you see it, or just use it as a “reference” and implement your artistic creativity to draw the same subject in a different pose, from a different angle, etc. Or for a real challenge, you can draw a live model who is willing to pose for you. Just remember, if you are going for the closest possible likeness of your subject and a very realistic portrait, then it is crucial that you take the time needed to get your line drawing right. Do not rush this step!\r\n\r\nMost artists begin their line drawing by sketching basic shapes. Shapes such as circles, ovals, and rectangles are the most popular types of shapes in sketching people. Drawing these shapes can help you visualize the proportions of the body.\r\n\r\nTraditional drawing uses these shapes as guides to better create the features of the body. For example, when you draw a face you can start with an oval or a slightly egg-shaped circle to represent the general contour of the head. Within this shape, you can draw additional guidelines to help you properly place the nose, eyes, ears and mouth. So, it is important to know how to use these basic shapes, as it is one of the most important portrait drawing techniques.<b>\r\n</b>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-guideline-sketch.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-840\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-guideline-sketch.jpg\" alt=\"drawing techniques guideline sketch\" width=\"329\" height=\"265\" /></a>\r\n\r\nAn alternate method for creating a realistic line drawing is called grid drawing. Of all the portrait drawing techniques available, drawing with the use of a grid has got to be my personal favorite! Grid drawing is not “cheating”. In fact, it has been around for centuries. Basically, this technique consists of dividing a reference photo into a grid of equally-sized squares and drawing the same number of squares on your paper. Then it is only a matter of drawing what you see in each square. When I first began using this technique, it took the quality of my work to another level! Not only is this method perfect for beginners, but many professional artists still swear by it.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-example.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-844\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-example.jpg\" alt=\"eyes of the bride grid example\" width=\"431\" height=\"215\" /></a>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-drawing-example.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-843\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-drawing-example.jpg\" alt=\"eyes of the bride grid drawing example\" width=\"560\" height=\"427\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Shading Techniques for Adding Tones</h3>\r\nAfter you get your line drawing down, you may want to add tones for an extra layer of realism. Here are some tried and true methods to add shading to the people you draw and bring them to life.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Stippling</strong> -- using \"dots or points\" to recreate shade and texture. Though rarely used in sketches, it has a vibrant effect, especially when viewed from afar.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Hatching</strong> -- the use of diagonal lines to create the illusion of shade and shadow. Many caricatures and cartoon sketches have this kind of style to add depth. When done properly, hatching also contributes much detail and realism to pencil portraits.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Crosshatching</strong> – similar to ordinary hatching, but instead of using diagonal lines, you use overlapping lines \"crossing\" one another. This will add more volume to the shade in sketches and drawings.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Circulism (also called Scumbling)</strong> -- the use of tiny little circles drawn or “scribbled” closely together and built up in layers. Artists who have mastered this technique achieve some excellent results with very realistic skin textures.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-shading2.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-1248\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-shading2.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"600\" height=\"450\" /></a></p>\r\nTry these different shading techniques out and find what you like best, or use a combination of them. I use a mix of the last three, but I probably do more hatching than anything else. Hatching allows me to draw lines at an angle that compliments the contour of the face, thus getting a more natural look when blending my tones together.\r\n<h3>Applying Techniques in Your Portraits</h3>\r\nCelebrity chef Tom Colicchio one said “Recipes tell you nothing. Learning techniques is the key.” While I do think recipes are important, I also see where Tom is coming from. You may try to follow a recipe step-by-step, but if you don’t understand the techniques within each step, you may not be happy with what comes out of the oven.\r\n\r\nSo, it’s time for you to apply these drawing techniques and create a realistic portrait of your own. Consider the steps you need to take to finish your portrait. You can even use a tutorial from this website that lays out the steps for you. Just think of your steps or your tutorial as your “recipe”. As you work to complete each step from your portrait recipe, keep in mind the techniques you have learned: the best pencil choices and uses of erasers, choice of drawing style, creating the basic shapes for your line drawing, and how you will add tones to later blend. The more you practice the steps and apply the techniques to your portraits, the happier you will be with your results!','Simple Drawing Techniques for Realistic Pencil Portraits','','inherit','open','open','','837-revision-v1','','','2014-06-29 11:51:46','2014-06-29 18:51:46','',837,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/837-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1256,2,'2014-07-01 11:25:55','2014-07-01 18:25:55','<p dir=\"ltr\">I speak from experience when I say that beginning artists often learn one technique, or one \"way\", of drawing a person and then get set in their ways (or in this case, \"way\").</p>\r\n<p dir=\"ltr\">Early on when I began drawing people, I had a technique that I was very comfortable with and always began a drawing by using it. There was nothing wrong with that since I was doing something that worked, but if I didn\'t take time to watch and learn from other artists, I may have never learned a better way.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"ltr\">In that spirit, we are going to take time to see how two different artists take two very different approaches to accomplishing the same goal: drawing the very-recognizable NBA legend Michael Jordan!</p>\r\n\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_1224\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"225\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/how-to-draw-michael-jordan.jpg\"><img class=\"wp-image-1224 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/how-to-draw-michael-jordan-225x300.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"225\" height=\"300\" /></a> <strong> © <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/wickedgood_info\">Jerry Coli</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></strong>[/caption]\r\n<p dir=\"ltr\">First up is animator and illustrator Michael Weisner, <a href=\"http://www.ehow.com/video_7471464_draw-michael-jordan.html\" target=\"_blank\">presenting for eHow</a>. Michael Weisner gives us a simplistic approach to drawing MJ. Michael gives us the excellent advice of having several resource materials handy to help with accuracy.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"ltr\">He begins by already having a \"pre-sketch ready...for filming\". Although it isn\'t totally clear, we are led to believe that this step isn\'t necessary for us at home, since Michael doesn\'t tell us how he made the pre-sketch. He just traces over the lines during the tutorial, beginning with the outline of the head and using a charcoal pencil.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"ltr\">See more here <a href=\"http://www.ehow.com/video_7471464_draw-michael-jordan.html\" target=\"_blank\">how Michael Weisner draws Michael Jordan</a>.</p>\r\n\r\n<center><iframe src=\"//www.youtube.com/embed/rhTkw0RRRKM?rel=0\" width=\"640\" height=\"360\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"allowfullscreen\"></iframe></center>\r\n<p dir=\"ltr\">Next we take a look at New York-based artist Merrill Kazanjian and <a href=\"http://merrillk.com/?part=fineart&amp;articles_id=10819&amp;act=artist1&amp;collection=462\" target=\"_blank\">his approach</a>. Merrill also begins his drawing of Michael Jordan in a simple, step-by-step way using basic shapes. However, his final drawing of Jordan\'s head (in this Part 1 of a two-part tutorial) is more detailed and advanced than Weisner\'s version.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"ltr\">Some of Merrill\'s techniques are common and traditional, such as the use of lines to place shadows, using a crosshatching method of shading, and placing a line for the mouth \"one-third of the way down between the nose line and the chin line\".</p>\r\n<p dir=\"ltr\">Other techniques may be new to you, as some were even new to me! Who else ever thought about drawing polygons for eye sockets and blending pencil tones with a paintbrush?</p>\r\n<p dir=\"ltr\">Merrill also begins with the outline of the head, but he uses a No. 2 pencil. After the line drawing, he begins shading the eyes with a 3B pencil.</p>\r\n<p dir=\"ltr\">Check out how <a href=\"http://merrillk.com/?part=fineart&amp;articles_id=10819&amp;act=artist1&amp;collection=462\" target=\"_blank\">Michael Jordan is drawn by Merrill Kazanjian</a>.</p>\r\n\r\n<center><iframe src=\"//www.youtube.com/embed/uZPhpQSv2qg?rel=0\" width=\"640\" height=\"360\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"allowfullscreen\"></iframe></center>\r\n<p dir=\"ltr\">What do you think about these two different approaches? Which techniques closely match what you already do? Which techniques are new ones to you that you would like to try?</p>\r\n<p dir=\"ltr\">Go ahead and try to draw Michael Jordan on your own! Share your comments below about what was helpful for you.</p>','See How to Draw Michael Jordan Like These Artists','','inherit','open','open','','1222-revision-v1','','','2014-07-01 11:25:55','2014-07-01 18:25:55','',1222,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1222-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1257,2,'2014-07-02 09:09:35','2014-07-02 16:09:35','Have you ever wanted to add shading to a drawing of yours but just didn\'t know where to begin?','Take the Stress Out of Shading with These Pencil Shading Techniques','','inherit','open','open','','1253-revision-v1','','','2014-07-02 09:09:35','2014-07-02 16:09:35','',1253,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1253-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1260,2,'2014-07-14 11:50:32','2014-07-14 18:50:32','','cartoonish man more realistic','','inherit','open','open','','cartoonish-man-more-realistic','','','2014-07-14 11:50:32','2014-07-14 18:50:32','',1250,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/cartoonish-man-more-realistic.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1261,2,'2014-07-14 11:51:40','2014-07-14 18:51:40','<center><iframe src=\"//www.youtube.com/embed/x8wD-fdR_Uw?rel=0\" width=\"640\" height=\"360\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"allowfullscreen\"></iframe></center>In this video tutorial by Cheri Crawford from <a href=\"http://www.drawingteachers.com\" target=\"_blank\">DrawingTeachers.com</a>, we learn how to draw a picture of a young man. Even though Cheri often draws people in a more cartoon-like style, she shows us that some carefully planned changes and additions to the original line drawing can leave us with a drawing that is a bit more realistic.\r\n\r\nCheri uses a kneaded eraser and a really heavy and dark pencil that shows up better in the video, but she suggests using a lighter pencil. She begins with some proportional guidelines and a line drawing of the face.\r\n\r\nAn important observation about drawing a man is noted when Cheri says, \"Masculine features are often very geometrical, in nature and in art.\" She illustrates this point by initially using shapes with sharp angles and edges.\r\n\r\nAs the drawing progresses, she makes the cartoonish shapes less exaggerated by softening them, giving the drawing a slightly more realistic feel. Also notice the more shading and detail that\'s placed around the muscle and bone, the more real the drawing begins to appear.\r\n\r\nHere\'s the takeaway I get from this video:\r\n\r\nIf your line drawing of a man (or even a woman or child) appears more cartoonish than you want, keep working with it by adding layers of shading and detail.\r\n\r\nI hope you give it a try!\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Make a Cartoonish Drawing of a Man\'s Face More Realistic','','inherit','open','open','','1250-revision-v1','','','2014-07-14 11:51:40','2014-07-14 18:51:40','',1250,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1250-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1262,2,'2014-07-16 13:44:52','2014-07-16 20:44:52','','how to draw lips realistic 01','','inherit','open','open','','how-to-draw-lips-realistic-01','','','2014-07-16 13:44:52','2014-07-16 20:44:52','',1266,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-01.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1263,2,'2014-07-16 13:44:55','2014-07-16 20:44:55','','how to draw lips realistic 02','','inherit','open','open','','how-to-draw-lips-realistic-02','','','2014-07-16 13:44:55','2014-07-16 20:44:55','',1266,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-02.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1264,2,'2014-07-16 13:44:58','2014-07-16 20:44:58','','how to draw lips realistic 03','','inherit','open','open','','how-to-draw-lips-realistic-03','','','2014-07-16 13:44:58','2014-07-16 20:44:58','',1266,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-03.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1265,2,'2014-07-16 13:45:01','2014-07-16 20:45:01','','how to draw lips realistic 04','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/how-to-turn-your-plainly-drawn-lips-into-realistic-lips/\">\"Groovy Lips\" by Jack Pearce</a>','inherit','open','open','','how-to-draw-lips-realistic-04','','','2014-07-16 13:45:01','2014-07-16 20:45:01','',1266,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-04.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1266,2,'2014-07-19 10:39:50','2014-07-19 17:39:50','<center><iframe src=\"//www.youtube.com/embed/JScZa8HBFpc?rel=0\" width=\"640\" height=\"360\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"allowfullscreen\"></iframe></center>&nbsp;\r\n\r\nWhen you draw lips, do they look like these?\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-00.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1270\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-00.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw lips realistic 00\" width=\"578\" height=\"357\" /></a>\r\n\r\nIn this video and post, we will see one way to turn a simple outline of lips into a more realistic drawing. Of course, not all lips have the characteristic traits that I will use in this drawing. Use this post for guidance, but use a reference photo for whatever lips you choose to draw to make your lips match your subject.\r\n<h3>Add Details to Your Lip Line Drawing</h3>\r\nThe first step is to add details to your lips to make your line drawing look more realistic. I chose to use a <a title=\"Pentel GraphGear 500 Automatic Drafting Pencil Black (PG525A)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/pentel-graphgear-500-automatic-drafting-pencil-black-pg525a/\">mechanical pencil</a> with 2B graphite lead for this drawing.\r\n\r\nBegin by drawing a little outline that borders just above the top and below the bottom lip (if the subject you are drawing has this trait).\r\n\r\nYou will also want to draw some of the grooves that are apparent on the lips. Most of these are vertical, but most lips have some horizontal ones visible if you look close enough.\r\n\r\nThis is also a good time to sketch in where shadows and highlights will go.  For this subject, there is a prominent shadow between the bottom lip and the chin. There is another where the lips meet. For the highlights, I drew small individual shapes between the grooves rather than one large highlight.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1262\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-01.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw lips realistic 01\" width=\"577\" height=\"361\" /></a>\r\n<h3>Create a Tone Drawing with Dark and Light Values</h3>\r\nI usually begin by filling in the darkest values. In this case, that would be between the lips and under them.\r\n\r\nThen from where the lips meet and the outer edges of the lips, start working in the lighter values that fall between the grooves and the highlights. Mostly, I used a hatching technique that also followed the contours of the lips.\r\n\r\nDo not forget to also put some shading on some of the skin surrounding the lips.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1263\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-02.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw lips realistic 02\" width=\"576\" height=\"355\" /></a>\r\n<h3>Blend the Tones Together</h3>\r\nNow is the time to begin blending all of that graphite to reach a new level of realism! Once again, I typically start with the darkest values.\r\n\r\nUse a tortillon and blend the shadow area under the lip. This will allow you to use leftover graphite on the tortillon to create other skin tones outside of the shadow on the chin area. You can also finish blending the tones above the top lip as well.\r\n\r\nNext, beginning with where the lips touch, blend from dark to light and move your tortillon in a way that follows the natural curvature and contours along the lips. Work around some of the areas meant to be highlights.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1264\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-03.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw lips realistic 03\" width=\"580\" height=\"357\" /></a>\r\n<h3>Add in the Finishing Touches</h3>\r\nIt is always a good idea to go back and better define any shadows or highlights, as well as draw in additional details, after the blending step. The amount of detail you add is up to you. This drawing really didn\'t need too much after the last step, but I did want to touch up a few places.\r\n\r\nBasically, my goal was to make apparent more of the subtle grooves that run along the lips, both vertically and horizontally (although less obvious). I brought out highlights with a kneaded eraser and drew lines with my pencil.\r\n\r\nIn hindsight (and this is my inner critic speaking, which is a healthy thing for an artist to have!), to make these lines more subtle like they are in real life, it may have been better to use a lighter lead (like a 2H) or just the residue on the tortillon.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1265\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-04.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw lips realistic 04\" width=\"571\" height=\"355\" /></a>\r\n\r\nStill, I achieved my goal of creating a drawing of lips that look much more realistic than the outline at the beginning of this post.\r\n\r\nIf you want to do the same, remember the four basic steps I used here: a line drawing that places shadows and highlights, shading in the tones, blending the tones, and adding final details.\r\n\r\nRemember, the level of realism you want to achieve is completely up to you. I could have stopped after any one of these four steps and had a \"completed\" realistic drawing. Or, I could have continued adding even more layers of detail for a more realistic effect.\r\n\r\nSo give this a try, and YOU decide when you are ready to call it finished. How realistic can you make your lip drawing?\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','How to Turn Your Plainly-Drawn Lips into Realistic Lips','','publish','open','open','','how-to-turn-your-plainly-drawn-lips-into-realistic-lips','','','2015-07-11 17:52:44','2015-07-12 00:52:44','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/?p=1266',0,'post','',0),(1267,2,'2014-07-16 14:31:11','2014-07-16 21:31:11','When you draw lips, do they look like these?\r\n\r\n*****pic of lip outline\r\n\r\nIn this post, we will see one way to turn a simple outline of lips into a more realistic drawing. Of course, not all lips have the characteristic traits that I will use in this drawing. Use this post for guidance, but use a reference photo for whatever lips you choose to draw to make your lips match your subject.\r\n<h3>Add Details to Your Lip Line Drawing</h3>\r\nThe first step is to add details to your lips to make your line drawing look more realistic.\r\n\r\nBegin by drawing a little outline that borders just above the top and below the bottom lip.','How to Turn Your Plainly-Drawn Lips into Realistic Lips','','inherit','open','open','','1266-revision-v1','','','2014-07-16 14:31:11','2014-07-16 21:31:11','',1266,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1266-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1268,2,'2014-07-16 20:02:47','2014-07-17 03:02:47','When you draw lips, do they look like these?\r\n\r\n*****pic of lip outline\r\n\r\nIn this post, we will see one way to turn a simple outline of lips into a more realistic drawing. Of course, not all lips have the characteristic traits that I will use in this drawing. Use this post for guidance, but use a reference photo for whatever lips you choose to draw to make your lips match your subject.\r\n<h3>Add Details to Your Lip Line Drawing</h3>\r\nThe first step is to add details to your lips to make your line drawing look more realistic.\r\n\r\nBegin by drawing a little outline that borders just above the top and below the bottom lip (if the subject you are drawing has this trait).\r\n\r\nYou will also want to draw some of the grooves that are apparent on the lips. Most of these are vertical, but most lips have some horizontal ones visible if you look close enough.\r\n\r\nThis is also a good time to sketch in where shadows and highlights will go.  For this subject, there is a prominent shadow between the bottom lip and the chin. There is another where the lips meet. For the highlights, I drew small individual shapes between the grooves rather than one large highlight.\r\n\r\n*****pic of step one\r\n<h3>Create a Tone Drawing with Dark and Light Values</h3>\r\nI usually begin by filling in the darkest values. Then from where the lips meet and the outer edges of the lips, start working in the lighter values that fall between the grooves.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','How to Turn Your Plainly-Drawn Lips into Realistic Lips','','inherit','open','open','','1266-revision-v1','','','2014-07-16 20:02:47','2014-07-17 03:02:47','',1266,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1266-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1269,2,'2014-07-17 13:15:58','2014-07-17 20:15:58','When you draw lips, do they look like these?\r\n\r\n*****pic of lip outline\r\n\r\nIn this post, we will see one way to turn a simple outline of lips into a more realistic drawing. Of course, not all lips have the characteristic traits that I will use in this drawing. Use this post for guidance, but use a reference photo for whatever lips you choose to draw to make your lips match your subject.\r\n<h3>Add Details to Your Lip Line Drawing</h3>\r\nThe first step is to add details to your lips to make your line drawing look more realistic. I chose to use a <a title=\"Pentel GraphGear 500 Automatic Drafting Pencil Black (PG525A)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/pentel-graphgear-500-automatic-drafting-pencil-black-pg525a/\">mechanical pencil</a> with 2B graphite lead for this drawing.\r\n\r\nBegin by drawing a little outline that borders just above the top and below the bottom lip (if the subject you are drawing has this trait).\r\n\r\nYou will also want to draw some of the grooves that are apparent on the lips. Most of these are vertical, but most lips have some horizontal ones visible if you look close enough.\r\n\r\nThis is also a good time to sketch in where shadows and highlights will go.  For this subject, there is a prominent shadow between the bottom lip and the chin. There is another where the lips meet. For the highlights, I drew small individual shapes between the grooves rather than one large highlight.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1262\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-01.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw lips realistic 01\" width=\"577\" height=\"361\" /></a>\r\n<h3>Create a Tone Drawing with Dark and Light Values</h3>\r\nI usually begin by filling in the darkest values. In this case, that would be between the lips and under them.\r\n\r\nThen from where the lips meet and the outer edges of the lips, start working in the lighter values that fall between the grooves and the highlights. Mostly, I used a hatching technique that also followed the contours of the lips.\r\n\r\nDo not forget to also put some shading on some of the skin surrounding the lips.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1263\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-02.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw lips realistic 02\" width=\"576\" height=\"355\" /></a>\r\n<h3>Blend the Tones Together</h3>\r\nNow is the time to begin blending all of that graphite to reach a new level of realism! Once again, I typically start with the darkest values.\r\n\r\nUse a tortillon and blend the shadow area under the lip. This will allow you to use leftover graphite on the tortillon to create other skin tones outside of the shadow on the chin area. You can also finish blending the tones above the top lip as well.\r\n\r\nNext, beginning with where the lips touch, blend from dark to light and move your tortillon in a way that follows the natural curvature and contours along the lips. Work around some of the areas meant to be highlights.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1264\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-03.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw lips realistic 03\" width=\"580\" height=\"357\" /></a>\r\n<h3>Add in the Finishing Touches</h3>\r\nIt is always a good idea to go back and better define any shadows or highlights, as well as draw in additional details, after the blending step. The amount of detail you add is up to you. This drawing really didn\'t need too much after the last step, but I did want to touch up a few places.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','How to Turn Your Plainly-Drawn Lips into Realistic Lips','','inherit','open','open','','1266-revision-v1','','','2014-07-17 13:15:58','2014-07-17 20:15:58','',1266,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1266-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1270,2,'2014-07-17 14:07:51','2014-07-17 21:07:51','','how to draw lips realistic 00','','inherit','open','open','','how-to-draw-lips-realistic-00','','','2014-07-17 14:07:51','2014-07-17 21:07:51','',1266,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-00.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1271,2,'2014-07-17 14:08:37','2014-07-17 21:08:37','When you draw lips, do they look like these?\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-00.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1270\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-00.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw lips realistic 00\" width=\"578\" height=\"357\" /></a>\r\n\r\nIn this video and post, we will see one way to turn a simple outline of lips into a more realistic drawing. Of course, not all lips have the characteristic traits that I will use in this drawing. Use this post for guidance, but use a reference photo for whatever lips you choose to draw to make your lips match your subject.\r\n<h3>Add Details to Your Lip Line Drawing</h3>\r\nThe first step is to add details to your lips to make your line drawing look more realistic. I chose to use a <a title=\"Pentel GraphGear 500 Automatic Drafting Pencil Black (PG525A)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/pentel-graphgear-500-automatic-drafting-pencil-black-pg525a/\">mechanical pencil</a> with 2B graphite lead for this drawing.\r\n\r\nBegin by drawing a little outline that borders just above the top and below the bottom lip (if the subject you are drawing has this trait).\r\n\r\nYou will also want to draw some of the grooves that are apparent on the lips. Most of these are vertical, but most lips have some horizontal ones visible if you look close enough.\r\n\r\nThis is also a good time to sketch in where shadows and highlights will go.  For this subject, there is a prominent shadow between the bottom lip and the chin. There is another where the lips meet. For the highlights, I drew small individual shapes between the grooves rather than one large highlight.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1262\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-01.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw lips realistic 01\" width=\"577\" height=\"361\" /></a>\r\n<h3>Create a Tone Drawing with Dark and Light Values</h3>\r\nI usually begin by filling in the darkest values. In this case, that would be between the lips and under them.\r\n\r\nThen from where the lips meet and the outer edges of the lips, start working in the lighter values that fall between the grooves and the highlights. Mostly, I used a hatching technique that also followed the contours of the lips.\r\n\r\nDo not forget to also put some shading on some of the skin surrounding the lips.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1263\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-02.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw lips realistic 02\" width=\"576\" height=\"355\" /></a>\r\n<h3>Blend the Tones Together</h3>\r\nNow is the time to begin blending all of that graphite to reach a new level of realism! Once again, I typically start with the darkest values.\r\n\r\nUse a tortillon and blend the shadow area under the lip. This will allow you to use leftover graphite on the tortillon to create other skin tones outside of the shadow on the chin area. You can also finish blending the tones above the top lip as well.\r\n\r\nNext, beginning with where the lips touch, blend from dark to light and move your tortillon in a way that follows the natural curvature and contours along the lips. Work around some of the areas meant to be highlights.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1264\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-03.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw lips realistic 03\" width=\"580\" height=\"357\" /></a>\r\n<h3>Add in the Finishing Touches</h3>\r\nIt is always a good idea to go back and better define any shadows or highlights, as well as draw in additional details, after the blending step. The amount of detail you add is up to you. This drawing really didn\'t need too much after the last step, but I did want to touch up a few places.\r\n\r\nBasically, my goal was to make apparent more of the subtle grooves that run along the lips, both vertically and horizontally (although less obvious). I brought out highlights with a kneaded eraser and drew lines with my pencil.\r\n\r\nIn hindsight (and this is my inner critic speaking, which is a healthy thing for an artist to have!), to make these lines more subtle like they are in real life, it may have been better to use a lighter lead (like an 2H) or just the residue on the tortillon.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1265\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-04.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw lips realistic 04\" width=\"571\" height=\"355\" /></a>\r\n\r\nStill, I achieved my goal of creating a drawing of lips that look much more realistic than the outline at the beginning of this post.\r\n\r\nIf you want to do the same, remember the four basic steps I used here: a line drawing that places shadows and highlights, shading in the tones, blending the tones, and adding final details.\r\n\r\nRemember, the level of realism you want to achieve is completely up to you. I could have stopped after any one of these four steps and had a \"completed\" realistic drawing. Or, I could have continued adding even more layers of detail for a more realistic effect.\r\n\r\nSo give this a try, and YOU decide when you are ready to call it finished. How realistic can you make your lip drawing?\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','How to Turn Your Plainly-Drawn Lips into Realistic Lips','','inherit','open','open','','1266-revision-v1','','','2014-07-17 14:08:37','2014-07-17 21:08:37','',1266,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1266-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1272,2,'2014-07-17 18:14:00','2014-07-18 01:14:00','Have you ever wanted to add shading to a drawing of yours but just didn\'t know where to begin?\r\n\r\nLearning how to draw people is a skill that so many budding artists yearn to master. Mastering the shading techniques on a drawing can be daunting. In fact, the prospect of completing an entire shading project is nothing short of terrifying for some people. The best way to get over this hurdle is to realize one basic thing: art is a skill that can be honed over time and with the right amount of practice. When it comes to drawing, particularly when it comes to drawing people, there is no such thing as \"talented artist\" versus \"untalented artist\".\r\n\r\nEveryone has a little artist in them. It\'s all about finding a way to open that portal to your imagination. The great thing about art, and shading in particular, is that no two people will hone their skills in the same way. You can learn the basic techniques associated with shading and put your own spin on them. Creating an amazing drawing is all about portraying the way you perceive things. Exploring the various types of shading is a bit like a journey of self-discovery, in a way.\r\n\r\nLearn how to love the shading process and in no time you will have mastered the technique in a way that is entirely your own!\r\n<h3>Contour Shading</h3>\r\nContour shading is a technique that is all about following the natural lines of your drawing. This particular technique enables you to use your pencil to enhance shadows, light, and depth in your art. The best way to go about it is to complete your line drawing, and then follow the natural lines of the object (or feature or person) you have created. Use a softer pencil for dark shadows and a hard pencil for the lighter, less defined areas.\r\n\r\nThe great thing about contour shading is the amount of freedom you have when completing your pencil drawing. If you prefer a precise approach, use this to your advantage by paying close attention to each and every line. If you prefer a free and abstract sort of approach, you have the opportunity to be as relaxed as you want to be. When implementing this style, be sure to take your perspective into account. Draw the object exactly as you see it, not how you think someone else would see it from their angle.\r\n<h3>Hatching</h3>\r\nHatching is a technique that involves using straight lines in a uniform direction to create different types of light and shade. In order to achieve the look you are going for, consider first drawing a set of thin, parallel lines uniformly in the same direction. In order to make certain sections appear darker, go over them with again and again, until you achieve the desired shade.\r\n\r\nAll you need to master this technique is lots of practice and a steady hand. If the lines are too harsh for your taste, try going over them with a soft brush. By brushing out the lines you will be able to create a much smoother, subtler look.\r\n<h3>Crosshatching</h3>\r\nThis is one of those shading techniques that can be incredibly fun to do, once you get the hang of it. In fact, you might find that the whole process is quite therapeutic. Essentially, this technique involves one set of lines overlapping another. Think about it as creating a sort of penciled patchwork. When you do cross-hatched shading, you will soon learn that you achieve lighter and darker tones by spacing your \"squares\" differently. When the spaces between the lines are larger, more white shows through and this creates a much lighter look. When the spaces are closer together, the shading is denser and therefore looks quite a bit darker and generally more solid.\r\n<h3>Scumbling</h3>\r\nOf all the shading techniques, this one is probably more likely to engage your inner child. Essentially, scumbling is used to describe a random, figure-eight style scribble that repeats over and over to create light and dark shades in a pencil drawing. Space your scumbled shading a bit further apart to shade in curly hair or fabrics. Squeeze them closer together for darker, more solid shades. The harder you press, the darker your scumbling will be.\r\n\r\nThis particular technique is best suited to abstract drawings, cartoons or caricatures. Use scumbling when you want to throw the usual rules to the wayside and explore the sillier side of artistry.\r\n<h3>Stippling</h3>\r\nStippling involves the use of dots to create texture, tone and shadows in a pencil drawing. To create darker shadows and tones, these dots will be denser and darker. For a lighter effect, the dots should be spaced more sparsely. It is probably best to practice stippling with a soft B pencil as this is more likely to adhere to the paper. The darker the pencil, the more dramatic the effect will be. The best way to get uniformly-sized dots on your paper would be to press the graphite nib down and then twist. Do your best to use a completely straight up and down motion; this will prevent an unwanted smudging on the page. To avoid further smudging when you move your hand, try placing a piece of tissue or another piece of paper under your wrist.\r\n<h3>True Artistry Comes with a Price</h3>\r\nThe price you pay for gorgeous shading is this: a good old dose of repetition. If you dream of perfecting any shading technique in the book, you need to spend a fairly large amount of time on honing your skills. It is probably comforting to know that you are probably going to find one particular technique that accurately reflects your style and personality.\r\n\r\nMany artists find the prospect of learning these shading techniques to be uncomfortably daunting. The fact of the matter is that none of this should be stressful. Take the time to read up on a few techniques and then spend some time on using each one in one of your drawings. Keep using them and you\'ll soon see that they will become second nature.','Take the Stress Out of Shading with These Pencil Shading Techniques','','inherit','open','open','','1253-revision-v1','','','2014-07-17 18:14:00','2014-07-18 01:14:00','',1253,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1253-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1279,2,'2014-07-19 15:54:41','2014-07-19 22:54:41','','contour','','inherit','open','open','','contour','','','2014-07-19 15:54:41','2014-07-19 22:54:41','',1253,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/contour.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1280,2,'2014-07-19 15:54:43','2014-07-19 22:54:43','','crosshatching','','inherit','open','open','','crosshatching','','','2014-07-19 15:54:43','2014-07-19 22:54:43','',1253,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/crosshatching.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1273,2,'2014-07-17 18:55:40','2014-07-18 01:55:40','Have you ever wanted to add shading to a drawing of yours but just didn\'t know where to begin?\r\n\r\nLearning how to draw people is a skill that so many budding artists yearn to master. Mastering the shading techniques on a drawing can be daunting. In fact, the prospect of completing an entire shading project is nothing short of terrifying for some people.\r\n\r\nThe best way to get over this hurdle is to realize one basic thing: art is a skill that can be honed over time and with the right amount of practice. When it comes to drawing, particularly when it comes to drawing people, there is no such thing as \"talented artist\" versus \"untalented artist\".\r\n\r\nEveryone has a little artist in them. It\'s all about finding a way to open that portal to your imagination. The great thing about art, and shading in particular, is that no two people will hone their skills in the same way. You can learn the basic techniques associated with shading and put your own spin on them. Creating an amazing drawing is all about portraying the way you perceive things. Exploring the various types of shading is a bit like a journey of self-discovery, in a way.\r\n\r\nIn the following sections, I will share with you five shading techniques. I used all five techniques while shading a drawing of an arm.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\">*****pic of arm*****</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nI decided to use the following examples to illustrate that there are no hard and fast rules saying you HAVE to shade one way over another. Experiment with each and learn how to love the shading process, and in no time you will have mastered the shading process in a way that is entirely your own!\r\n<h3>Contour Shading</h3>\r\n*****cropped pic w/ arrows and examples of dark shadows and lighter areas*****Contour shading is a technique that is all about following the natural lines of your drawing. This particular technique enables you to use your pencil to enhance shadows, light, and depth in your art.\r\n\r\nThe best way to go about it is to complete your line drawing, and then follow the natural lines of the object (or feature or person) you have created. Use a softer pencil for dark shadows and a hard pencil for the lighter, less defined areas.\r\n\r\nThe great thing about contour shading is the amount of freedom you have when completing your pencil drawing. If you prefer a precise approach, use this to your advantage by paying close attention to each and every line. If you prefer a free and abstract sort of approach, you have the opportunity to be as relaxed as you want to be.\r\n\r\nWhen implementing this style, be sure to take your perspective into account. Draw the object exactly as you see it, not how you think someone else would see it from their angle.\r\n<h3>Hatching</h3>\r\n*****cropped pic w/ arrows and examples of dark and light areas*****Hatching is a technique that involves using straight lines in a uniform direction to create different types of light and shade.\r\n\r\nIn order to achieve the look you are going for, consider first drawing a set of thin, parallel lines uniformly in the same direction. In order to make certain sections appear darker, go over them with again and again, until you achieve the desired shade.\r\n\r\nAll you need to master this technique is lots of practice and a steady hand. If the lines are too harsh for your taste, try going over them with a soft brush or tortillon. By blending out the lines you will be able to create a much smoother, subtler look.\r\n<h3>Crosshatching</h3>\r\n*****cropped pic w/ arrows and examples of dark and light areas*****This is one of those shading techniques that can be incredibly fun to do, once you get the hang of it. In fact, you might find that the whole process is quite therapeutic.\r\n\r\nEssentially, this technique involves one set of lines overlapping another. Think about it as creating a sort of penciled patchwork.\r\n\r\nWhen you do cross-hatched shading, you will soon learn that you achieve lighter and darker tones by spacing your \"squares\" differently. When the spaces between the lines are larger, more white shows through and this creates a much lighter look. When the spaces are closer together, the shading is denser and therefore looks quite a bit darker and generally more solid.\r\n<h3>Scumbling</h3>\r\n*****cropped pic w/ arrow*****Of all the shading techniques, this one is probably more likely to engage your inner child. Essentially, scumbling is used to describe a random, figure-eight style scribble that repeats over and over to create light and dark shades in a pencil drawing.\r\n\r\nSpace your scumbled shading a bit further apart to shade in curly hair or fabrics. Squeeze them closer together for darker, more solid shades. The harder you press, the darker your scumbling will be.\r\n\r\nThis particular technique is often used with abstract drawings, cartoons or caricatures. Use scumbling when you want to throw the usual rules to the wayside and explore the sillier side of artistry.\r\n<h3>Stippling</h3>\r\n*****cropped pic w/ arrows and examples of dark and light areas*****Stippling involves the use of dots to create texture, tone and shadows in a pencil drawing.\r\n\r\nTo create darker shadows and tones, these dots will be denser and darker. For a lighter effect, the dots should be spaced more sparsely.\r\n\r\nIt is probably best to practice stippling with a soft B pencil as this is more likely to adhere to the paper. The darker the pencil, the more dramatic the effect will be.\r\n\r\nThe best way to get uniformly-sized dots on your paper would be to press the graphite nib down and then twist. Do your best to use a completely straight up and down motion; this will prevent an unwanted smudging on the page. To avoid further smudging when you move your hand, try placing a piece of tissue or another piece of paper under your wrist.\r\n<h3>True Artistry Comes with a Price</h3>\r\nThe price you pay for gorgeous shading is this: a good old dose of repetition. If you dream of perfecting any shading technique in the book, you need to spend a fairly large amount of time on honing your skills. It is probably comforting to know that you are probably going to find one particular technique that accurately reflects your style and personality.\r\n\r\nMany artists find the prospect of learning these shading techniques to be uncomfortably daunting. The fact of the matter is that none of this should be stressful. Take the time to use each one of these techniques in one of your drawings. Keep using them and you\'ll soon see that they will become second nature.','Take the Stress Out of Shading with These Pencil Shading Techniques','','inherit','open','open','','1253-revision-v1','','','2014-07-17 18:55:40','2014-07-18 01:55:40','',1253,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1253-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1274,2,'2014-07-18 18:54:26','2014-07-19 01:54:26','When you draw lips, do they look like these?\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-00.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1270\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-00.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw lips realistic 00\" width=\"578\" height=\"357\" /></a>\r\n\r\nIn this video and post, we will see one way to turn a simple outline of lips into a more realistic drawing. Of course, not all lips have the characteristic traits that I will use in this drawing. Use this post for guidance, but use a reference photo for whatever lips you choose to draw to make your lips match your subject.\r\n<h3>Add Details to Your Lip Line Drawing</h3>\r\nThe first step is to add details to your lips to make your line drawing look more realistic. I chose to use a <a title=\"Pentel GraphGear 500 Automatic Drafting Pencil Black (PG525A)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/pentel-graphgear-500-automatic-drafting-pencil-black-pg525a/\">mechanical pencil</a> with 2B graphite lead for this drawing.\r\n\r\nBegin by drawing a little outline that borders just above the top and below the bottom lip (if the subject you are drawing has this trait).\r\n\r\nYou will also want to draw some of the grooves that are apparent on the lips. Most of these are vertical, but most lips have some horizontal ones visible if you look close enough.\r\n\r\nThis is also a good time to sketch in where shadows and highlights will go.  For this subject, there is a prominent shadow between the bottom lip and the chin. There is another where the lips meet. For the highlights, I drew small individual shapes between the grooves rather than one large highlight.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1262\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-01.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw lips realistic 01\" width=\"577\" height=\"361\" /></a>\r\n<h3>Create a Tone Drawing with Dark and Light Values</h3>\r\nI usually begin by filling in the darkest values. In this case, that would be between the lips and under them.\r\n\r\nThen from where the lips meet and the outer edges of the lips, start working in the lighter values that fall between the grooves and the highlights. Mostly, I used a hatching technique that also followed the contours of the lips.\r\n\r\nDo not forget to also put some shading on some of the skin surrounding the lips.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1263\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-02.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw lips realistic 02\" width=\"576\" height=\"355\" /></a>\r\n<h3>Blend the Tones Together</h3>\r\nNow is the time to begin blending all of that graphite to reach a new level of realism! Once again, I typically start with the darkest values.\r\n\r\nUse a tortillon and blend the shadow area under the lip. This will allow you to use leftover graphite on the tortillon to create other skin tones outside of the shadow on the chin area. You can also finish blending the tones above the top lip as well.\r\n\r\nNext, beginning with where the lips touch, blend from dark to light and move your tortillon in a way that follows the natural curvature and contours along the lips. Work around some of the areas meant to be highlights.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1264\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-03.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw lips realistic 03\" width=\"580\" height=\"357\" /></a>\r\n<h3>Add in the Finishing Touches</h3>\r\nIt is always a good idea to go back and better define any shadows or highlights, as well as draw in additional details, after the blending step. The amount of detail you add is up to you. This drawing really didn\'t need too much after the last step, but I did want to touch up a few places.\r\n\r\nBasically, my goal was to make apparent more of the subtle grooves that run along the lips, both vertically and horizontally (although less obvious). I brought out highlights with a kneaded eraser and drew lines with my pencil.\r\n\r\nIn hindsight (and this is my inner critic speaking, which is a healthy thing for an artist to have!), to make these lines more subtle like they are in real life, it may have been better to use a lighter lead (like a 2H) or just the residue on the tortillon.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1265\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-04.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw lips realistic 04\" width=\"571\" height=\"355\" /></a>\r\n\r\nStill, I achieved my goal of creating a drawing of lips that look much more realistic than the outline at the beginning of this post.\r\n\r\nIf you want to do the same, remember the four basic steps I used here: a line drawing that places shadows and highlights, shading in the tones, blending the tones, and adding final details.\r\n\r\nRemember, the level of realism you want to achieve is completely up to you. I could have stopped after any one of these four steps and had a \"completed\" realistic drawing. Or, I could have continued adding even more layers of detail for a more realistic effect.\r\n\r\nSo give this a try, and YOU decide when you are ready to call it finished. How realistic can you make your lip drawing?\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','How to Turn Your Plainly-Drawn Lips into Realistic Lips','','inherit','open','open','','1266-revision-v1','','','2014-07-18 18:54:26','2014-07-19 01:54:26','',1266,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1266-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1275,2,'2014-07-19 08:56:18','2014-07-19 15:56:18','<center><iframe src=\"//www.youtube.com/embed/TtLx4sKhUis?rel=0\" width=\"640\" height=\"360\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"allowfullscreen\"></iframe></center>When you draw lips, do they look like these?\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-00.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1270\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-00.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw lips realistic 00\" width=\"578\" height=\"357\" /></a>\r\n\r\nIn this video and post, we will see one way to turn a simple outline of lips into a more realistic drawing. Of course, not all lips have the characteristic traits that I will use in this drawing. Use this post for guidance, but use a reference photo for whatever lips you choose to draw to make your lips match your subject.\r\n<h3>Add Details to Your Lip Line Drawing</h3>\r\nThe first step is to add details to your lips to make your line drawing look more realistic. I chose to use a <a title=\"Pentel GraphGear 500 Automatic Drafting Pencil Black (PG525A)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/pentel-graphgear-500-automatic-drafting-pencil-black-pg525a/\">mechanical pencil</a> with 2B graphite lead for this drawing.\r\n\r\nBegin by drawing a little outline that borders just above the top and below the bottom lip (if the subject you are drawing has this trait).\r\n\r\nYou will also want to draw some of the grooves that are apparent on the lips. Most of these are vertical, but most lips have some horizontal ones visible if you look close enough.\r\n\r\nThis is also a good time to sketch in where shadows and highlights will go.  For this subject, there is a prominent shadow between the bottom lip and the chin. There is another where the lips meet. For the highlights, I drew small individual shapes between the grooves rather than one large highlight.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1262\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-01.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw lips realistic 01\" width=\"577\" height=\"361\" /></a>\r\n<h3>Create a Tone Drawing with Dark and Light Values</h3>\r\nI usually begin by filling in the darkest values. In this case, that would be between the lips and under them.\r\n\r\nThen from where the lips meet and the outer edges of the lips, start working in the lighter values that fall between the grooves and the highlights. Mostly, I used a hatching technique that also followed the contours of the lips.\r\n\r\nDo not forget to also put some shading on some of the skin surrounding the lips.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1263\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-02.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw lips realistic 02\" width=\"576\" height=\"355\" /></a>\r\n<h3>Blend the Tones Together</h3>\r\nNow is the time to begin blending all of that graphite to reach a new level of realism! Once again, I typically start with the darkest values.\r\n\r\nUse a tortillon and blend the shadow area under the lip. This will allow you to use leftover graphite on the tortillon to create other skin tones outside of the shadow on the chin area. You can also finish blending the tones above the top lip as well.\r\n\r\nNext, beginning with where the lips touch, blend from dark to light and move your tortillon in a way that follows the natural curvature and contours along the lips. Work around some of the areas meant to be highlights.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1264\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-03.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw lips realistic 03\" width=\"580\" height=\"357\" /></a>\r\n<h3>Add in the Finishing Touches</h3>\r\nIt is always a good idea to go back and better define any shadows or highlights, as well as draw in additional details, after the blending step. The amount of detail you add is up to you. This drawing really didn\'t need too much after the last step, but I did want to touch up a few places.\r\n\r\nBasically, my goal was to make apparent more of the subtle grooves that run along the lips, both vertically and horizontally (although less obvious). I brought out highlights with a kneaded eraser and drew lines with my pencil.\r\n\r\nIn hindsight (and this is my inner critic speaking, which is a healthy thing for an artist to have!), to make these lines more subtle like they are in real life, it may have been better to use a lighter lead (like a 2H) or just the residue on the tortillon.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1265\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-04.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw lips realistic 04\" width=\"571\" height=\"355\" /></a>\r\n\r\nStill, I achieved my goal of creating a drawing of lips that look much more realistic than the outline at the beginning of this post.\r\n\r\nIf you want to do the same, remember the four basic steps I used here: a line drawing that places shadows and highlights, shading in the tones, blending the tones, and adding final details.\r\n\r\nRemember, the level of realism you want to achieve is completely up to you. I could have stopped after any one of these four steps and had a \"completed\" realistic drawing. Or, I could have continued adding even more layers of detail for a more realistic effect.\r\n\r\nSo give this a try, and YOU decide when you are ready to call it finished. How realistic can you make your lip drawing?\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','How to Turn Your Plainly-Drawn Lips into Realistic Lips','','inherit','open','open','','1266-revision-v1','','','2014-07-19 08:56:18','2014-07-19 15:56:18','',1266,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1266-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1276,2,'2014-07-19 08:56:48','2014-07-19 15:56:48','<center><iframe src=\"//www.youtube.com/embed/TtLx4sKhUis?rel=0\" width=\"640\" height=\"360\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"allowfullscreen\"></iframe></center>&nbsp;\r\n\r\nWhen you draw lips, do they look like these?\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-00.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1270\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-00.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw lips realistic 00\" width=\"578\" height=\"357\" /></a>\r\n\r\nIn this video and post, we will see one way to turn a simple outline of lips into a more realistic drawing. Of course, not all lips have the characteristic traits that I will use in this drawing. Use this post for guidance, but use a reference photo for whatever lips you choose to draw to make your lips match your subject.\r\n<h3>Add Details to Your Lip Line Drawing</h3>\r\nThe first step is to add details to your lips to make your line drawing look more realistic. I chose to use a <a title=\"Pentel GraphGear 500 Automatic Drafting Pencil Black (PG525A)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/pentel-graphgear-500-automatic-drafting-pencil-black-pg525a/\">mechanical pencil</a> with 2B graphite lead for this drawing.\r\n\r\nBegin by drawing a little outline that borders just above the top and below the bottom lip (if the subject you are drawing has this trait).\r\n\r\nYou will also want to draw some of the grooves that are apparent on the lips. Most of these are vertical, but most lips have some horizontal ones visible if you look close enough.\r\n\r\nThis is also a good time to sketch in where shadows and highlights will go.  For this subject, there is a prominent shadow between the bottom lip and the chin. There is another where the lips meet. For the highlights, I drew small individual shapes between the grooves rather than one large highlight.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1262\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-01.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw lips realistic 01\" width=\"577\" height=\"361\" /></a>\r\n<h3>Create a Tone Drawing with Dark and Light Values</h3>\r\nI usually begin by filling in the darkest values. In this case, that would be between the lips and under them.\r\n\r\nThen from where the lips meet and the outer edges of the lips, start working in the lighter values that fall between the grooves and the highlights. Mostly, I used a hatching technique that also followed the contours of the lips.\r\n\r\nDo not forget to also put some shading on some of the skin surrounding the lips.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1263\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-02.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw lips realistic 02\" width=\"576\" height=\"355\" /></a>\r\n<h3>Blend the Tones Together</h3>\r\nNow is the time to begin blending all of that graphite to reach a new level of realism! Once again, I typically start with the darkest values.\r\n\r\nUse a tortillon and blend the shadow area under the lip. This will allow you to use leftover graphite on the tortillon to create other skin tones outside of the shadow on the chin area. You can also finish blending the tones above the top lip as well.\r\n\r\nNext, beginning with where the lips touch, blend from dark to light and move your tortillon in a way that follows the natural curvature and contours along the lips. Work around some of the areas meant to be highlights.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1264\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-03.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw lips realistic 03\" width=\"580\" height=\"357\" /></a>\r\n<h3>Add in the Finishing Touches</h3>\r\nIt is always a good idea to go back and better define any shadows or highlights, as well as draw in additional details, after the blending step. The amount of detail you add is up to you. This drawing really didn\'t need too much after the last step, but I did want to touch up a few places.\r\n\r\nBasically, my goal was to make apparent more of the subtle grooves that run along the lips, both vertically and horizontally (although less obvious). I brought out highlights with a kneaded eraser and drew lines with my pencil.\r\n\r\nIn hindsight (and this is my inner critic speaking, which is a healthy thing for an artist to have!), to make these lines more subtle like they are in real life, it may have been better to use a lighter lead (like a 2H) or just the residue on the tortillon.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1265\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-04.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw lips realistic 04\" width=\"571\" height=\"355\" /></a>\r\n\r\nStill, I achieved my goal of creating a drawing of lips that look much more realistic than the outline at the beginning of this post.\r\n\r\nIf you want to do the same, remember the four basic steps I used here: a line drawing that places shadows and highlights, shading in the tones, blending the tones, and adding final details.\r\n\r\nRemember, the level of realism you want to achieve is completely up to you. I could have stopped after any one of these four steps and had a \"completed\" realistic drawing. Or, I could have continued adding even more layers of detail for a more realistic effect.\r\n\r\nSo give this a try, and YOU decide when you are ready to call it finished. How realistic can you make your lip drawing?\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','How to Turn Your Plainly-Drawn Lips into Realistic Lips','','inherit','open','open','','1266-revision-v1','','','2014-07-19 08:56:48','2014-07-19 15:56:48','',1266,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1266-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1277,2,'2014-07-19 10:39:50','2014-07-19 17:39:50','<center><iframe src=\"//www.youtube.com/embed/JScZa8HBFpc?rel=0\" width=\"640\" height=\"360\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"allowfullscreen\"></iframe></center>&nbsp;\r\n\r\nWhen you draw lips, do they look like these?\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-00.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1270\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-00.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw lips realistic 00\" width=\"578\" height=\"357\" /></a>\r\n\r\nIn this video and post, we will see one way to turn a simple outline of lips into a more realistic drawing. Of course, not all lips have the characteristic traits that I will use in this drawing. Use this post for guidance, but use a reference photo for whatever lips you choose to draw to make your lips match your subject.\r\n<h3>Add Details to Your Lip Line Drawing</h3>\r\nThe first step is to add details to your lips to make your line drawing look more realistic. I chose to use a <a title=\"Pentel GraphGear 500 Automatic Drafting Pencil Black (PG525A)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/pentel-graphgear-500-automatic-drafting-pencil-black-pg525a/\">mechanical pencil</a> with 2B graphite lead for this drawing.\r\n\r\nBegin by drawing a little outline that borders just above the top and below the bottom lip (if the subject you are drawing has this trait).\r\n\r\nYou will also want to draw some of the grooves that are apparent on the lips. Most of these are vertical, but most lips have some horizontal ones visible if you look close enough.\r\n\r\nThis is also a good time to sketch in where shadows and highlights will go.  For this subject, there is a prominent shadow between the bottom lip and the chin. There is another where the lips meet. For the highlights, I drew small individual shapes between the grooves rather than one large highlight.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1262\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-01.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw lips realistic 01\" width=\"577\" height=\"361\" /></a>\r\n<h3>Create a Tone Drawing with Dark and Light Values</h3>\r\nI usually begin by filling in the darkest values. In this case, that would be between the lips and under them.\r\n\r\nThen from where the lips meet and the outer edges of the lips, start working in the lighter values that fall between the grooves and the highlights. Mostly, I used a hatching technique that also followed the contours of the lips.\r\n\r\nDo not forget to also put some shading on some of the skin surrounding the lips.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1263\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-02.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw lips realistic 02\" width=\"576\" height=\"355\" /></a>\r\n<h3>Blend the Tones Together</h3>\r\nNow is the time to begin blending all of that graphite to reach a new level of realism! Once again, I typically start with the darkest values.\r\n\r\nUse a tortillon and blend the shadow area under the lip. This will allow you to use leftover graphite on the tortillon to create other skin tones outside of the shadow on the chin area. You can also finish blending the tones above the top lip as well.\r\n\r\nNext, beginning with where the lips touch, blend from dark to light and move your tortillon in a way that follows the natural curvature and contours along the lips. Work around some of the areas meant to be highlights.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1264\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-03.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw lips realistic 03\" width=\"580\" height=\"357\" /></a>\r\n<h3>Add in the Finishing Touches</h3>\r\nIt is always a good idea to go back and better define any shadows or highlights, as well as draw in additional details, after the blending step. The amount of detail you add is up to you. This drawing really didn\'t need too much after the last step, but I did want to touch up a few places.\r\n\r\nBasically, my goal was to make apparent more of the subtle grooves that run along the lips, both vertically and horizontally (although less obvious). I brought out highlights with a kneaded eraser and drew lines with my pencil.\r\n\r\nIn hindsight (and this is my inner critic speaking, which is a healthy thing for an artist to have!), to make these lines more subtle like they are in real life, it may have been better to use a lighter lead (like a 2H) or just the residue on the tortillon.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1265\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-04.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw lips realistic 04\" width=\"571\" height=\"355\" /></a>\r\n\r\nStill, I achieved my goal of creating a drawing of lips that look much more realistic than the outline at the beginning of this post.\r\n\r\nIf you want to do the same, remember the four basic steps I used here: a line drawing that places shadows and highlights, shading in the tones, blending the tones, and adding final details.\r\n\r\nRemember, the level of realism you want to achieve is completely up to you. I could have stopped after any one of these four steps and had a \"completed\" realistic drawing. Or, I could have continued adding even more layers of detail for a more realistic effect.\r\n\r\nSo give this a try, and YOU decide when you are ready to call it finished. How realistic can you make your lip drawing?\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','How to Turn Your Plainly-Drawn Lips into Realistic Lips','','inherit','open','open','','1266-revision-v1','','','2014-07-19 10:39:50','2014-07-19 17:39:50','',1266,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1266-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1278,2,'2014-07-19 10:41:01','2014-07-19 17:41:01',' ','','','publish','open','closed','','1278','','','2017-06-06 05:25:20','2017-06-06 12:25:20','',14,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/?p=1278',5,'nav_menu_item','',0),(1281,2,'2014-07-19 15:54:45','2014-07-19 22:54:45','','hatching','','inherit','open','open','','hatching','','','2014-07-19 15:54:45','2014-07-19 22:54:45','',1253,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/hatching.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1282,2,'2014-07-19 15:54:47','2014-07-19 22:54:47','','scumbling','','inherit','open','open','','scumbling','','','2014-07-19 15:54:47','2014-07-19 22:54:47','',1253,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/scumbling.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1283,2,'2014-07-19 15:54:49','2014-07-19 22:54:49','','shading techniques','','inherit','open','open','','shading-techniques','','','2014-07-19 15:54:49','2014-07-19 22:54:49','',1253,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/shading-techniques.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1284,2,'2014-07-19 15:54:51','2014-07-19 22:54:51','','stippling','','inherit','open','open','','stippling','','','2014-07-19 15:54:51','2014-07-19 22:54:51','',1253,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/stippling.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1285,2,'2014-07-19 16:02:27','2014-07-19 23:02:27','Have you ever wanted to add shading to a drawing of yours but just didn\'t know where to begin?\r\n\r\nLearning how to draw people is a skill that so many budding artists yearn to master. Mastering the shading techniques on a drawing can be daunting. In fact, the prospect of completing an entire shading project is nothing short of terrifying for some people.\r\n\r\nThe best way to get over this hurdle is to realize one basic thing: art is a skill that can be honed over time and with the right amount of practice. When it comes to drawing, particularly when it comes to drawing people, there is no such thing as \"talented artist\" versus \"untalented artist\".\r\n\r\nEveryone has a little artist in them. It\'s all about finding a way to open that portal to your imagination. The great thing about art, and shading in particular, is that no two people will hone their skills in the same way. You can learn the basic techniques associated with shading and put your own spin on them. Creating an amazing drawing is all about portraying the way you perceive things. Exploring the various types of shading is a bit like a journey of self-discovery, in a way.\r\n\r\nIn the following sections, I will share with you five shading techniques. As you read about each one, just know that there are no hard and fast rules saying you HAVE to shade one way over another. Experiment with each and learn how to love the shading process, and in no time you will have mastered the shading process in a way that is entirely your own!\r\n<h3>Contour Shading</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/contour.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft wp-image-1279 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/contour-121x300.jpg\" alt=\"contour\" width=\"121\" height=\"300\" /></a>Contour shading is a technique that is all about following the natural lines of your drawing. This particular technique enables you to use your pencil to enhance shadows, light, and depth in your art.\r\n\r\nThe best way to go about it is to complete your line drawing, and then follow the natural lines of the object (or feature or person) you have created. Use a softer pencil for dark shadows and a hard pencil for the lighter, less defined areas.\r\n\r\nThe great thing about contour shading is the amount of freedom you have when completing your pencil drawing. If you prefer a precise approach, use this to your advantage by paying close attention to each and every line. If you prefer a free and abstract sort of approach, you have the opportunity to be as relaxed as you want to be.\r\n\r\nWhen implementing this style, be sure to take your perspective into account. Draw the object exactly as you see it, not how you think someone else would see it from their angle.\r\n<h3>Hatching</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/hatching.jpg\"><img class=\"alignright size-medium wp-image-1281\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/hatching-124x300.jpg\" alt=\"hatching\" width=\"124\" height=\"300\" /></a>Hatching is a technique that involves using straight lines in a uniform direction to create different types of light and shade.\r\n\r\nIn order to achieve the look you are going for, consider first drawing a set of thin, parallel lines uniformly in the same direction. In order to make certain sections appear darker, go over them with again and again, until you achieve the desired shade.\r\n\r\nAll you need to master this technique is lots of practice and a steady hand. If the lines are too harsh for your taste, try going over them with a soft brush or tortillon. By blending out the lines you will be able to create a much smoother, subtler look.\r\n<h3>Crosshatching</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/crosshatching.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-1280\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/crosshatching-142x300.jpg\" alt=\"crosshatching\" width=\"142\" height=\"300\" /></a>This is one of those shading techniques that can be incredibly fun to do, once you get the hang of it. In fact, you might find that the whole process is quite therapeutic.\r\n\r\nEssentially, this technique involves one set of lines overlapping another. Think about it as creating a sort of penciled patchwork.\r\n\r\nWhen you do cross-hatched shading, you will soon learn that you achieve lighter and darker tones by spacing your \"squares\" differently. When the spaces between the lines are larger, more white shows through and this creates a much lighter look. When the spaces are closer together, the shading is denser and therefore looks quite a bit darker and generally more solid.\r\n<h3>Scumbling</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/scumbling.jpg\"><img class=\"alignright size-medium wp-image-1282\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/scumbling-115x300.jpg\" alt=\"scumbling\" width=\"115\" height=\"300\" /></a>Of all the shading techniques, this one is probably more likely to engage your inner child. Essentially, scumbling is used to describe a random, figure-eight style scribble that repeats over and over to create light and dark shades in a pencil drawing.\r\n\r\nSpace your scumbled shading a bit further apart to shade in curly hair or fabrics. Squeeze them closer together for darker, more solid shades. The harder you press, the darker your scumbling will be.\r\n\r\nThis particular technique is often used with abstract drawings, cartoons or caricatures. Use scumbling when you want to throw the usual rules to the wayside and explore the sillier side of artistry.\r\n<h3>Stippling</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/stippling.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-1284\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/stippling-120x300.jpg\" alt=\"stippling\" width=\"120\" height=\"300\" /></a>Stippling involves the use of dots to create texture, tone and shadows in a pencil drawing.\r\n\r\nTo create darker shadows and tones, these dots will be denser and darker. For a lighter effect, the dots should be spaced more sparsely.\r\n\r\nIt is probably best to practice stippling with a soft B pencil as this is more likely to adhere to the paper. The darker the pencil, the more dramatic the effect will be.\r\n\r\nThe best way to get uniformly-sized dots on your paper would be to press the graphite nib down and then twist. Do your best to use a completely straight up and down motion; this will prevent an unwanted smudging on the page. To avoid further smudging when you move your hand, try placing a piece of tissue or another piece of paper under your wrist.\r\n<h3>True Artistry Comes with a Price</h3>\r\nThe price you pay for gorgeous shading is this: a good old dose of repetition. If you dream of perfecting any shading technique in the book, you need to spend a fairly large amount of time on honing your skills. It is probably comforting to know that you are probably going to find one particular technique that accurately reflects your style and personality.\r\n\r\nMany artists find the prospect of learning these shading techniques to be uncomfortably daunting. The fact of the matter is that none of this should be stressful. Take the time to use each one of these techniques in one of your drawings. Keep using them and you\'ll soon see that they will become second nature.','Take the Stress Out of Shading with These Pencil Shading Techniques','','inherit','open','open','','1253-revision-v1','','','2014-07-19 16:02:27','2014-07-19 23:02:27','',1253,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1253-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1286,2,'2014-07-19 16:18:16','2014-07-19 23:18:16','','how to draw a woman featured image','','inherit','open','open','','how-to-draw-a-woman-featured-image','','','2014-07-19 16:18:16','2014-07-19 23:18:16','',968,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/05/how-to-draw-a-woman-featured-image.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1287,2,'2014-07-19 16:18:38','2014-07-19 23:18:38','','how to draw the body featured image','','inherit','open','open','','how-to-draw-the-body-featured-image','','','2014-07-19 16:18:38','2014-07-19 23:18:38','',968,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/05/how-to-draw-the-body-featured-image.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1288,2,'2014-07-19 16:22:36','2014-07-19 23:22:36','Known for his animated and lively artwork from Looney Tunes and Merrie Melodies, Charles Martin Jones perfectly explained the process of drawing. In a famous interview of his, he once stated, \"The whole essence of good drawing -- and of good thinking, perhaps, is to work on a subject down to the simplest form possible and still have it believable for what it is meant to be.\" Essentially, what Charles Martin Jones meant is that art, and in this case the human body, does not need to be elaborate or perfect to be regarded as good work. A simple drawing that is identifiable as the human form is sufficient. Therefore, as this tutorial on how to draw the body progresses, don\'t fret if it isn\'t perfect, and don\'t quit if it isn\'t just right. Eventually, by practicing the following simple steps, you\'ll have the concept down perfectly.\r\n<h3><b>Figure Drawing -- The Basics</b></h3>\r\nBefore beginning, there are a few basics that I\'m going to cover. When drawing, proportions are important. They serve as the bones, per say, of the body. In drawing, there is something known as \"The Standard Unit of Measurement,\" or \"SUM.\" Generally, the length of the head, which is the distance from the top of the head to the chin, serves as your SUM. Typically, you\'ll find that the average height of a male or female figure drawing is 8 heads. SUMs of different length can result in variations in height. To ensure your figure is proportional, a tip you may find helpful is to draw 9 horizontal lines on the paper before beginning to draw. This will leave you with 8 SUMs. While there are many different poses that are possible, to keep things simple and at a basic, we are going to assume that the subject is standing straight.\r\n<h3><b>Proportions to Keep in Mind</b></h3>\r\nAlthough proportions are an important part of drawing the human body, you should remember that they are only very <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\">general, basic guidelines</span>. Each individual person is unique and has his or her own proportions that can vary slightly from these guidelines. So as you draw, you don’t have to measure each shape to ensure it is drawn to the exact centimeter. With that said, here are some approximate general proportions to guide your drawing:\r\n\r\n•The entire body is 8 heads tall.\r\n\r\n•The head and torso are as long as the legs.\r\n\r\n•Hands should go no farther than halfway down the length of the thighs.\r\n\r\n•Thigh and calf are equal length, and so are the lower and upper arms.\r\n\r\n•Even at rest, the arms and legs should not be perfectly straight.\r\n\r\n•A female subject will have a smoother, more \"feminine\" form than the male.\r\n\r\n•A male figure has a proportionately larger rib cage, while a female figure has a proportionately larger pelvis.\r\n\r\n•The shoulder width is about 3 head widths.\r\n\r\n•If the arms are at the figure\'s sides, the wrist aligns with the groin.\r\n\r\n•An open hand is proportional to the head width.\r\n\r\nAlthough it may not seem so, the basic sketch of the human figure is comprised of a melody of basic shapes such as ovals, triangles, and circles. So, let\'s begin with the first steps and create our figure drawing together. I\'ll be creative here and name him Billy. Throughout this tutorial, you\'ll draw Billy with me and see him evolve from what looks like a child-like drawing, to something a bit more professional.\r\n<h3><b>The Basic Sketch</b></h3>\r\nAfter drawing the nine marker lines using Billy\'s head as the SUM, I begin drawing my figure as follows.\r\n\r\n•First, begin with the oval-shaped head. Using lined paper works great, as you can keep better track of proportions. According to my sketch, two lines are equal to the length of Billy\'s head. Next, give him a simple neck, which should equal one fourth the length of his head.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/01-how-to-draw-the-body-head-and-neck.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-917\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/01-how-to-draw-the-body-head-and-neck.jpg\" alt=\"01 how to draw the body head and neck\" width=\"426\" height=\"499\" /></a></p>\r\n•Continuing from the bottom of the neck, sketch an upside down triangle. At the top of this upside down triangle are the shoulders, which remember, are as wide as three of Billy\'s heads. The pointy end of the triangle is where Billy\'s belly button is to be. This triangle is approximately two of Billy\'s heads, or four lines. The bottom of the first of these two heads is the nipple area, and the bottom of the second of the two heads is the belly button.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/02-how-to-draw-the-body-triangle.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-918\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/02-how-to-draw-the-body-triangle.jpg\" alt=\"02 how to draw the body triangle\" width=\"426\" height=\"500\" /></a></p>\r\n•After sketching up to the belly button, Billy also needs a groin area. Thus far, the groin area is a simple oval, which is also equal to the length of one head. Also, I\'m going to keep this little tutorial rated G - there will be no guidance on how to draw genitalia.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/03-how-to-draw-the-body-pelvis.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-919\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/03-how-to-draw-the-body-pelvis.jpg\" alt=\"03 how to draw the body pelvis\" width=\"428\" height=\"504\" /></a></p>\r\n•Next are the upper thighs.  Beginning from the bottom of the groin area, I\'ve added two nicely shaped ovals, which are each the length of Billy’s head. This section is the fifth head length.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/04-how-to-draw-the-body-upper-thighs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-920\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/04-how-to-draw-the-body-upper-thighs.jpg\" alt=\"04 how to draw the body upper thighs\" width=\"426\" height=\"502\" /></a></p>\r\n•Continuing with the legs, the next long oval for each leg is going to end up right above the knee.  Because the knee is a joint, mark it as a small circle. This is the sixth head length.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/05-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-thighs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-921\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/05-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-thighs.jpg\" alt=\"05 how to draw the body lower thighs\" width=\"428\" height=\"500\" /></a></p>\r\n•Moving on, the next oval is the lower leg, and it is an oval that stops just above Billy’s ankle.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/06-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-legs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-922\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/06-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-legs.jpg\" alt=\"06 how to draw the body lower legs\" width=\"427\" height=\"500\" /></a></p>\r\n•Let us next add ovals for the feet. One regular oval whose bottom is the bottom of Billy\'s foot, and a second, horizontal oval for Billy’s foot.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/07-how-to-draw-the-body-feet.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-923\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/07-how-to-draw-the-body-feet.jpg\" alt=\"07 how to draw the body feet\" width=\"424\" height=\"502\" /></a></p>\r\n•Lastly, the final additions are the arms and hands. Make an oval for each upper arm that begins at the shoulder and ends just above the belly button area. From this joint, make another oval that extends to the groin area. Draw an oval to represent each hand, going no farther down than mid-thigh.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/08-how-to-draw-the-body-arms.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-924\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/08-how-to-draw-the-body-arms.jpg\" alt=\"08 how to draw the body arms\" width=\"429\" height=\"506\" /></a></p>\r\nIn all, if your figure is 8 heads tall, you should have a rough sketch of Billy comprised of ovals, triangles, and small circles as seen above. Have you been able to follow along so far? Up until now, this tutorial has shown us how to draw the body using shapes as a “skeleton”.\r\n<h3><b>More than Just Bones</b></h3>\r\nThe famous author Walt Whitman once said, \"I sing the body electric.\" I suppose you can do as I do, and imagine Billy all of a sudden bust some moves on the page, but such a quote also resonates quite well with the next steps. Essentially, Walt Whitman is pointing to a notion that expresses love and admiration for the human body. It means to enjoy the movements, and the shape, and the image of the body itself. Therefore, as we continue to draw Billy, you don’t have to draw him as what the \"ideal\" human is expected to look like. Draw him as you want him to be (just keep him proportional). Apart from the arms and legs, which essentially leave just the torso and neck, I accentuated them on Billy by giving them shape. In this case, I drew the torso wider and slightly muscular and the neck a bit stumpy. Once you\'ve given your subject\'s torso and neck some shape, it\'s time to continue to the arms and legs.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/09-how-to-draw-the-body-torso.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-925\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/09-how-to-draw-the-body-torso.jpg\" alt=\"09 how to draw the body torso\" width=\"426\" height=\"506\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><b>How to Draw Arms</b></h3>\r\nBoth arms and legs are probably two of the simplest parts of the body to draw. Once your torso is fully drawn, you can take the next step and add detail to the appendages. The shoulders, elbows, and wrists should each be marked by a circle that connects the ovals that you drew for arms and forearms. Rather than leave it in such a vague state, turn the ovals into straight lines that match the outer edges of the circles marked for shoulders, elbows, and wrists. Next, erase away the circles, and you should be left with a full arm. To make things more defined, the forearm should break down into three parts, with each part thinner than the last, with the wrist being the thinnest part.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/10-how-to-draw-the-body-arms.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-926\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/10-how-to-draw-the-body-arms.jpg\" alt=\"10 how to draw the body arms\" width=\"429\" height=\"508\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><b>How to Draw Hands</b></h3>\r\nWhile hands may seem intimidating, they really aren\'t. It\'s all about sketching and practice. There are several methods. One way to draw hands is to begin with a square, attaching sticks for fingers and a small triangle attaching the thumb. If you need guidance, look at your own hand. Your own body is a great tool for learning to draw. Next, sketch the joints along the fingers. Each finger, except for the thumb, has two joints. Add a joint for the wrist, leaving a slightly raised bump for the bone. Give Billy’s hand some skin, and outline the shape of the fingers along the circles. Erase the inner circles and sketches, and you\'re left with a hand that just needs shading, nails, and the appearance of skin. To do this, just look at your own hand and draw what you see.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/11-how-to-draw-the-body-hands.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-927\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/11-how-to-draw-the-body-hands.jpg\" alt=\"11 how to draw the body hands\" width=\"424\" height=\"499\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><b>How to Draw Legs</b></h3>\r\nLike most of the body\'s shape, the shape of legs can also vary. You should already have a circle for the knees. Start with the outside of each leg and sketch the upper thigh and lower leg. The upper thigh should be wide, and as the line reaches the knee, it should become narrower. Then, do the same for the inner legs. Depending on your preferences, you can keep the legs thin or add thickness. Lastly, simply erase the circle and sketch a knee.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/12-how-to-draw-the-body-legs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-928\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/12-how-to-draw-the-body-legs.jpg\" alt=\"12 how to draw the body legs\" width=\"428\" height=\"506\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><b>How to Draw Feet</b></h3>\r\nUnless you don\'t want our subject to walk, then you\'re going to need to add some feet. As simplicity is the key to this entire tutorial, begin with the ovals attached to the bottom of the leg. The front of the foot and toes should be sketched out. Next, soften the rough lines and give the foot a proper shape. If you drew your character\'s hands, this process should be fairly simple. Upon completing the feet and giving your subject a shape and human appearance, you should have a fully-formed body before you.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/13-how-to-draw-the-body-billy.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-929\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/13-how-to-draw-the-body-billy.jpg\" alt=\"13 how to draw the body billy\" width=\"429\" height=\"502\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><b>Practice Makes Perfect</b></h3>\r\nAs Jackson Brown Jr. once said, \"You can\'t hire someone to practice for you.\" Truer words were never spoken. You really can\'t hire someone to perfect your skill or to turn you into an expert, which is why you need to practice. Through dedication, hard work, and following through with this figure drawing tutorial, you\'ll be able to master how to draw the body in no time. Just adhere to the proportion rules, add joints where necessary, and practice, practice, practice!','Keeping it Simple: The Straight Forward Step-By-Step Guide to Drawing the Body','','inherit','open','open','','909-revision-v1','','','2014-07-19 16:22:36','2014-07-19 23:22:36','',909,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/909-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1289,2,'2014-07-20 16:23:05','2014-07-20 23:23:05','Have you ever wanted to add shading to a drawing of yours but just didn\'t know where to begin?\r\n\r\nLearning how to draw people is a skill that so many budding artists yearn to master. Mastering the shading techniques on a drawing can be daunting. In fact, the prospect of completing an entire shading project is nothing short of terrifying for some people.\r\n\r\nThe best way to get over this hurdle is to realize one basic thing: art is a skill that can be honed over time and with the right amount of practice. When it comes to drawing, particularly when it comes to drawing people, there is no such thing as \"talented artist\" versus \"untalented artist\".\r\n\r\nEveryone has a little artist in them. It\'s all about finding a way to open that portal to your imagination. The great thing about art, and shading in particular, is that no two people will hone their skills in the same way. You can learn the basic techniques associated with shading and put your own spin on them. Creating an amazing drawing is all about portraying the way you perceive things. Exploring the various types of shading is a bit like a journey of self-discovery, in a way.\r\n\r\nIn the following sections, I will share with you five shading techniques. As you read about each one, just know that there are no hard and fast rules saying you HAVE to shade one way over another. Experiment with each and learn how to love the shading process, and in no time you will have mastered the shading process in a way that is entirely your own!\r\n<h3>Contour Shading</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/contour.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft wp-image-1279 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/contour-121x300.jpg\" alt=\"contour\" width=\"121\" height=\"300\" /></a>Contour shading is a technique that is all about following the natural lines of your drawing. This particular technique enables you to use your pencil to enhance shadows, light, and depth in your art.\r\n\r\nThe best way to go about it is to complete your line drawing, and then follow the natural lines of the object (or feature or person) you have created. Use a softer pencil for dark shadows and a hard pencil for the lighter, less defined areas.\r\n\r\nThe great thing about contour shading is the amount of freedom you have when completing your pencil drawing. If you prefer a precise approach, use this to your advantage by paying close attention to each and every line. If you prefer a free and abstract sort of approach, you have the opportunity to be as relaxed as you want to be.\r\n\r\nWhen implementing this style, be sure to take your perspective into account. Draw the object exactly as you see it, not how you think someone else would see it from their angle.\r\n<h3>Hatching</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/hatching.jpg\"><img class=\"alignright size-medium wp-image-1281\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/hatching-124x300.jpg\" alt=\"hatching\" width=\"124\" height=\"300\" /></a>Hatching is a technique that involves using straight lines in a uniform direction to create different types of light and shade.\r\n\r\nIn order to achieve the look you are going for, consider first drawing a set of thin, parallel lines uniformly in the same direction. In order to make certain sections appear darker, go over them with again and again, until you achieve the desired shade.\r\n\r\nAll you need to master this technique is lots of practice and a steady hand. If the lines are too harsh for your taste, try going over them with a soft brush or tortillon. By blending out the lines you will be able to create a much smoother, subtler look.\r\n<h3>Crosshatching</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/crosshatching.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-1280\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/crosshatching-142x300.jpg\" alt=\"crosshatching\" width=\"142\" height=\"300\" /></a>This is one of those shading techniques that can be incredibly fun to do, once you get the hang of it. In fact, you might find that the whole process is quite therapeutic.\r\n\r\nEssentially, this technique involves one set of lines overlapping another. Think about it as creating a sort of penciled patchwork.\r\n\r\nWhen you do cross-hatched shading, you will soon learn that you achieve lighter and darker tones by spacing your \"squares\" differently. When the spaces between the lines are larger, more white shows through and this creates a much lighter look. When the spaces are closer together, the shading is denser and therefore looks quite a bit darker and generally more solid.\r\n<h3>Scumbling</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/scumbling.jpg\"><img class=\"alignright size-medium wp-image-1282\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/scumbling-115x300.jpg\" alt=\"scumbling\" width=\"115\" height=\"300\" /></a>Of all the shading techniques, this one is probably more likely to engage your inner child. Essentially, scumbling is used to describe a random, figure-eight style scribble that repeats over and over to create light and dark shades in a pencil drawing.\r\n\r\nSpace your scumbled shading a bit further apart to shade in curly hair or fabrics. Squeeze them closer together for darker, more solid shades. The harder you press, the darker your scumbling will be.\r\n\r\nThis particular technique is often used with abstract drawings, cartoons or caricatures. Use scumbling when you want to throw the usual rules to the wayside and explore the sillier side of artistry.\r\n<h3>Stippling</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/stippling.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-1284\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/stippling-120x300.jpg\" alt=\"stippling\" width=\"120\" height=\"300\" /></a>Stippling involves the use of dots to create texture, tone and shadows in a pencil drawing.\r\n\r\nTo create darker shadows and tones, these dots will be denser and darker. For a lighter effect, the dots should be spaced more sparsely.\r\n\r\nIt is probably best to practice stippling with a soft B pencil as this is more likely to adhere to the paper. The darker the pencil, the more dramatic the effect will be.\r\n\r\nThe best way to get uniformly-sized dots on your paper would be to press the graphite nib down and then twist. Do your best to use a completely straight up and down motion; this will prevent an unwanted smudging on the page. To avoid further smudging when you move your hand, try placing a piece of tissue or another piece of paper under your wrist.\r\n<h3>True Artistry Comes with a Price</h3>\r\nThe price you pay for gorgeous shading is this: a good old dose of repetition. If you dream of perfecting any shading technique in the book, you need to spend a fairly large amount of time on honing your skills. It is probably comforting to know that you are probably going to find one particular technique that accurately reflects your style and personality.\r\n\r\nMany artists find the prospect of learning these shading techniques to be uncomfortably daunting. The fact of the matter is that none of this should be stressful. Take the time to use each one of these techniques in one of your drawings. Keep using them and you\'ll soon see that they will become second nature.','Take the Stress Out of Shading with These Pencil Shading Techniques','','inherit','open','open','','1253-autosave-v1','','','2014-07-20 16:23:05','2014-07-20 23:23:05','',1253,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1253-autosave-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1291,2,'2014-07-26 21:13:47','2014-07-27 04:13:47','<p style=\"color: #000000;\">You will need to whitelist our email addresses to ensure you receive updates from us, including those regarding the information you requested or the product you purchased.</p>\r\n<p style=\"color: #000000;\">Follow these directions for <strong>Gmail</strong>:</p>\r\n<p style=\"color: #000000;\">1. In your inbox, locate an email from <strong>Let\'s Draw People </strong>or<strong> Jack Pearce</strong> (for example - your welcome mail or an email about the informational product you just requested). The actual email address will be <strong>support@letsdrawpeople.com.</strong></p>\r\n<p style=\"color: #000000;\">2. Drag this email to the “<strong>Primary</strong>” tab of your inbox (if it is not already there).</p>\r\n<p style=\"color: #000000;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/gmail-primary.png\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1313\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/gmail-primary.png\" alt=\"gmail primary\" width=\"868\" height=\"256\" /></a>3. You’ll see that our emails will go to your primary folder in the future!</p>\r\n4. Repeat this process for <strong>galleries@letsdrawpeople.com</strong> if you submit drawings to our website to share in the galleries.\r\n\r\n<strong>For other email service providers</strong> (Yahoo, AOL, etc.) please add us as a contact in your address book. Further instructions can be found <a style=\"color: #ff1820;\" href=\"http://www.whatcounts.com/how-to-whitelist-emails/\" target=\"_blank\">here</a>.','Whitelist Instructions','','publish','closed','closed','','whitelist-instructions','','','2015-12-31 18:04:06','2016-01-01 02:04:06','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/?page_id=1291',0,'page','',0),(1313,2,'2014-07-29 13:01:19','2014-07-29 20:01:19','','gmail primary','','inherit','open','open','','gmail-primary','','','2014-07-29 13:01:19','2014-07-29 20:01:19','',1291,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/gmail-primary.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(1293,2,'2014-07-26 21:00:15','2014-07-27 04:00:15','<p style=\"color: #000000;\">You will need to whitelist email addresses from us to ensure you receive updates from us regarding the information you requested or the product you purchased.</p>\r\n<p style=\"color: #000000;\">Follow These Instructions for <strong>Gmail</strong>:</p>\r\n<p style=\"color: #000000;\">1. In your inbox, locate an email from <strong>support@letsdrawpeople.com</strong> (for example - your welcome mail for an informational product you just received).\r\n2. Drag this email to the “P<strong>rimary</strong>” tab of your inbox.</p>\r\n<p style=\"color: #000000;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/gmail-primary.png\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-1292\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/gmail-primary.png\" alt=\"gmail primary\" width=\"800\" height=\"200\" /></a></p>','Whitelist Instructions','','inherit','open','open','','1291-revision-v1','','','2014-07-26 21:00:15','2014-07-27 04:00:15','',1291,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1291-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1294,2,'2014-07-26 21:13:47','2014-07-27 04:13:47','<p style=\"color: #000000;\">You will need to whitelist our email addresses to ensure you receive updates from us, including those regarding the information you requested or the product you purchased.</p>\r\n<p style=\"color: #000000;\">Follow these directions for <strong>Gmail</strong>:</p>\r\n<p style=\"color: #000000;\">1. In your inbox, locate an email from <strong>support@letsdrawpeople.com</strong> (for example - your welcome mail for an informational product you just received).\r\n2. Drag this email to the “<strong>Primary</strong>” tab of your inbox.</p>\r\n<p style=\"color: #000000;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/gmail-primary.png\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-1292\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/gmail-primary.png\" alt=\"gmail primary\" width=\"800\" height=\"200\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"color: #000000;\"></p>\r\n3. You’ll see that our emails will go to your primary folder in the future!\r\n\r\n4. Repeat this process for <strong>galleries@letsdrawpeople.com</strong> if you submit drawings to our website to share in the galleries.\r\n\r\n<strong>For other email service providers</strong> (Yahoo, AOL, etc.) please add us as a contact in your address book. Further instructions can be found <a style=\"color: #ff1820;\" href=\"http://www.whatcounts.com/how-to-whitelist-emails/\" target=\"_blank\">here</a>.','Whitelist Instructions','','inherit','open','open','','1291-revision-v1','','','2014-07-26 21:13:47','2014-07-27 04:13:47','',1291,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1291-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1295,2,'2014-08-01 02:45:16','2014-08-01 09:45:16','<p style=\"color: #000000;\">You will need to whitelist our email addresses to ensure you receive updates from us, including those regarding the information you requested or the product you purchased.</p>\n<p style=\"color: #000000;\">Follow these directions for <strong>Gmail</strong>:</p>\n<p style=\"color: #000000;\">1. In your inbox, locate an email from <strong>Let\'s Draw People or Jack Pearce</strong> (for example - your welcome mail or an email about the informational product you just requested). The actual email address will be <strong>support@letsdrawpeople.com.</strong></p>\n<p style=\"color: #000000;\">2. Drag this email to the “<strong>Primary</strong>” tab of your inbox (if it is not already there).</p>\n<p style=\"color: #000000;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/gmail-primary.png\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1313\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/gmail-primary.png\" alt=\"gmail primary\" width=\"868\" height=\"256\" /></a>3. You’ll see that our emails will go to your primary folder in the future!</p>\n4. Repeat this process for <strong>galleries@letsdrawpeople.com</strong> if you submit drawings to our website to share in the galleries.\n\n<strong>For other email service providers</strong> (Yahoo, AOL, etc.) please add us as a contact in your address book. Further instructions can be found <a style=\"color: #ff1820;\" href=\"http://www.whatcounts.com/how-to-whitelist-emails/\" target=\"_blank\">here</a>.','Whitelist Instructions','','inherit','open','open','','1291-autosave-v1','','','2014-08-01 02:45:16','2014-08-01 09:45:16','',1291,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1291-autosave-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1297,2,'2014-07-26 21:21:52','2014-07-27 04:21:52','<p style=\"color: #000000;\">You will need to whitelist our email addresses to ensure you receive updates from us, including those regarding the information you requested or the product you purchased.</p>\r\n<p style=\"color: #000000;\">Follow these directions for <strong>Gmail</strong>:</p>\r\n<p style=\"color: #000000;\">1. In your inbox, locate an email from <strong>support@letsdrawpeople.com</strong> (for example - your welcome mail for an informational product you just received).</p>\r\n<p style=\"color: #000000;\">2. Drag this email to the “<strong>Primary</strong>” tab of your inbox.</p>\r\n<p style=\"color: #000000;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/gmail-primary.png\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1296\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/gmail-primary.png\" alt=\"gmail primary\" width=\"813\" height=\"252\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"color: #000000;\"></p>\r\n3. You’ll see that our emails will go to your primary folder in the future!\r\n\r\n4. Repeat this process for <strong>galleries@letsdrawpeople.com</strong> if you submit drawings to our website to share in the galleries.\r\n\r\n<strong>For other email service providers</strong> (Yahoo, AOL, etc.) please add us as a contact in your address book. Further instructions can be found <a style=\"color: #ff1820;\" href=\"http://www.whatcounts.com/how-to-whitelist-emails/\" target=\"_blank\">here</a>.','Whitelist Instructions','','inherit','open','open','','1291-revision-v1','','','2014-07-26 21:21:52','2014-07-27 04:21:52','',1291,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1291-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1312,2,'2014-07-29 12:20:15','2014-07-29 19:20:15','<p style=\"color: #000000;\">You will need to whitelist our email addresses to ensure you receive updates from us, including those regarding the information you requested or the product you purchased.</p>\r\n<p style=\"color: #000000;\">Follow these directions for <strong>Gmail</strong>:</p>\r\n<p style=\"color: #000000;\">1. In your inbox, locate an email from <strong>support@letsdrawpeople.com</strong> (for example - your welcome mail or an email about the informational product you just requested).</p>\r\n<p style=\"color: #000000;\">2. Drag this email to the “<strong>Primary</strong>” tab of your inbox.</p>\r\n<p style=\"color: #000000;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/gmail-primary.png\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1296\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/gmail-primary.png\" alt=\"gmail primary\" width=\"813\" height=\"252\" /></a></p>\r\n3. You’ll see that our emails will go to your primary folder in the future!\r\n\r\n4. Repeat this process for <strong>galleries@letsdrawpeople.com</strong> if you submit drawings to our website to share in the galleries.\r\n\r\n<strong>For other email service providers</strong> (Yahoo, AOL, etc.) please add us as a contact in your address book. Further instructions can be found <a style=\"color: #ff1820;\" href=\"http://www.whatcounts.com/how-to-whitelist-emails/\" target=\"_blank\">here</a>.','Whitelist Instructions','','inherit','open','open','','1291-revision-v1','','','2014-07-29 12:20:15','2014-07-29 19:20:15','',1291,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1291-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1298,2,'2014-06-27 09:29:54','2014-06-27 16:29:54','Our faces are made up of different facial features. We have eyes with eyelashes and eyebrows that help convey a certain mood. We have noses of different shapes and sizes. We have mouths that may be smiling, frowning, yelling, or calm. And let\'s not forget the ears and the hair on our heads!\r\n\r\nThis is a gallery where you will not find completed portraits. Instead, you will take a look at drawings that focus only on one or more important features of the face.\r\n\r\nCheck out this gallery if you are struggling with how to draw certain facial features and you want to get inspiration from other artists.\r\n\r\nIf you have <strong>your own</strong> facial feature drawing that you want others to view in this gallery, <a style=\"color: #bf0000;\" title=\"Share Your Work in a Portrait Gallery!\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/share-your-work/\">see how to share it with us</a>.\r\n\r\n[gallery link=\"file\" ids=\"1265,707,1623,1933,2216,1639,1616,2590\" orderby=\"rand\"]','Facial Features','','publish','open','open','','facial-features','','','2016-09-11 19:28:44','2016-09-12 02:28:44','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/?p=1298',0,'post','',0),(1299,2,'2014-07-27 09:25:11','2014-07-27 16:25:11','Our faces are made up of different facial features. We have eyes with eyelashes and eyebrows that help convey a certain mood. We have noses of different shapes and sizes. We have mouths that may be smiling, frowning, yelling, or calm. And let\'s not forget the ears and the hair on our heads!\r\n\r\nThis is a gallery where you will not find completed portraits. Instead, you will take a look at drawings that focus only on one or more important features of the face.\r\n\r\nCheck out this gallery if you are struggling with how to draw certain facial features and you want to get inspiration from other artists.\r\n\r\nIf you have <strong>your own</strong> facial feature drawing that you want others to view in this gallery, <a style=\"color: #bf0000;\" title=\"Share Your Work in a Portrait Gallery!\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/share-your-work/\">see how to share it with us</a>.\r\n\r\n[gallery ids=\"1265,707\" orderby=\"rand\"]','Facial Features','','inherit','open','open','','1298-revision-v1','','','2014-07-27 09:25:11','2014-07-27 16:25:11','',1298,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1298-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1300,2,'2014-07-27 09:28:44','2014-07-27 16:28:44','Our faces are made up of different facial features. We have eyes with eyelashes and eyebrows that help convey a certain mood. We have noses of different shapes and sizes. We have mouths that may be smiling, frowning, yelling, or calm. And let\'s not forget the ears and the hair on our heads!\r\n\r\nThis is a gallery where you will not find completed portraits. Instead, you will take a look at drawings that focus only on one or more important features of the face.\r\n\r\nCheck out this gallery if you are struggling with how to draw certain facial features and you want to get inspiration from other artists.\r\n\r\nIf you have <strong>your own</strong> facial feature drawing that you want others to view in this gallery, <a style=\"color: #bf0000;\" title=\"Share Your Work in a Portrait Gallery!\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/share-your-work/\">see how to share it with us</a>.\r\n\r\n[gallery link=\"file\" ids=\"1265,707\" orderby=\"rand\"]','Facial Features','','inherit','open','open','','1298-revision-v1','','','2014-07-27 09:28:44','2014-07-27 16:28:44','',1298,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1298-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1301,2,'2014-07-27 09:54:52','2014-07-27 16:54:52','[[\"[caption id=\\\"attachment_652\\\" align=\\\"aligncenter\\\" width=\\\"221\\\"]<a href=\\\"http:\\/\\/www.letsdrawpeople.com\\/portrait-drawings-of-children\\/\\\"><img src=\\\"http:\\/\\/www.letsdrawpeople.com\\/wp-content\\/uploads\\/2013\\/06\\/susan2-221x300.jpg\\\" alt=\\\"\\\" width=\\\"221\\\" height=\\\"300\\\" class=\\\"size-medium wp-image-652\\\" \\/><center><b>PORTRAIT DRAWINGS OF CHILDREN<\\/b><\\/center><\\/a>[\\/caption]\",\"[caption id=\\\"attachment_783\\\" align=\\\"aligncenter\\\" width=\\\"225\\\"]<a href=\\\"http:\\/\\/www.letsdrawpeople.com\\/drawings-of-well-known-faces\\/\\\"><img src=\\\"http:\\/\\/www.letsdrawpeople.com\\/wp-content\\/uploads\\/2013\\/08\\/abe-lincoln-225x300.jpg\\\" alt=\\\"\\\" width=\\\"225\\\" height=\\\"300\\\" class=\\\"size-medium wp-image-783\\\" \\/><center><b>DRAWINGS OF WELL-KNOWN FACES<\\/b><\\/center><\\/a>[\\/caption]\"],[\"[caption id=\\\"attachment_763\\\" align=\\\"aligncenter\\\" width=\\\"216\\\"]<a href=\\\"http:\\/\\/www.letsdrawpeople.com\\/family-drawings\\/\\\"><img src=\\\"http:\\/\\/www.letsdrawpeople.com\\/wp-content\\/uploads\\/2013\\/08\\/pcl-216x300.jpg\\\" alt=\\\"\\\" width=\\\"216\\\" height=\\\"300\\\" class=\\\"size-medium wp-image-763\\\" \\/><center><b>FAMILY DRAWINGS<\\/b><\\/center><\\/a>[\\/caption]\",\"[caption id=\\\"attachment_1026\\\" align=\\\"aligncenter\\\" width=\\\"225\\\"]<a href=\\\"http:\\/\\/www.letsdrawpeople.com\\/self-portrait-drawings-of-aspiring-artists\\/\\\"><img src=\\\"http:\\/\\/www.letsdrawpeople.com\\/wp-content\\/uploads\\/2014\\/05\\/self-portrait-sketch-225x300.jpg\\\" alt=\\\"\\\" width=\\\"225\\\" height=\\\"300\\\" class=\\\"size-medium wp-image-1026\\\" \\/><center><b>SELF-PORTRAIT DRAWINGS OF ASPIRING ARTISTS<\\/b><\\/center><\\/a>[\\/caption]\"],[\"[caption id=\\\"attachment_1204\\\" align=\\\"aligncenter\\\" width=\\\"300\\\"]<a href=\\\"http:\\/\\/www.letsdrawpeople.com\\/people-living-in-a-fantasy-world\\/\\\"><img src=\\\"http:\\/\\/www.letsdrawpeople.com\\/wp-content\\/uploads\\/2014\\/06\\/super-kahleb-300x241.jpg\\\" alt=\\\"\\\" width=\\\"300\\\" height=\\\"241\\\" class=\\\"size-medium wp-image-1204\\\" \\/><center><b>PEOPLE LIVING IN A FANTASY WORLD<\\/b><\\/center><\\/a>[\\/caption]\",\"[caption id=\\\"attachment_1265\\\" align=\\\"aligncenter\\\" width=\\\"300\\\"]<a href=\\\"http:\\/\\/www.letsdrawpeople.com\\/facial-features\\/\\\"><img src=\\\"http:\\/\\/www.letsdrawpeople.com\\/wp-content\\/uploads\\/2014\\/07\\/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-04-300x186.jpg\\\" alt=\\\"\\\" width=\\\"300\\\" height=\\\"186\\\" class=\\\"size-medium wp-image-1265\\\" \\/><center><b>FACIAL FEATURES<\\/b><\\/center><\\/a>[\\/caption]\"]]','Portrait Galleries','','inherit','open','open','','1084-revision-v1','','','2014-07-27 09:54:52','2014-07-27 16:54:52','',1084,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1084-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1302,2,'2014-07-27 10:07:33','2014-07-27 17:07:33','[[\"[caption id=\\\"attachment_652\\\" align=\\\"aligncenter\\\" width=\\\"221\\\"]<a href=\\\"http:\\/\\/www.letsdrawpeople.com\\/portrait-drawings-of-children\\/\\\"><img src=\\\"http:\\/\\/www.letsdrawpeople.com\\/wp-content\\/uploads\\/2013\\/06\\/susan2-221x300.jpg\\\" alt=\\\"\\\" width=\\\"221\\\" height=\\\"300\\\" class=\\\"size-medium wp-image-652\\\" \\/><center><b>PORTRAIT DRAWINGS OF CHILDREN<\\/b><\\/center><\\/a>[\\/caption]\",\"[caption id=\\\"attachment_783\\\" align=\\\"aligncenter\\\" width=\\\"225\\\"]<a href=\\\"http:\\/\\/www.letsdrawpeople.com\\/drawings-of-well-known-faces\\/\\\"><img src=\\\"http:\\/\\/www.letsdrawpeople.com\\/wp-content\\/uploads\\/2013\\/08\\/abe-lincoln-225x300.jpg\\\" alt=\\\"\\\" width=\\\"225\\\" height=\\\"300\\\" class=\\\"size-medium wp-image-783\\\" \\/><center><b>DRAWINGS OF WELL-KNOWN FACES<\\/b><\\/center><\\/a>[\\/caption]\"],[\"[caption id=\\\"attachment_763\\\" align=\\\"aligncenter\\\" width=\\\"216\\\"]<a href=\\\"http:\\/\\/www.letsdrawpeople.com\\/family-drawings\\/\\\"><img src=\\\"http:\\/\\/www.letsdrawpeople.com\\/wp-content\\/uploads\\/2013\\/08\\/pcl-216x300.jpg\\\" alt=\\\"\\\" width=\\\"216\\\" height=\\\"300\\\" class=\\\"size-medium wp-image-763\\\" \\/><center><b>FAMILY DRAWINGS<\\/b><\\/center><\\/a>[\\/caption]\",\"[caption id=\\\"attachment_1026\\\" align=\\\"aligncenter\\\" width=\\\"225\\\"]<a href=\\\"http:\\/\\/www.letsdrawpeople.com\\/self-portrait-drawings-of-aspiring-artists\\/\\\"><img src=\\\"http:\\/\\/www.letsdrawpeople.com\\/wp-content\\/uploads\\/2014\\/05\\/self-portrait-sketch-225x300.jpg\\\" alt=\\\"\\\" width=\\\"225\\\" height=\\\"300\\\" class=\\\"size-medium wp-image-1026\\\" \\/><center><b>SELF-PORTRAIT DRAWINGS OF ASPIRING ARTISTS<\\/b><\\/center><\\/a>[\\/caption]\"],[\"[caption id=\\\"attachment_1204\\\" align=\\\"aligncenter\\\" width=\\\"225\\\"]<a href=\\\"http:\\/\\/www.letsdrawpeople.com\\/people-living-in-a-fantasy-world\\/\\\"><img src=\\\"http:\\/\\/www.letsdrawpeople.com\\/wp-content\\/uploads\\/2014\\/06\\/super-kahleb-300x241.jpg\\\" alt=\\\"\\\" width=\\\"225\\\" height=\\\"180\\\" class=\\\"size-medium wp-image-1204\\\" \\/><center><b>PEOPLE LIVING IN A FANTASY WORLD<\\/b><\\/center><\\/a>[\\/caption]\",\"[caption id=\\\"attachment_1265\\\" align=\\\"aligncenter\\\" width=\\\"225\\\"]<a href=\\\"http:\\/\\/www.letsdrawpeople.com\\/facial-features\\/\\\"><img src=\\\"http:\\/\\/www.letsdrawpeople.com\\/wp-content\\/uploads\\/2014\\/07\\/how-to-draw-lips-realistic-04-300x186.jpg\\\" alt=\\\"\\\" width=\\\"225\\\" height=\\\"140\\\" class=\\\"size-medium wp-image-1265\\\" \\/><center><b>FACIAL FEATURES<\\/b><\\/center><\\/a>[\\/caption]\"]]','Portrait Galleries','','inherit','open','open','','1084-revision-v1','','','2014-07-27 10:07:33','2014-07-27 17:07:33','',1084,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1084-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1457,2,'2014-09-05 19:12:16','2014-09-06 02:12:16','Welcome to our gallery of self-portrait drawings! Here you can view drawings by our contributors and visitors...of themselves!\r\n\r\nSelf-portraits are some of the most intriguing types of artwork around. Often times, we as humans see ourselves or think of ourselves differently from how others perceive us. A self-portrait is exactly what the name implies. It is simply a drawing of one\'s own self.\r\n\r\nA self-portrait drawing forces an artist to create an interpretation of oneself. The artist must take a critical look in the mirror and create an image of what the rest of the world sees. At the same time, the artist finds balance and includes those unique elements and features that define who he or she is as a person.\r\n\r\nCome back to this gallery often to see the faces behind those who create our articles and tutorials, as well as the faces that make up our growing audience!\r\n\r\nIf you have <strong>your own</strong> self-portrait drawing that you want others to view in this gallery, <a title=\"Share Your Work in a Portrait Gallery!\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/share-your-work/\">see how to share it with us</a>.\r\n\r\n[gallery link=\"file\" ids=\"1026,1456\"]','Self-Portrait Drawings of Aspiring Artists','','inherit','open','open','','1060-revision-v1','','','2014-09-05 19:12:16','2014-09-06 02:12:16','',1060,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1060-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1306,2,'2014-08-05 10:43:20','2014-08-05 17:43:20','<center><iframe src=\"https://www.youtube.com/embed/eyf6OuZu0Mw\" width=\"560\" height=\"315\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"allowfullscreen\"></iframe></center>\r\nWatch the talented artist, <a href=\"www.giorgioarcuri.com\" target=\"_blank\">Giorgio Arcuri</a>, create a masterpiece in \"moments\" as he uses a photograph to draw a family. The subject of this recent piece is fashion designer and model Chiara Ferragni, blogger of \"<a href=\"http://www.theblondesalad.com\" target=\"_blank\">The Blonde Salad</a>\" and author of the book by the same name.\r\n\r\nWhether you are a beginning or seasoned artist, it is always a good idea to observe the work of others, and to have the opportunity to watch this time lapse of Arcuri\'s portrait is priceless. Remember that this portrait took much longer than the less-than-three minutes it took to watch it. Mr. Arcuri is very skilled and confident in his application of pencil to paper, and you can be assured that this skill has been honed for many years with diligence.\r\n\r\nWhile entertaining to watch, there are a few things we can also learn from the video. The composition starts in pencil, a favorite media for Arcuri. He achieves an amazing range of shades with his pencils. Notice that he starts with the lightest areas of the face and moves to the darker. Also take note that he has at least 3 black pencils in use. Light, fine lines are created with a hard lead (the letter H is on the pencil, and the higher the number, the harder the lead). Softer pencils (labeled with a B) are darker and richer. He uses charcoal for the deepest blacks.\r\n\r\nI would recommend beginning a project like this with a single face. Arcuri flows smoothly from one face to the next, but do you notice his order for drawing the faces? He is generally progressing from top to bottom, left to right. Why do you think this is?\r\n\r\nArcuri has an interesting technique for using color. Rather than making the entire illustration in color, he uses colored pencils for just accents, such as the eyes and lips of the girls. That is his style. Remember that you can learn techniques from different artists, but the fun thing about art is you can stick to those techniques as much or as little as you want to develop your OWN style.\r\n\r\nRemember not to be intimidated by this talented artist, but be inspired instead. His amazing ability to draw a family was not acquired overnight. Start slowly, and view this video and other similar ones. There is always an added layer of challenge when drawing multiple people in a portrait, but if you practice drawing compositions of friends and family from time to time, it will become easier and easier.','Amazing Family Portrait Develops Before Your Eyes','','publish','open','open','','amazing-family-portrait-develops-before-your-eyes','','','2015-07-11 19:47:07','2015-07-12 02:47:07','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/?p=1306',0,'post','',0),(2064,2,'2015-07-11 19:36:48','2015-07-12 02:36:48','Watch the talented artist, <a href=\"www.giorgioarcuri.com\" target=\"_blank\">Giorgio Arcuri</a>, create a masterpiece in \"moments\" as he uses a photograph to draw a family. The subject of this recent piece is fashion designer and model Chiara Ferragni, blogger of \"<a href=\"http://www.theblondesalad.com\" target=\"_blank\">The Blonde Salad</a>\" and author of the book by the same name.\r\n\r\nWhether you are a beginning or seasoned artist, it is always a good idea to observe the work of others, and to have the opportunity to watch this time lapse of Arcuri\'s portrait is priceless. Remember that this portrait took much longer than the less-than-three minutes it took to watch it. Mr. Arcuri is very skilled and confident in his application of pencil to paper, and you can be assured that this skill has been honed for many years with diligence.\r\n\r\nWhile entertaining to watch, there are a few things we can also learn from the video. The composition starts in pencil, a favorite media for Arcuri. He achieves an amazing range of shades with his pencils. Notice that he starts with the lightest areas of the face and moves to the darker. Also take note that he has at least 3 black pencils in use. Light, fine lines are created with a hard lead (the letter H is on the pencil, and the higher the number, the harder the lead). Softer pencils (labeled with a B) are darker and richer. He uses charcoal for the deepest blacks.\r\n\r\nI would recommend beginning a project like this with a single face. Arcuri flows smoothly from one face to the next, but do you notice his order for drawing the faces? He is generally progressing from top to bottom, left to right. Why do you think this is?\r\n\r\nArcuri has an interesting technique for using color. Rather than making the entire illustration in color, he uses colored pencils for just accents, such as the eyes and lips of the girls. That is his style. Remember that you can learn techniques from different artists, but the fun thing about art is you can stick to those techniques as much or as little as you want to develop your OWN style.\r\n\r\nRemember not to be intimidated by this talented artist, but be inspired instead. His amazing ability to draw a family was not acquired overnight. Start slowly, and view this video and other similar ones. There is always an added layer of challenge when drawing multiple people in a portrait, but if you practice drawing compositions of friends and family from time to time, it will become easier and easier.','Amazing Family Portrait Develops Before Your Eyes','','inherit','open','open','','1306-revision-v1','','','2015-07-11 19:36:48','2015-07-12 02:36:48','',1306,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1306-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1307,2,'2014-07-29 10:33:19','2014-07-29 17:33:19','<iframe width=\"640\" height=\"360\" src=\"//www.youtube.com/embed/eyf6OuZu0Mw?rel=0\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen></iframe>\r\n\r\nWatch the talented artist, <a href=\"www.giorgioarcuri.com\" target=\"_blank\">Giorgio Arcuri</a>, create a masterpiece in \"moments\" as he uses a photograph to draw a family. The subject of this recent piece is fashion designer and model Chiara Ferragni, blogger of \"<a href=\"http://www.theblondesalad.com\" target=\"_blank\">The Blonde Salad</a>\" and author of the book by the same name.\r\n\r\nWhether you are a beginning or seasoned artist, it is always a good idea to observe the work of others, and to have the opportunity to watch this time lapse of Arcuri\'s portrait is priceless. Remember that this portrait took much longer than the less-than-three minutes it took to watch it. Mr. Arcuri is very skilled and confident in his application of pencil to paper, and you can be assured that this skill has been honed for many years with diligence.\r\n\r\nWhile entertaining to watch, there are a few things we can also learn from the video. The composition starts in pencil, a favorite media for Arcuri. He achieves an amazing range of shades with his pencils. Notice that he starts with the lightest areas of the face and moves to the darker. Also take note that he has at least 3 black pencils in use. Light, fine lines are created with a hard lead (the letter H is on the pencil, and the higher the number, the harder the lead). Softer pencils (labeled with a B) are darker and richer. He uses charcoal for the deepest blacks.\r\n\r\nI would recommend beginning a project like this with a single face. Arcuri flows smoothly from one face to the next, but do you notice his order for drawing the faces? He is generally progressing from top to bottom, left to right. Why do you think this is?\r\n\r\nArcuri has an interesting technique for using color. Rather than making the entire illustration in color, he uses color for just accents, such as the eyes and lips of the girls. That is his style. Remember that you can learn techniques from different artists, but the fun thing about art is you can stick to those techniques as much or as little as you want to develop your OWN style.\r\n\r\nRemember not to be intimidated by this talented artist, but be inspired instead. His amazing ability to draw a family was not acquired overnight. Start slowly, and view this video and other similar ones. There is always an added layer of challenge when drawing multiple people in a portrait, but if you practice drawing compositions of friends and family from time to time, it will become easier and easier.','Amazing Family Portrait Develops Before Your Eyes','','inherit','open','open','','1306-revision-v1','','','2014-07-29 10:33:19','2014-07-29 17:33:19','',1306,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1306-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1308,2,'2014-07-29 10:34:17','2014-07-29 17:34:17','<center><iframe src=\"//www.youtube.com/embed/eyf6OuZu0Mw?rel=0\" width=\"640\" height=\"360\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"allowfullscreen\"></iframe></center>Watch the talented artist, <a href=\"www.giorgioarcuri.com\" target=\"_blank\">Giorgio Arcuri</a>, create a masterpiece in \"moments\" as he uses a photograph to draw a family. The subject of this recent piece is fashion designer and model Chiara Ferragni, blogger of \"<a href=\"http://www.theblondesalad.com\" target=\"_blank\">The Blonde Salad</a>\" and author of the book by the same name.\r\n\r\nWhether you are a beginning or seasoned artist, it is always a good idea to observe the work of others, and to have the opportunity to watch this time lapse of Arcuri\'s portrait is priceless. Remember that this portrait took much longer than the less-than-three minutes it took to watch it. Mr. Arcuri is very skilled and confident in his application of pencil to paper, and you can be assured that this skill has been honed for many years with diligence.\r\n\r\nWhile entertaining to watch, there are a few things we can also learn from the video. The composition starts in pencil, a favorite media for Arcuri. He achieves an amazing range of shades with his pencils. Notice that he starts with the lightest areas of the face and moves to the darker. Also take note that he has at least 3 black pencils in use. Light, fine lines are created with a hard lead (the letter H is on the pencil, and the higher the number, the harder the lead). Softer pencils (labeled with a B) are darker and richer. He uses charcoal for the deepest blacks.\r\n\r\nI would recommend beginning a project like this with a single face. Arcuri flows smoothly from one face to the next, but do you notice his order for drawing the faces? He is generally progressing from top to bottom, left to right. Why do you think this is?\r\n\r\nArcuri has an interesting technique for using color. Rather than making the entire illustration in color, he uses color for just accents, such as the eyes and lips of the girls. That is his style. Remember that you can learn techniques from different artists, but the fun thing about art is you can stick to those techniques as much or as little as you want to develop your OWN style.\r\n\r\nRemember not to be intimidated by this talented artist, but be inspired instead. His amazing ability to draw a family was not acquired overnight. Start slowly, and view this video and other similar ones. There is always an added layer of challenge when drawing multiple people in a portrait, but if you practice drawing compositions of friends and family from time to time, it will become easier and easier.','Amazing Family Portrait Develops Before Your Eyes','','inherit','open','open','','1306-revision-v1','','','2014-07-29 10:34:17','2014-07-29 17:34:17','',1306,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1306-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1309,2,'2014-07-29 10:34:58','2014-07-29 17:34:58','<iframe src=\"//www.youtube.com/embed/eyf6OuZu0Mw?rel=0\" width=\"640\" height=\"360\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"allowfullscreen\"></iframe>\r\n\r\nWatch the talented artist, <a href=\"www.giorgioarcuri.com\" target=\"_blank\">Giorgio Arcuri</a>, create a masterpiece in \"moments\" as he uses a photograph to draw a family. The subject of this recent piece is fashion designer and model Chiara Ferragni, blogger of \"<a href=\"http://www.theblondesalad.com\" target=\"_blank\">The Blonde Salad</a>\" and author of the book by the same name.\r\n\r\nWhether you are a beginning or seasoned artist, it is always a good idea to observe the work of others, and to have the opportunity to watch this time lapse of Arcuri\'s portrait is priceless. Remember that this portrait took much longer than the less-than-three minutes it took to watch it. Mr. Arcuri is very skilled and confident in his application of pencil to paper, and you can be assured that this skill has been honed for many years with diligence.\r\n\r\nWhile entertaining to watch, there are a few things we can also learn from the video. The composition starts in pencil, a favorite media for Arcuri. He achieves an amazing range of shades with his pencils. Notice that he starts with the lightest areas of the face and moves to the darker. Also take note that he has at least 3 black pencils in use. Light, fine lines are created with a hard lead (the letter H is on the pencil, and the higher the number, the harder the lead). Softer pencils (labeled with a B) are darker and richer. He uses charcoal for the deepest blacks.\r\n\r\nI would recommend beginning a project like this with a single face. Arcuri flows smoothly from one face to the next, but do you notice his order for drawing the faces? He is generally progressing from top to bottom, left to right. Why do you think this is?\r\n\r\nArcuri has an interesting technique for using color. Rather than making the entire illustration in color, he uses color for just accents, such as the eyes and lips of the girls. That is his style. Remember that you can learn techniques from different artists, but the fun thing about art is you can stick to those techniques as much or as little as you want to develop your OWN style.\r\n\r\nRemember not to be intimidated by this talented artist, but be inspired instead. His amazing ability to draw a family was not acquired overnight. Start slowly, and view this video and other similar ones. There is always an added layer of challenge when drawing multiple people in a portrait, but if you practice drawing compositions of friends and family from time to time, it will become easier and easier.','Amazing Family Portrait Develops Before Your Eyes','','inherit','open','open','','1306-revision-v1','','','2014-07-29 10:34:58','2014-07-29 17:34:58','',1306,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1306-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1310,2,'2014-07-29 10:51:50','2014-07-29 17:51:50','','draw a family chiara ferragni','','inherit','open','open','','draw-a-family-chiara-ferragni','','','2014-07-29 10:51:50','2014-07-29 17:51:50','',1306,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/draw-a-family-chiara-ferragni.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1311,2,'2014-07-29 10:54:47','2014-07-29 17:54:47','<iframe src=\"//www.youtube.com/embed/eyf6OuZu0Mw?rel=0\" width=\"640\" height=\"360\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"allowfullscreen\"></iframe>\r\n\r\nWatch the talented artist, <a href=\"www.giorgioarcuri.com\" target=\"_blank\">Giorgio Arcuri</a>, create a masterpiece in \"moments\" as he uses a photograph to draw a family. The subject of this recent piece is fashion designer and model Chiara Ferragni, blogger of \"<a href=\"http://www.theblondesalad.com\" target=\"_blank\">The Blonde Salad</a>\" and author of the book by the same name.\r\n\r\nWhether you are a beginning or seasoned artist, it is always a good idea to observe the work of others, and to have the opportunity to watch this time lapse of Arcuri\'s portrait is priceless. Remember that this portrait took much longer than the less-than-three minutes it took to watch it. Mr. Arcuri is very skilled and confident in his application of pencil to paper, and you can be assured that this skill has been honed for many years with diligence.\r\n\r\nWhile entertaining to watch, there are a few things we can also learn from the video. The composition starts in pencil, a favorite media for Arcuri. He achieves an amazing range of shades with his pencils. Notice that he starts with the lightest areas of the face and moves to the darker. Also take note that he has at least 3 black pencils in use. Light, fine lines are created with a hard lead (the letter H is on the pencil, and the higher the number, the harder the lead). Softer pencils (labeled with a B) are darker and richer. He uses charcoal for the deepest blacks.\r\n\r\nI would recommend beginning a project like this with a single face. Arcuri flows smoothly from one face to the next, but do you notice his order for drawing the faces? He is generally progressing from top to bottom, left to right. Why do you think this is?\r\n\r\nArcuri has an interesting technique for using color. Rather than making the entire illustration in color, he uses colored pencils for just accents, such as the eyes and lips of the girls. That is his style. Remember that you can learn techniques from different artists, but the fun thing about art is you can stick to those techniques as much or as little as you want to develop your OWN style.\r\n\r\nRemember not to be intimidated by this talented artist, but be inspired instead. His amazing ability to draw a family was not acquired overnight. Start slowly, and view this video and other similar ones. There is always an added layer of challenge when drawing multiple people in a portrait, but if you practice drawing compositions of friends and family from time to time, it will become easier and easier.','Amazing Family Portrait Develops Before Your Eyes','','inherit','open','open','','1306-revision-v1','','','2014-07-29 10:54:47','2014-07-29 17:54:47','',1306,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1306-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1315,2,'2014-07-29 13:16:24','2014-07-29 20:16:24','<p style=\"color: #000000;\">You will need to whitelist our email addresses to ensure you receive updates from us, including those regarding the information you requested or the product you purchased.</p>\r\n<p style=\"color: #000000;\">Follow these directions for <strong>Gmail</strong>:</p>\r\n<p style=\"color: #000000;\">1. In your inbox, locate an email from <strong>Let\'s Draw People</strong> (for example - your welcome mail or an email about the informational product you just requested). The actual email address will be <strong>support@letsdrawpeople.com.</strong></p>\r\n<p style=\"color: #000000;\">2. Drag this email to the “<strong>Primary</strong>” tab of your inbox (if it is not already there).</p>\r\n<p style=\"color: #000000;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/gmail-primary.png\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1313\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/gmail-primary.png\" alt=\"gmail primary\" width=\"868\" height=\"256\" /></a>3. You’ll see that our emails will go to your primary folder in the future!</p>\r\n4. Repeat this process for <strong>galleries@letsdrawpeople.com</strong> if you submit drawings to our website to share in the galleries.\r\n\r\n<strong>For other email service providers</strong> (Yahoo, AOL, etc.) please add us as a contact in your address book. Further instructions can be found <a style=\"color: #ff1820;\" href=\"http://www.whatcounts.com/how-to-whitelist-emails/\" target=\"_blank\">here</a>.','Whitelist Instructions','','inherit','open','open','','1291-revision-v1','','','2014-07-29 13:16:24','2014-07-29 20:16:24','',1291,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1291-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1314,2,'2014-07-29 13:07:36','2014-07-29 20:07:36','<p style=\"color: #000000;\">You will need to whitelist our email addresses to ensure you receive updates from us, including those regarding the information you requested or the product you purchased.</p>\r\n<p style=\"color: #000000;\">Follow these directions for <strong>Gmail</strong>:</p>\r\n<p style=\"color: #000000;\">1. In your inbox, locate an email from <strong>Let\'s Draw People</strong> (for example - your welcome mail or an email about the informational product you just requested). The actual email address will be <strong>support@letsdrawpeople.com.</strong></p>\r\n<p style=\"color: #000000;\">2. Drag this email to the “<strong>Primary</strong>” tab of your inbox (if it is not already there).</p>\r\n<p style=\"color: #000000;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/gmail-primary.png\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1313\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/gmail-primary.png\" alt=\"gmail primary\" width=\"868\" height=\"256\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"color: #000000;\"></p>\r\n<p style=\"color: #000000;\"></p>\r\n3. You’ll see that our emails will go to your primary folder in the future!\r\n\r\n4. Repeat this process for <strong>galleries@letsdrawpeople.com</strong> if you submit drawings to our website to share in the galleries.\r\n\r\n<strong>For other email service providers</strong> (Yahoo, AOL, etc.) please add us as a contact in your address book. Further instructions can be found <a style=\"color: #ff1820;\" href=\"http://www.whatcounts.com/how-to-whitelist-emails/\" target=\"_blank\">here</a>.','Whitelist Instructions','','inherit','open','open','','1291-revision-v1','','','2014-07-29 13:07:36','2014-07-29 20:07:36','',1291,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1291-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1316,2,'2013-07-29 01:57:28','2013-07-29 08:57:28','[amzn_product_post]','Dusting Brush 10\" - by Quint Graphics','Mini Dusting Brush with 10\" wooden comfort fitting handle that is perfect for the drafting room, home studio or portable drafting kits.','publish','closed','closed','','dusting-brush-10-by-quint-graphics','','','2014-08-02 09:41:30','2014-08-02 16:41:30','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/dusting-brush-10-by-quint-graphics/',0,'post','',0),(1318,2,'2014-07-29 18:57:29','2014-07-30 01:57:29','[amzn_product_post]','Dusting Brush 10\" - by Quint Graphics','Mini Dusting Brush with 10\" wooden comfort fitting handle that is perfect for the drafting room, home studio or portable drafting kits.','inherit','open','open','','1316-revision-v1','','','2014-07-29 18:57:29','2014-07-30 01:57:29','',1316,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1316-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1319,2,'2013-07-29 01:57:29','2013-07-29 08:57:29','[amzn_product_post]','C-Thru 8ths 12-Inch Beveled Transparent Ruler (B-70)','The C-Thru Transparent Ruler is made with clear plastic with beveled edges for smear-free inking. 12 inch ruler in inches and mm.','publish','closed','closed','','c-thru-8ths-12-inch-beveled-transparent-ruler-b-70','','','2014-08-02 09:41:17','2014-08-02 16:41:17','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/c-thru-8ths-12-inch-beveled-transparent-ruler-b-70/',0,'post','',0),(1321,2,'2014-07-29 18:57:31','2014-07-30 01:57:31','[amzn_product_post]','C-Thru 8ths 12-Inch Beveled Transparent Ruler (B-70)','The C-Thru Transparent Ruler is made with clear plastic with beveled edges for smear-free inking. 12 inch ruler in inches and mm.','inherit','open','open','','1319-revision-v1','','','2014-07-29 18:57:31','2014-07-30 01:57:31','',1319,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1319-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1322,2,'2013-07-29 01:57:31','2013-07-29 08:57:31','[amzn_product_post]','Sanford Design Kneaded Eraser','Prismacolor Design Kneaded Rubber Eraser - Lead Pencil Eraser - Rubber - 1/Each - Gray','publish','closed','closed','','sanford-design-kneaded-eraser','','','2014-08-02 09:41:05','2014-08-02 16:41:05','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/sanford-design-kneaded-eraser/',0,'post','',0),(1324,2,'2014-07-29 18:57:33','2014-07-30 01:57:33','[amzn_product_post]','Sanford Design Kneaded Eraser','Prismacolor Design Kneaded Rubber Eraser - Lead Pencil Eraser - Rubber - 1/Each - Gray','inherit','open','open','','1322-revision-v1','','','2014-07-29 18:57:33','2014-07-30 01:57:33','',1322,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1322-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1325,2,'2014-07-29 19:20:51','2014-07-30 02:20:51','','c thru ruler','','inherit','open','open','','c-thru-ruler','','','2014-07-29 19:20:51','2014-07-30 02:20:51','',1322,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/c-thru-ruler.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1326,2,'2014-07-29 19:20:53','2014-07-30 02:20:53','','dusting brush','','inherit','open','open','','dusting-brush','','','2014-07-29 19:20:53','2014-07-30 02:20:53','',1322,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/dusting-brush.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1327,2,'2014-07-29 19:20:56','2014-07-30 02:20:56','','kneaded eraser','','inherit','open','open','','kneaded-eraser','','','2014-07-29 19:20:56','2014-07-30 02:20:56','',1322,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/kneaded-eraser.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1331,2,'2014-08-01 02:46:06','2014-08-01 09:46:06','<p style=\"color: #000000;\">You will need to whitelist our email addresses to ensure you receive updates from us, including those regarding the information you requested or the product you purchased.</p>\r\n<p style=\"color: #000000;\">Follow these directions for <strong>Gmail</strong>:</p>\r\n<p style=\"color: #000000;\">1. In your inbox, locate an email from <strong>Let\'s Draw People </strong>or<strong> Jack Pearce</strong> (for example - your welcome mail or an email about the informational product you just requested). The actual email address will be <strong>support@letsdrawpeople.com.</strong></p>\r\n<p style=\"color: #000000;\">2. Drag this email to the “<strong>Primary</strong>” tab of your inbox (if it is not already there).</p>\r\n<p style=\"color: #000000;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/gmail-primary.png\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1313\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/gmail-primary.png\" alt=\"gmail primary\" width=\"868\" height=\"256\" /></a>3. You’ll see that our emails will go to your primary folder in the future!</p>\r\n4. Repeat this process for <strong>galleries@letsdrawpeople.com</strong> if you submit drawings to our website to share in the galleries.\r\n\r\n<strong>For other email service providers</strong> (Yahoo, AOL, etc.) please add us as a contact in your address book. Further instructions can be found <a style=\"color: #ff1820;\" href=\"http://www.whatcounts.com/how-to-whitelist-emails/\" target=\"_blank\">here</a>.','Whitelist Instructions','','inherit','open','open','','1291-revision-v1','','','2014-08-01 02:46:06','2014-08-01 09:46:06','',1291,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1291-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1332,2,'2014-08-01 15:53:24','2014-08-01 22:53:24','','indoc inspirational video','','inherit','open','open','','indoc-inspirational-video','','','2014-08-01 15:53:24','2014-08-01 22:53:24','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/indoc-inspirational-video.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1481,2,'2014-10-11 06:24:29','2014-10-11 13:24:29','','word photoshop lesson','','publish','closed','closed','','word-photoshop-lesson','','','2015-01-01 16:48:22','2015-01-02 00:48:22','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/?post_type=flowplayer5&#038;p=1481',0,'flowplayer5','',0),(1482,2,'2014-10-12 19:02:33','2014-10-13 02:02:33','<p style=\"text-align: center;\">[embed]http://letsdrawpeople.s3.amazonaws.com/word+photoshop+lesson+dnld.mp4[/embed]</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://letsdrawpeople.s3.amazonaws.com/word+photoshop+lesson+dnld.mp4\">Download</a></p>','How to Make Your Own Custom Grids with Microsoft Word and Adobe Photoshop Elements','','publish','closed','closed','grids2','custom-grids-for-line-drawings','','','2015-07-08 17:28:54','2015-07-09 00:28:54','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/?page_id=1482',0,'page','',0),(1483,2,'2014-10-11 06:25:49','2014-10-11 13:25:49','<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><span style=\"color: #444444;\">[flowplayer id=\"1481\"]</span></p>','','','inherit','open','open','','1482-revision-v1','','','2014-10-11 06:25:49','2014-10-11 13:25:49','',1482,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1482-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1396,2,'2015-01-15 19:05:23','2015-01-16 03:05:23','<center><iframe src=\"//www.youtube.com/embed/x8wD-fdR_Uw?rel=0\" width=\"640\" height=\"360\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"allowfullscreen\"></iframe>\n\nIn this video tutorial by Cheri Crawford from <a href=\"http://www.drawingteachers.com\" target=\"_blank\">DrawingTeachers.com</a>, we learn how to draw a picture of a young man. Even though Cheri often draws people in a more cartoon-like style, she shows us that some carefully planned changes and additions to the original line drawing can leave us with a drawing that is a bit more realistic.\n\nCheri uses a kneaded eraser and a really heavy and dark pencil that shows up better in the video, but she suggests using a lighter pencil. She begins with some proportional guidelines and a line drawing of the face.\n\nAn important observation about drawing a man is noted when Cheri says, \"Masculine features are often very geometrical, in nature and in art.\" She illustrates this point by initially using shapes with sharp angles and edges.\n\nAs the drawing progresses, she makes the cartoonish shapes less exaggerated by softening them, giving the drawing a slightly more realistic feel. Also notice the more shading and detail that\'s placed around the muscle and bone, the more real the drawing begins to appear.\n\nHere\'s the takeaway I get from this video:\n\nIf your line drawing of a man (or even a woman or child) appears more cartoonish than you want, keep working with it by adding layers of shading and detail.\n\nI hope you give it a try!\n\n&nbsp;','Make a Cartoonish Drawing of a Man\'s Face More Realistic','','inherit','open','open','','1250-autosave-v1','','','2015-01-15 19:05:23','2015-01-16 03:05:23','',1250,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1250-autosave-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1340,2,'2014-08-02 18:17:31','2014-08-03 01:17:31','<form action=\"https://www.paypal.com/cgi-bin/webscr\" method=\"post\" target=\"_top\"><input name=\"cmd\" type=\"hidden\" value=\"_s-xclick\" />Tripwire  - How to Make Realistic Line Drawings of Any Face\r\n<input alt=\"PayPal - The safer, easier way to pay online!\" name=\"submit\" src=\"https://www.paypalobjects.com/en_US/i/btn/btn_buynowCC_LG.gif\" type=\"image\" />\r\n<img src=\"https://www.paypalobjects.com/en_US/i/scr/pixel.gif\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /></form>','paypal','','private','open','open','','paypal','','','2014-08-06 22:54:44','2014-08-07 05:54:44','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/?page_id=1340',0,'page','',0),(1341,2,'2014-08-02 18:14:32','2014-08-03 01:14:32','<form action=\"https://www.paypal.com/cgi-bin/webscr\" method=\"post\" target=\"_top\">\r\n<input type=\"hidden\" name=\"cmd\" value=\"_s-xclick\">\r\n<input type=\"hidden\" name=\"hosted_button_id\" value=\"5YGWCYGQWABJG\">\r\n<input type=\"image\" src=\"https://www.paypalobjects.com/en_US/i/btn/btn_buynowCC_LG.gif\" border=\"0\" name=\"submit\" alt=\"PayPal - The safer, easier way to pay online!\">\r\n<img alt=\"\" border=\"0\" src=\"https://www.paypalobjects.com/en_US/i/scr/pixel.gif\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\">\r\n</form>\r\n','','','inherit','open','open','','1340-revision-v1','','','2014-08-02 18:14:32','2014-08-03 01:14:32','',1340,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1340-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1342,2,'2014-08-02 18:17:31','2014-08-03 01:17:31','<form action=\"https://www.paypal.com/cgi-bin/webscr\" method=\"post\" target=\"_top\">\r\n<input type=\"hidden\" name=\"cmd\" value=\"_s-xclick\">\r\n<input type=\"hidden\" name=\"hosted_button_id\" value=\"5YGWCYGQWABJG\">\r\n<input type=\"image\" src=\"https://www.paypalobjects.com/en_US/i/btn/btn_buynowCC_LG.gif\" border=\"0\" name=\"submit\" alt=\"PayPal - The safer, easier way to pay online!\">\r\n<img alt=\"\" border=\"0\" src=\"https://www.paypalobjects.com/en_US/i/scr/pixel.gif\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\">\r\n</form>\r\n','paypal','','inherit','open','open','','1340-revision-v1','','','2014-08-02 18:17:31','2014-08-03 01:17:31','',1340,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1340-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1379,2,'2014-08-06 22:54:44','2014-08-07 05:54:44','<form action=\"https://www.paypal.com/cgi-bin/webscr\" method=\"post\" target=\"_top\"><input name=\"cmd\" type=\"hidden\" value=\"_s-xclick\" />Tripwire  - How to Make Realistic Line Drawings of Any Face\r\n<input alt=\"PayPal - The safer, easier way to pay online!\" name=\"submit\" src=\"https://www.paypalobjects.com/en_US/i/btn/btn_buynowCC_LG.gif\" type=\"image\" />\r\n<img src=\"https://www.paypalobjects.com/en_US/i/scr/pixel.gif\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /></form>','paypal','','inherit','open','open','','1340-revision-v1','','','2014-08-06 22:54:44','2014-08-07 05:54:44','',1340,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1340-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1343,2,'2014-08-02 18:18:01','2014-08-03 01:18:01','<form action=\"https://www.paypal.com/cgi-bin/webscr\" method=\"post\" target=\"_top\"><input name=\"cmd\" type=\"hidden\" value=\"_s-xclick\" />Tripwire - How to Make Realistic Line Drawings of Any Face\r\n<input name=\"hosted_button_id\" type=\"hidden\" value=\"5YGWCYGQWABJG\" />\r\n<input alt=\"PayPal - The safer, easier way to pay online!\" name=\"submit\" src=\"https://www.paypalobjects.com/en_US/i/btn/btn_buynowCC_LG.gif\" type=\"image\" />\r\n<img src=\"https://www.paypalobjects.com/en_US/i/scr/pixel.gif\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /></form>','paypal','','inherit','open','open','','1340-revision-v1','','','2014-08-02 18:18:01','2014-08-03 01:18:01','',1340,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1340-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1348,2,'2014-08-02 19:29:59','2014-08-03 02:29:59','<h4><img class=\"alignleft wp-image-1386 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/tw-any-face-3d-227x300.png\" alt=\"any face guide 3d\" width=\"227\" height=\"300\" />You are well on your way to drawing wonderfully detailed pictures of family, friends, or anyone you want!</h4>\r\n<h4>Within a few minutes, you will receive an [ACCESS] email with download directions.</h4>\r\n<h4>While you wait, see how to change your line drawings into <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/how-to-draw-realistic-portraits-from-photographs/\">something even more incredible</a>...</h4>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[redirect url=\'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/how-to-draw-realistic-portraits-from-photographs/ \' sec=\'20\']','Thank You for Purchasing \"How to Make Realistic Line Drawings of Any Face\"!','','private','closed','closed','','how-to-draw-realistic-portraits-from-photographs1','','','2015-07-07 17:06:56','2015-07-08 00:06:56','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/?page_id=1348',0,'page','',0),(1349,2,'2014-08-02 19:23:46','2014-08-03 02:23:46','Thank you for purchasing TW. Check out the CO you will see in just a few seconds...','tw thank you co ','','inherit','open','open','','1348-revision-v1','','','2014-08-02 19:23:46','2014-08-03 02:23:46','',1348,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1348-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1350,2,'2014-08-02 19:26:37','2014-08-03 02:26:37','Thank you for purchasing TW. Check out the affiliate CO you will see in just a few seconds...','tw thank you co ','','inherit','open','open','','1348-revision-v1','','','2014-08-02 19:26:37','2014-08-03 02:26:37','',1348,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1348-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1485,2,'2014-10-11 06:37:06','2014-10-11 13:37:06','<a href=\"https://letsdrawpeople.s3.amazonaws.com/word+photoshop+lesson+dnld.mp4\">http://letsdrawpeople.s3.amazonaws.com/word+photoshop+lesson+dnld.mp4</a>','','','inherit','open','open','','1482-revision-v1','','','2014-10-11 06:37:06','2014-10-11 13:37:06','',1482,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1482-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1385,2,'2014-08-17 20:52:34','2014-08-18 03:52:34','<h4><img class=\"alignleft wp-image-1386 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/tw-any-face-3d-227x300.png\" alt=\"any face guide 3d\" width=\"227\" height=\"300\" />You are well on your way to drawing wonderfully detailed pictures of family, friends, or anyone you want!</h4>\r\n<h4>Within a few minutes, you will receive an [ACCESS] email with download directions.</h4>\r\n<h4>While you wait, see how to change your line drawings into <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/how-to-draw-realistic-portraits-from-photographs/\">something even more incredible</a>...</h4>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[redirect url=\'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/how-to-draw-realistic-portraits-from-photographs/ \' sec=\'20\']','Thank You for Purchasing \"How to Make Realistic Line Drawings of Any Face\"!','','inherit','open','open','','1348-autosave-v1','','','2014-08-17 20:52:34','2014-08-18 03:52:34','',1348,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1348-autosave-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1353,2,'2014-08-02 19:46:01','2014-08-03 02:46:01','Thank you for purchasing TW. Check out the affiliate CO you will see in just a few seconds...\r\n\r\n[redirect url=\'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/how-to-draw-realistic-portraits-from-photographs/ \' sec=\'15\']','tw thank you co','','inherit','open','open','','1348-revision-v1','','','2014-08-02 19:46:01','2014-08-03 02:46:01','',1348,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1348-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1456,2,'2014-09-05 19:10:55','2014-09-06 02:10:55','','Self Portrait (resize)','\"Silent Rebellion\" by Anonymous','inherit','open','open','','self-portrait-resize','','','2014-09-05 19:10:55','2014-09-06 02:10:55','',1060,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/05/Self-Portrait-resize.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(2950,15,'2016-02-02 17:46:21','2016-02-03 01:46:21','<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">          Ok guys, round three of the facial feature tutorial for color pencils; another quick but effective one. Let’s hop on it. The mouth is a fairly simply organ to draw. There are differences in both a man’s and woman’s lips and we will look at both differences and approach both contrasts in diverse ways. As a child the mouth was simple to draw; just draw a simple horizontal line across the bottom of the face and call it a day. As you progress into an artist, you understood that a lip formation was necessary not to mention teeth and gums. We’ll look at three examples and hopefully you’ll understand the method. With that being said I welcome any veteran artist to supply any suggestions to me that would help me – there is a certain way how I do the mouth and if someone has a different approach, I’m willing to listen.</span>\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2951 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0001-2-300x145.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0001\" width=\"300\" height=\"145\" /></span>\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">The first picture shows the basics. This, in my opinion, is how you start drawing out the mouth of a female. Female lips are full and the top and bottom lips need to be illustrated fully. Keep in mind this will be in color pencil so make sure you make the lines lite or use a Blu Tack erasure to lighten the marks later. </span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2952 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0002-2-300x145.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0002\" width=\"300\" height=\"145\" />\r\n\r\nIn this picture, you got two things going on here: first off you want to darken where the opening and closing of lips are. Here I use a tortillion to smudge the line to show some soft shading. I also use it at both of the corners of the mouth. I then start to add Col-Erase Scarlet Red to the top lip. I think it should be mention as I did in previous articles that using Col-Erase color pencils or Prismacolor pencils will show up way better on a scan picture then Sargent color pencil. I’m so done with that product. No wonder you can get them real cheap – you get what you pay for.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2955\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2955 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0003-3-300x145.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0003\" width=\"300\" height=\"145\" /> Before computer smoothing[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2954\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2954 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0013-300x145.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0013\" width=\"300\" height=\"145\" /> After computer smoothing[/caption]\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">OK so in this picture, the lips are basically done. I added more markings to the lips and left some areas white to show glare and highlight. It’s safe to say that in this stage, you would burnish the picture. Just in case you forgot, burnishing is when you take a white pencil or any real light pencil (Prismacolor Cream or Cloud Blue are also good burnishing tools) and color over it to mimic a blending. Also don’t forget, you can you a colorless blender as well.</span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2956 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0004-2-300x145.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0004\" width=\"300\" height=\"145\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">Here’s another example; this time we’ll do a mouth illustrating a smile. We start off simple at first. It really looks like much is not going on here; even no teeth are drawn in but it gets more complex as we move along. </span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2957 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0005-2-300x181.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0005\" width=\"300\" height=\"181\" />\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">Here we focus on forming the gums and teeth with Col-Erase Black pencil and Pink pencil. When forming the teeth, do not draw straight, continuous lines. You want to break up the lines some on each one to illustrate some shading and angle. Draw a little bit of it, stop and move done some if room permitting (also use the Col-Erase black pencil). You want to add some markings at the bottom of the teeth so it helps show form of the teeth. When forming the gums make sure you are forming arches near the top with the pink pencil.</span>\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2958\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2958 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0006-2-300x181.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0006\" width=\"300\" height=\"181\" /> Before computer smoothing[/caption]\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_2959\" align=\"alignnone\" width=\"300\"]<img class=\"wp-image-2959 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0014-300x181.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0014\" width=\"300\" height=\"181\" /> After computer smoothing[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">            In this last picture of this example, I added Col-Erase Scarlet Red to the majority of the lip taking care to lead some spots un-touch to illustrate glare. Also, I did the upper lip different this time; I did the markings horizontal while still keeping the traditional vertical lines on the bottom. Usually the top lip has a darker tone and lesser glare then the lower lip. Usually I keep that rule in mind when doing the lips and that’s why I tend to stray to this technique of coloring the lips.</span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2960 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0007-2-300x112.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0007\" width=\"300\" height=\"112\" />\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">The last example we’ll look at is a man’s lip. Men’s lips are less fuller and smaller. We approach these lips by drawing the shaded parting of the lips and smaller top lip, but we only add some shading near the bottom of the lip to create the illusion that there is a bottom lip but its formation isn’t necessary.</span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2961 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0008-1-300x129.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0008\" width=\"300\" height=\"129\" />\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">          We then take a CLEAN tortillion and shade the bottom shade of the lip (in case I didn’t mention, Col-Erase pencils can blend and shade like regular B&amp;W graphite pencils). While you still have the tortillion, smudge/shade the line that separates the top and bottom lip. You then want to add color to the upper lip. Start off first with Prismacolor Blush Pink at the corners and then extend out just a little. You then want to switch pencils and color the rest of the top lip with Prismacolor Beige Peach; you then want to go back and lightly color in some blush pink over the whole top lip. After that’s done, add more shading to form the bottom lip; use Prismacolor Dark Brown.</span>\r\n\r\n<img class=\"size-medium wp-image-2962 aligncenter\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Scan0015-300x129.jpg\" alt=\"Scan0015\" width=\"300\" height=\"129\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<span style=\"color: #000000;font-family: Calibri\">The last thing you can do is the “Carlos” method if you want. Burnish it and then load it up on your computer and digitally smooth it out if that’s the look you’re going for. Other than that, you’re done. See you guys in the next tutorial!</span>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Drawing the Mouth in Color Pencil','','pending','closed','open','','','','','2016-06-18 09:49:00','2016-06-18 16:49:00','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/?p=2950',0,'post','',0),(1504,2,'2014-12-31 23:25:25','2015-01-01 07:25:25','<p style=\"text-align: center;\">[flowplayer id=\"1521\"]</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://letsdrawpeople.s3.amazonaws.com/5+ways+to+shade.mp4\">Download</a></p>','Here are 5 Ways to Shade a Face','','publish','closed','closed','shading5','5-ways-to-shade-a-face','','','2015-07-08 13:46:00','2015-07-08 20:46:00','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/?page_id=1504',0,'page','',0),(1633,2,'2015-02-09 18:58:30','2015-02-10 02:58:30','','1601072_675113022533633_1768502826_n','\"David Bowie\" by Veronica Peter','inherit','open','open','','1601072_675113022533633_1768502826_n','','','2015-02-09 18:59:05','2015-02-10 02:59:05','',659,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/1601072_675113022533633_1768502826_n.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1634,2,'2015-02-09 19:00:19','2015-02-10 03:00:19','Use these drawings of celebrities and prominent people as examples of how to capture the likenesses of well-known people. Remember that when you are trying to draw people well enough and detailed enough for them to be recognizable as the intended person, it is often helpful to practice by drawing famous faces. I mean, what better test of your drawing skills than to show your work to people who immediately know who you were trying to draw, right?\r\n\r\nYou will see familiar drawings of different skill levels and different levels of detail in this gallery. Some drawings you may recognize, while others you may not. No matter how much or how little a drawing here captures a resemblance, take the opportunity to learn something from each piece. Some questions you may ask yourself as you view this gallery are:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Which obvious features did the artist include to help make the famous face easily recognizable?</li>\r\n	<li>Which details or subtle facial characteristics did the artist include to obtain such an accurate likeness of the subject?</li>\r\n	<li> What could the artist have done differently to make a better representation of the celebrity?</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nThank you in advance to all artists who contribute their drawings of well-known faces to this gallery! Remember, too, that it\'s okay if your drawing doesn\'t come out perfectly or to your satisfaction. I am still hard on myself with some of my work, and I always see something I could have done differently for better results (even with my own drawings in this gallery!). The important thing to remember is, you should always feel good about sharing your artwork, celebrate your strengths, and learn from your mistakes.\r\n\r\nIf you have <strong>your own</strong> celebrity portrait drawing that you want others to view in this gallery, <a title=\"Share Your Work in a Portrait Gallery!\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/share-your-work/\">see how to share it with us</a>.\r\n\r\n[gallery link=\"file\" ids=\"759,753,734,799,798,797,796,790,791,792,793,794,789,788,787,786,785,784,783,795,1171,1633\" orderby=\"rand\"]','Drawings of Well-Known Faces','','inherit','open','open','','659-revision-v1','','','2015-02-09 19:00:19','2015-02-10 03:00:19','',659,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/659-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1506,2,'2014-12-31 23:25:25','2015-01-01 07:25:25','<p style=\"text-align: center;\">[embed]http://letsdrawpeople.s3.amazonaws.com/5+ways+to+shade.mp4[/embed]</p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://letsdrawpeople.s3.amazonaws.com/5+ways+to+shade.mp4\">Download</a></p>','Here are 5 Ways to Shade a Face','','inherit','open','open','','1504-revision-v1','','','2014-12-31 23:25:25','2015-01-01 07:25:25','',1504,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1504-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1364,2,'2014-08-05 09:45:17','2014-08-05 16:45:17','<form action=\"https://www.paypal.com/cgi-bin/webscr\" method=\"post\" target=\"_top\"><input name=\"cmd\" type=\"hidden\" value=\"_s-xclick\" />Tripwire  - How to Make Realistic Line Drawings of Any Face\r\n<input name=\"hosted_button_id\" type=\"hidden\" value=\"5YGWCYGQWABJG\" />\r\n<input alt=\"PayPal - The safer, easier way to pay online!\" name=\"submit\" src=\"https://www.paypalobjects.com/en_US/i/btn/btn_buynowCC_LG.gif\" type=\"image\" />\r\n<img src=\"https://www.paypalobjects.com/en_US/i/scr/pixel.gif\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /></form>','paypal','','inherit','open','open','','1340-revision-v1','','','2014-08-05 09:45:17','2014-08-05 16:45:17','',1340,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1340-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1609,2,'2015-01-23 20:21:22','2015-01-24 04:21:22','<p style=\"line-height: 18.0pt;\">Welcome to the \"Drawings of Models\" gallery!</p>\r\n<p style=\"line-height: 18.0pt;\">Models make a living out of posing for the camera. So, it is only fitting that artists use them to pose for drawings!</p>\r\n<p style=\"line-height: 18.0pt;\">When a photographer takes a picture of a model, he or she attempts to capture a particular mood. The artist drawing from a photograph of a model also attempts to capture this same mood, while also capturing the likeness of the model.</p>\r\n<p style=\"line-height: 18.0pt;\">If you have<span class=\"apple-converted-space\"> </span><strong><span style=\"font-family: \'Georgia\',\'serif\';\">your own</span></strong> drawing of a model that you want others to view in this gallery,<span class=\"apple-converted-space\"> </span><a title=\"Share Your Work in a Portrait Gallery!\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/share-your-work/\">see how to share it with us</a>.</p>\r\n[gallery link=\"file\" ids=\"1610,2289,2419\" orderby=\"rand\"]','Drawings of Models','','publish','open','open','','drawings-of-models','','','2016-01-23 23:55:17','2016-01-24 07:55:17','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/?p=1609',0,'post','',0),(1505,2,'2014-12-31 14:06:09','2014-12-31 22:06:09','','Here are 5 Ways to Shade a Face','','inherit','open','open','','1504-revision-v1','','','2014-12-31 14:06:09','2014-12-31 22:06:09','',1504,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1504-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(2212,2,'2015-08-08 10:45:11','2015-08-08 17:45:11','It is important to remember that teeth are very unique from one person to the next. These unique characteristics of teeth play a large part in shaping a person\'s appearance.','This Childhood Shortcut Will Show You How to Draw Teeth','','inherit','open','open','','2211-revision-v1','','','2015-08-08 10:45:11','2015-08-08 17:45:11','',2211,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/2211-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1499,2,'2014-12-20 00:08:58','2014-12-20 08:08:58','','proportions sketching life webform 500x125','','inherit','open','open','','proportions-sketching-life-webform-500x125','','','2014-12-20 00:08:58','2014-12-20 08:08:58','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/12/proportions-sketching-life-webform-500x125.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1486,2,'2014-10-11 06:38:26','2014-10-11 13:38:26','[embed]http://letsdrawpeople.s3.amazonaws.com/word+photoshop+lesson+dnld.mp4[/embed]','','','inherit','open','open','','1482-revision-v1','','','2014-10-11 06:38:26','2014-10-11 13:38:26','',1482,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1482-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1484,2,'2014-10-11 06:36:23','2014-10-11 13:36:23','<a href=\"https://letsdrawpeople.s3.amazonaws.com/word+photoshop+lesson+dnld.mp4\">https://letsdrawpeople.s3.amazonaws.com/word+photoshop+lesson+dnld.mp4</a>','','','inherit','open','open','','1482-revision-v1','','','2014-10-11 06:36:23','2014-10-11 13:36:23','',1482,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1482-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1478,2,'2014-10-10 22:35:50','0000-00-00 00:00:00','[video width=\"1280\" height=\"720\" mp4=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/10/word-photoshop-lesson-dnld.mp4\"][/video]','dnld','','draft','open','open','','','','','2014-10-10 22:35:50','2014-10-11 05:35:50','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/?page_id=1478',0,'page','',0),(1479,2,'2014-10-10 22:33:55','2014-10-11 05:33:55','[video width=\"1280\" height=\"720\" mp4=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/10/word-photoshop-lesson-dnld.mp4\"][/video]','dnld','','inherit','open','open','','1478-revision-v1','','','2014-10-10 22:33:55','2014-10-11 05:33:55','',1478,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1478-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1399,2,'2014-08-13 22:22:57','2014-08-14 05:22:57','<h4>Please complete the form&nbsp;below to get more information about your topic and purchase, including your [ACCESS] email with download instructions for...</h4>\r\n<div class=\"AW-Form-2021750007\"></div>\r\n','Almost Done!','','private','closed','closed','','how-to-draw-realistic-portraits-from-photographs0','','','2015-07-07 17:06:08','2015-07-08 00:06:08','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/?page_id=1399',0,'page','',0),(1497,2,'2014-12-19 23:55:14','2014-12-20 07:55:14','','proportions sketching life webform 500x62','','inherit','open','open','','proportions-sketching-life-webform-500x62','','','2014-12-19 23:55:14','2014-12-20 07:55:14','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/12/proportions-sketching-life-webform-500x62.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1498,2,'2014-12-20 00:08:42','2014-12-20 08:08:42','','proportions sketching life webform 728x90','','inherit','open','open','','proportions-sketching-life-webform-728x90','','','2014-12-20 00:08:42','2014-12-20 08:08:42','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/12/proportions-sketching-life-webform-728x90.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1382,2,'2014-08-07 21:49:23','2014-08-08 04:49:23','Last Updated: May 11, 2014\r\n\r\nKeen Milestones (\"<b>Keen Milestones</b>\") operates <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com\">LetsDrawPeople.com</a> and may operate other websites. It is Keen Milestones\' policy to respect your privacy regarding any information we may collect while operating our websites.\r\n<h4>Website Visitors</h4>\r\nLike most website operators, Keen Milestones collects non-personally-identifying information of the sort that web browsers and servers typically make available, such as the browser type, language preference, referring site, and the date and time of each visitor request. Keen Milestones\' purpose in collecting non-personally identifying information is to better understand how Keen Milestones\' visitors use its website. From time to time, Keen Milestones may release non-personally-identifying information in the aggregate, e.g., by publishing a report on trends in the usage of its website.\r\n\r\nKeen Milestones also collects potentially personally-identifying information like Internet Protocol (IP) addresses for logged in users and for users leaving comments on LetsDrawPeople.com. Keen Milestones only discloses logged in user and commenter IP addresses under the same circumstances that it uses and discloses personally-identifying information as described below, except that commenter IP addresses are visible and disclosed to the administrators of the blog/site where the comment was left.\r\n<h4>Gathering of Personally-Identifying Information</h4>\r\nCertain visitors to Keen Milestones\' websites choose to interact with Keen Milestones in ways that require Keen Milestones to gather personally-identifying information. The amount and type of information that Keen Milestones gathers depends on the nature of the interaction. For example, we ask visitors who sign up to receive informational products from LetsDrawPeople.com to provide an email address. Those who engage in transactions with Keen Milestones are asked to provide additional information, including as necessary the personal and financial information required to process those transactions. In each case, Keen Milestones collects such information only insofar as is necessary or appropriate to fulfill the purpose of the visitor\'s interaction with Keen Milestones. Keen Milestones does not disclose personally-identifying information other than as described below. And visitors can always refuse to supply personally-identifying information, with the caveat that it may prevent them from engaging in certain website-related activities.\r\n<h4>Aggregated Statistics</h4>\r\nKeen Milestones may collect statistics about the behavior of visitors to its websites. Keen Milestones may display this information publicly or provide it to others. However, Keen Milestones does not disclose personally-identifying information other than as described below.\r\n<h4>Protection of Certain Personally-Identifying Information</h4>\r\nKeen Milestones discloses potentially personally-identifying and personally-identifying information only to those of its employees, contractors, and affiliated organizations that (i) need to know that information in order to process it on Keen Milestones\' behalf or to provide services available at Keen Milestones\' websites, and (ii) that have agreed not to disclose it to others. Some of those employees, contractors, and affiliated organizations may be located outside of your home country; by using Keen Milestones\' websites, you consent to the transfer of such information to them. Keen Milestones will not rent or sell potentially personally-identifying and personally-identifying information to anyone. Other than to its employees, contractors, and affiliated organizations, as described above, Keen Milestones discloses potentially personally-identifying and personally-identifying information only in response to a subpoena, court order, or other governmental request, or when Keen Milestones believes in good faith that disclosure is reasonably necessary to protect the property or rights of Keen Milestones, third parties, or the public at large. If you are a registered user of a Keen Milestones website and have supplied your email address, Keen Milestones may occasionally send you an email to tell you about new features, solicit your feedback, or just keep you up to date with what\'s going on with Keen Milestones and our products. If you send us a request (for example via email or via one of our feedback mechanisms), we reserve the right to publish it in order to help us clarify or respond to your request or to help us support other users. Keen Milestones takes all measures reasonably necessary to protect against the unauthorized access, use, alteration or destruction of potentially personally-identifying and personally-identifying information.\r\n<h4>Childrens Online Privacy Protection Act Compliance</h4>\r\nWe are in compliance with the requirements of COPPA (Childrens Online Privacy Protection Act). We do not collect any information from anyone under 13 years of age. Our website, products and services are all directed to people who are at least 13 years old or older.\r\n<h4>Cookies</h4>\r\nA cookie is a string of information that a website stores on a visitor\'s computer, and that the visitor\'s browser provides to the website each time the visitor returns. Keen Milestones uses cookies to help Keen Milestones identify and track visitors, their usage of Keen Milestones website, and their website access preferences. Keen Milestones visitors who do not wish to have cookies placed on their computers should set their browsers to refuse cookies before using Keen Milestones\' websites, with the drawback that certain features of Keen Milestones\' websites may not function properly without the aid of cookies.\r\n<h4>Business Transfers</h4>\r\nIf Keen Milestones, or substantially all of its assets, were acquired, or in the unlikely event that Keen Milestones goes out of business or enters bankruptcy, user information would be one of the assets that is transferred or acquired by a third party. You acknowledge that such transfers may occur, and that any acquirer of Keen Milestones may continue to use your personal information as set forth in this policy.\r\n<h4>Ads</h4>\r\nAds appearing on any of our websites may be delivered to users by advertising partners, who may set cookies. These cookies allow the ad server to recognize your computer each time they send you an online advertisement to compile information about you or others who use your computer. This information allows ad networks to, among other things, deliver targeted advertisements that they believe will be of most interest to you. This Privacy Policy covers the use of cookies by Keen Milestones and does not cover the use of cookies by any advertisers.\r\n<h4>Your Opt-Out Rights</h4>\r\nYou may opt-out of receiving communications from us and/or our partners by not submitting your information. We also allow you to remove your information from our marketing lists. If you remove your information from our lists, it will no longer be used by us to send promotional correspondence to you. You can remove your information from our marketing lists by clicking on the “Unsubscribe” link at the bottom of every email we send you.\r\n<h4>Changes</h4>\r\nAlthough most changes are likely to be minor, Keen Milestones may change its Privacy Policy from time to time, and in Keen Milestones\' sole discretion. Keen Milestones encourages visitors to frequently check this page for any changes to its Privacy Policy. Your continued use of this site after any change in this will constitute your acceptance of such change.','Privacy Policy','','inherit','open','open','','14-revision-v1','','','2014-08-07 21:49:23','2014-08-08 04:49:23','',14,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/14-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1386,2,'2014-08-08 22:18:44','2014-08-09 05:18:44','','any face guide 3d','','inherit','open','open','','tw-any-face-3d','','','2014-08-08 22:18:44','2014-08-09 05:18:44','',1348,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/tw-any-face-3d.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(1388,2,'2014-08-08 22:28:57','2014-08-09 05:28:57','<h3><img class=\"alignleft wp-image-1386 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/tw-any-face-3d-227x300.png\" alt=\"any face guide 3d\" width=\"227\" height=\"300\" />Thank you for purchasing <strong>\"<span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\">How to Make Realistic Line Drawings of Any Face</span>\". </strong>Very shortly, you will receive an [ACCESS] email with download directions.</h3>\r\n<h3>While you wait, you will soon see how to change your line drawing into <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/how-to-draw-realistic-portraits-from-photographs/\">something even more incredible</a>...</h3>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[redirect url=\'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/how-to-draw-realistic-portraits-from-photographs/ \' sec=\'15\']','Thank You for Your Purchase!','','inherit','open','open','','1348-revision-v1','','','2014-08-08 22:28:57','2014-08-09 05:28:57','',1348,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1348-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1387,2,'2014-08-08 22:27:53','2014-08-09 05:27:53','<h3><img class=\"alignleft wp-image-1386 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/tw-any-face-3d-227x300.png\" alt=\"any face guide 3d\" width=\"227\" height=\"300\" />Thank you for purchasing <strong>\"<span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\">How to Make Realistic Line Drawings of Any Face</span>\". </strong>Very shortly, you will receive <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\">an [ACCESS] email with download directions</span>.</h3>\r\n<h3>While you wait, you will soon see how to change your line drawing into <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/how-to-draw-realistic-portraits-from-photographs/\">something even more incredible</a>...</h3>\r\n<h3></h3>\r\n<h3>[redirect url=\'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/how-to-draw-realistic-portraits-from-photographs/ \' sec=\'15\']</h3>','Thank You for Your Purchase!','','inherit','open','open','','1348-revision-v1','','','2014-08-08 22:27:53','2014-08-09 05:27:53','',1348,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1348-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1390,2,'2014-08-08 22:32:02','2014-08-09 05:32:02','<h3><img class=\"alignleft wp-image-1386 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/tw-any-face-3d-227x300.png\" alt=\"any face guide 3d\" width=\"227\" height=\"300\" />Thank you for purchasing <strong>\"<span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\">How to Make Realistic Line Drawings of Any Face</span>\". </strong></h3>\r\n<h3>Very shortly, you will receive an [ACCESS] email with download directions.</h3>\r\n<h3>While you wait, you will soon see how to change your line drawing into <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/how-to-draw-realistic-portraits-from-photographs/\">something even more incredible</a>...</h3>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[redirect url=\'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/how-to-draw-realistic-portraits-from-photographs/ \' sec=\'15\']','Thank You for Your Purchase!','','inherit','open','open','','1348-revision-v1','','','2014-08-08 22:32:02','2014-08-09 05:32:02','',1348,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1348-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1389,2,'2014-08-08 22:29:53','2014-08-09 05:29:53','<h3><img class=\"alignleft wp-image-1386 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/tw-any-face-3d-227x300.png\" alt=\"any face guide 3d\" width=\"227\" height=\"300\" />Thank you for purchasing <strong>\"<span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\">How to Make Realistic Line Drawings of Any Face</span>\". </strong></h3>\r\n<h3>Very shortly, you will receive an [ACCESS] email with download directions.</h3>\r\n<h3>While you wait, you will soon see how to change your line drawing into <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/how-to-draw-realistic-portraits-from-photographs/\">something even more incredible</a>...</h3>\r\n[redirect url=\'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/how-to-draw-realistic-portraits-from-photographs/ \' sec=\'15\']','Thank You for Your Purchase!','','inherit','open','open','','1348-revision-v1','','','2014-08-08 22:29:53','2014-08-09 05:29:53','',1348,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1348-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1392,2,'2014-08-08 23:12:36','2014-08-09 06:12:36','','facial features checklist graphic 3pg webform','','inherit','open','open','','facial-features-checklist-graphic-3pg-webform','','','2014-08-08 23:12:36','2014-08-09 06:12:36','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/facial-features-checklist-graphic-3pg-webform.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1394,2,'2014-08-09 00:06:25','2014-08-09 07:06:25','','face drawing checklist webform','','inherit','open','open','','face-drawing-checklist-webform','','','2014-08-09 00:06:25','2014-08-09 07:06:25','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/face-drawing-checklist-webform.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1395,2,'2014-08-09 12:51:45','2014-08-09 19:51:45','<h3><img class=\"alignleft wp-image-1386 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/tw-any-face-3d-227x300.png\" alt=\"any face guide 3d\" width=\"227\" height=\"300\" />You are well on your way to drawing wonderfully detailed pictures of family, friends, or anyone you want!</h3>\r\n<h3>Within a few minutes, you will receive an [ACCESS] email with download directions.</h3>\r\n<h3>While you wait, see how to change your line drawings into <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/how-to-draw-realistic-portraits-from-photographs/\">something even more incredible</a>...</h3>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[redirect url=\'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/how-to-draw-realistic-portraits-from-photographs/ \' sec=\'20\']','Thank You for Purchasing \"How to Make Realistic Line Drawings of Any Face\"!','','inherit','open','open','','1348-revision-v1','','','2014-08-09 12:51:45','2014-08-09 19:51:45','',1348,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1348-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1397,2,'2014-08-10 17:33:58','2014-08-11 00:33:58','<iframe src=\"//www.youtube.com/embed/x8wD-fdR_Uw?rel=0\" width=\"640\" height=\"360\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"allowfullscreen\"></iframe>\r\n\r\nIn this video tutorial by Cheri Crawford from <a href=\"http://www.drawingteachers.com\" target=\"_blank\">DrawingTeachers.com</a>, we learn how to draw a picture of a young man. Even though Cheri often draws people in a more cartoon-like style, she shows us that some carefully planned changes and additions to the original line drawing can leave us with a drawing that is a bit more realistic.\r\n\r\nCheri uses a kneaded eraser and a really heavy and dark pencil that shows up better in the video, but she suggests using a lighter pencil. She begins with some proportional guidelines and a line drawing of the face.\r\n\r\nAn important observation about drawing a man is noted when Cheri says, \"Masculine features are often very geometrical, in nature and in art.\" She illustrates this point by initially using shapes with sharp angles and edges.\r\n\r\nAs the drawing progresses, she makes the cartoonish shapes less exaggerated by softening them, giving the drawing a slightly more realistic feel. Also notice the more shading and detail that\'s placed around the muscle and bone, the more real the drawing begins to appear.\r\n\r\nHere\'s the takeaway I get from this video:\r\n\r\nIf your line drawing of a man (or even a woman or child) appears more cartoonish than you want, keep working with it by adding layers of shading and detail.\r\n\r\nI hope you give it a try!\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Make a Cartoonish Drawing of a Man\'s Face More Realistic','','inherit','open','open','','1250-revision-v1','','','2014-08-10 17:33:58','2014-08-11 00:33:58','',1250,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1250-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1400,2,'2014-08-13 22:18:36','2014-08-14 05:18:36','<h3>Be sure to check your Inbox and click on the confirmation link to receive information about your topic, including download instructions.</h3>\r\n<h3>Check your Bulk Folder if you do not see the confirmation email in your Inbox.</h3>','Almost Done!','','inherit','open','open','','1399-revision-v1','','','2014-08-13 22:18:36','2014-08-14 05:18:36','',1399,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1399-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1402,2,'2014-08-13 22:22:21','2014-08-14 05:22:21','<h3>Be sure to check your <strong>Inbox </strong>and click on the <span style=\"text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff;\">Confirmation Link</span> to receive information about your topic, including download instructions!</h3>\r\n<h3>Check your <strong>Bulk Folder</strong> if you do not see the confirmation email in your Inbox.</h3>','Almost Done!','','inherit','open','open','','1399-revision-v1','','','2014-08-13 22:22:21','2014-08-14 05:22:21','',1399,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1399-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1401,2,'2014-08-13 22:21:32','2014-08-14 05:21:32','<h3>Be sure to check your <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\">Inbox</span> and click on the <span style=\"text-decoration: underline; color: #0000ff;\">Confirmation Link</span> to receive information about your topic, including download instructions!</h3>\r\n<h3>Check your <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\">Bulk Folder</span> if you do not see the confirmation email in your Inbox.</h3>','Almost Done!','','inherit','open','open','','1399-revision-v1','','','2014-08-13 22:21:32','2014-08-14 05:21:32','',1399,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1399-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1406,2,'2014-08-28 20:49:50','2014-08-29 03:49:50','So much of the success that comes with drawing people depends on getting the proportions right. Child proportions in particular can be intimidating for beginners and even some more experienced artists.\r\n\r\nThere really does seem to be more involved in creating an image of a child than there is with a drawing of an adult. Of course, with a few nifty tips you could be well on your way to creating pictures of children of any age, from a tiny tot all the way up to a nearly-adult teenager.\r\n<h3>Know Your Proportions</h3>\r\nWhile there is no exact science to drawing people, there are a few proportion-related guidelines that can help you. Keep in mind that you can be a tad bit flexible with these, for they are <em>rough</em> guidelines.\r\n\r\nFor drawing purposes, artists generally refer to and draw adults as 8 heads tall for simplicity. In flesh and bone reality, most adults are around 7 1/2 heads tall, and some may be a little closer to 7 heads tall!\r\n\r\nA small child from around a year old to its final toddler years (3-4 years old) will be approximately 4 heads tall. After the toddler years to around age 10, the child should be roughly between 5 and 6 heads tall. Young teens are generally about 7 heads tall.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_1426\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"568\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/child-height-proportions-1yr-4yr-6yr.jpg\"><img class=\"wp-image-1426 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/child-height-proportions-1yr-4yr-6yr.jpg\" alt=\"These drawings depict a one-year-old baby (left) and a 4-year-old girl (center), both 4 heads tall. The 6-year-old boy (right) is 5 heads tall.\" width=\"568\" height=\"456\" /></a> These drawings depict a one-year-old baby and a 4-year-old girl, both 4 heads tall. The 6-year-old boy is 5 heads tall.[/caption]\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_1427\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"483\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/child-height-proportions-10yr-hs.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-1427\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/child-height-proportions-10yr-hs.jpg\" alt=\"In these real-life examples, you can see the 10-year-old boy is 6 heads tall, while the high school teen is around 7 heads tall.\" width=\"483\" height=\"426\" /></a> In these real-life examples, you can see the 10-year-old boy is 6 heads tall, while the high school teen is around 7 heads tall.[/caption]\r\n\r\nActual head size is another important factor when it comes to drawing children. If an adult\'s head size in a drawing is 9 inches, then a baby\'s head size should be about 6 inches (depending on its age). As always, use your judgment within the different age groups.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/mom-child-head-size.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1428\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/mom-child-head-size.jpg\" alt=\"mom child head size\" width=\"327\" height=\"249\" /></a>\r\n\r\nWhen coming to terms with child proportions, from an artistic point of view, it will be worth your while to take some time to observe photographs of people and the people around you. Invest a little effort in really looking at them.\r\n\r\nYou will probably notice that a child\'s head, for example, is much larger in proportion to its body. In adults, the head to body proportions are completely different. Remember that a large head on an adult would serve only to dwarf the body.\r\n\r\nA way to get used to drawing children correctly is to apply a theory of relative proportion. Use a smaller object that you are able to draw easily and use it in proportion to a larger object. A ball might be a good choice, although even a piece of fruit would work. Place the small object next to a larger one and practice sketching the objects together. Once you have the hang of it, apply the same theory to a child and an accompanying toy, or use a picture or a family photo.\r\n<h3>Modifying the Look</h3>\r\nGenerally speaking, an artist will be more comfortable with subjects that they are accustomed to. This is why it is often easier for an adult to draw a person of a similar age. Familiarity breeds comfort, or at least it does for me.\r\n\r\nWhen drawing a child, you may need to adjust the look of the image to add a more youthful appearance. It is not enough to simply adjust the proportions as mentioned above.\r\n\r\nA child\'s eyes will often be a little larger than an adult\'s. Think of it as the \"wide-eyed nature of childlike curiosity\". Most young children also have a distinct lack of muscular definition, which instead is replaced with slight pudginess or baby fat.\r\n\r\nChildren also have much smaller hands and slightly stubby-looking fingers. A baby will have tiny, almost marshmallow-like hands, whereas an adult will have bonier, more defined fingers.\r\n<h3>Put Your Knowledge Into Practice</h3>\r\nWhen learning any new drawing skills, the best way to apply your knowledge is to get some practice in. Drawing child proportions is no different.\r\n\r\nTake some time to do a few free-hand sketches to get your vague proportion sizes right. Try to remember that the legs should always extend at about twice the rate of the torso when the person in your picture is standing upright. Be sure to apply the skill of \"counting heads\" in an effort to get the size just right!','A Look at Child Proportions: from Toddler to Teen','','publish','open','open','','a-look-at-child-proportions-from-toddler-to-teen','','','2014-08-28 20:49:50','2014-08-29 03:49:50','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/?p=1406',0,'post','',2),(1426,2,'2014-08-28 20:22:12','2014-08-29 03:22:12','','child height proportions 1yr 4yr 6yr','These drawings depict a one-year-old baby (left) and a 4-year-old girl (center), both 4 heads tall. The 6-year-old boy (right) is 5 heads tall.','inherit','open','open','','child-height-proportions-1yr-4yr-6yr','','','2014-08-28 20:22:12','2014-08-29 03:22:12','',1406,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/child-height-proportions-1yr-4yr-6yr.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1411,2,'2014-08-16 07:15:07','2014-08-16 14:15:07','So much of the success that comes with drawing people depends on getting the proportions right. Child proportions in particular can be intimidating for beginners and even some more experienced artists.\r\n\r\nThere really does seem to be more involved in creating an image of a child than there is with a drawing of an adult. Of course, with a few nifty tips you could be well on your way to creating pictures of children of any age, from a tiny tot all the way up to a nearly-adult teenager.\r\n<h3>Know Your Proportions</h3>\r\nWhile there is no exact science to drawing people, there are a few proportion-related guidelines that can help you. Keep in mind that you can be a tad bit flexible with these, for they are <em>rough</em> guidelines.\r\n\r\nFor drawing purposes, artists generally refer to and draw adults as 8 heads tall for simplicity. In flesh and bone reality, many adults are about 8 heads tall, many others are 7 1/2 heads tall, and some may be a little closer to 7 heads tall!\r\n\r\nA small child from around a year old to its final toddler years (3-4 years old) will be approximately 4 heads tall. After the toddler years to around age 10, the child should be roughly between 5 and 6 heads tall. Young teens are generally about 7 heads tall.\r\n\r\n[*****pic of baby, 4 yr old girl, 6 year old boy on scooter, 10 year old boy, and teenage girl***]\r\n\r\nActual head size is another important factor when it comes to drawing children. If an adult\'s head size in a drawing is 9 inches, then a baby\'s head size should be about 6 inches (depending on its age). As always, use your judgement within the different age groups.\r\n\r\n[*****pic of mom and baby***]\r\n\r\nWhen coming to terms with child proportions, from an artistic point of view, it will be worth your while to take some time to observe photographs of people and the people around you. Invest a little effort in really looking at them.\r\n\r\nYou will probably notice that a child\'s head, for example, is much larger in proportion to its body. In adults, the head to body proportions are completely different. Remember that a large head on an adult would serve only to dwarf the body.\r\n\r\nA way to get used to drawing children correctly is to apply a theory of relative proportion. Use a smaller object that you are able to draw easily and use it in proportion to a larger object. A ball might be a good choice, although even a piece of fruit would work. Place the small object next to a larger one and practice sketching the objects together. Once you have the hang of it, apply the same theory to a child and an accompanying toy, or use a picture or a family photo.\r\n<h3>Modifying the Look</h3>\r\nGenerally speaking, an artist will be more comfortable with subjects that they are accustomed to. This is why it is often easier for an adult to draw a person of a similar age. Familiarity breeds comfort, or at least it does for me.\r\n\r\nWhen drawing a child, you may need to adjust the look of the image to add a more youthful appearance. It is not enough to simply adjust the proportions as mentioned above.\r\n\r\nA child\'s eyes will often be a little larger than an adult\'s. Think of it as the \"wide-eyed nature of childlike curiosity\". Most young children also have a distinct lack of muscular definition, which instead is replaced with slight pudginess or baby fat.\r\n\r\nChildren also have much smaller hands and slightly stubby-looking fingers. A baby will have tiny, almost marshmallow-like hands, whereas an adult will have bonier, more defined fingers.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: right;\">[*****baby hands***]</p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Put Your Knowledge Into Practice</h3>\r\nWhen learning any new drawing skills, the best way to apply your knowledge is to get some practice in. Drawing child proportions is no different.\r\n\r\nTake some time to do a few free-hand sketches to get your vague proportion sizes right. Try to remember that the legs should always extend at about twice the rate of the torso when the person in your picture is standing upright. Be sure to apply the skill of \"counting heads\" in an effort to get the size just right!','A Look at Child Proportions: from Toddler to Teen','','inherit','open','open','','1406-revision-v1','','','2014-08-16 07:15:07','2014-08-16 14:15:07','',1406,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1406-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1407,2,'2014-08-14 21:24:26','2014-08-15 04:24:26','Drawing is a skill that takes practice. Learning how to draw people, and getting the proportions right, is less about talent and more about getting to grips with the technique. Child proportions in particular are quite daunting for novices and seasoned artists alike. There really does seem to be so much more involved in creating an image of a child than there is with a drawing of an adult. Of course, with a few nifty tips and tricks you could be well on your way to creating pictures of any human form, from a tiny tot all the way up to the surliest teenager.\r\n\r\nKnow Your Proportions\r\n\r\nWhile there is no exact science to drawing people, there are a few proportion-related guidelines to adhere to. For drawing purposes, adults are generally around 8 heads tall, while a small child of around a year old will be approximately 4 heads tall. Between the toddler years and around 10 years old, the child should be between 5 and 6 heads tall. Young teens are generally 7 or so heads tall. When considering child proportions it is always best to use your common sense -- that is really the best way to go about it.\r\n\r\nActual head size is another important factor when it comes to drawing children. If an adult\'s head size in a drawing is 9 inches, then a baby\'s head size should be about 4 - 5 inches (depending on its age). As always, use your judgement within the different age groups. While it might seem bizarre that a one year old\'s head should be around 6 inches, only slightly less than the size of an adult\'s, you need to bear in mind that body proportions are different at different times in our lives.\r\n\r\nWhen coming to terms with child proportions, from an artistic point of view, it will be worth your while to take some time to observe people around you. Invest a little effort in really looking at them. You will probably notice that a child\'s head, for example, is much larger in proportion to its body. In adults, the head to body proportions are completely different. Remember that a large head on an adult would serve only to dwarf the body.\r\n\r\nA way to get used to drawing children correctly is to apply a theory of relative proportion. Use a smaller object that you are able to draw easily and use it in proportion to a larger object. A ball might be a good choice, although even a piece of fruit would suffice. Place the small object next to a larger one and practice sketching the objects together. Once you have the hang of it, apply the same theory to a child and an accompanying toy- or use the same box you used in the previous exercise. If you do not have a small child that can stand next to the object while you practise sketching, use a picture or a family photo.\r\nModifying the Look\r\n\r\nGenerally speaking, an artist will be more comfortable with subjects that they are accustomed to. This is why it is often easier for an adult to draw a person of a similar age. Familiarity breeds comfort, or at least it does for me. When drawing a child, you may need to adjust the look of the image to add a more youthful appearance. It is not enough to simply adjust the proportions as mentioned above, lest you run the risk of drawing a \"little person\" rather than a toddler.\r\n\r\nA child\'s eyes will often be a little larger than an adult\'s. Think of it as the \"wide eyed nature of childlike curiosity\". Most young children also have a distinct lack of muscular definition, which instead is replaced with slight pudginess or baby fat. Children also have much smaller hands and slightly stubby-looking fingers. A baby will have tiny, almost marshmallow-like hands, whereas an adult will have bonier, more defined fingers. Fingernails on children are never too distinct or prominent, so it is best to try and avoid too much attention to detail in that department.\r\n\r\nPut Your Knowledge Into Practice\r\n\r\nWhen learning any new drawing skills, the best way to apply your knowledge is to get some practise in. Drawing child proportions is no different. Take some time to do a few free-hand sketches to get your vague proportion sizes right. Try to remember that the legs should always extend at about twice the rate of the torso when the person in your picture is standing upright. Be sure to apply the skill you learnt of \"counting heads\" in an effort to get the size just right.\r\n\r\nOnce you are comfortable with your free hand sketching skills, you should attempt to add in more detail. Shading can be a great way to add depth to your drawing, enhancing the proportions you wish to highlight.','A Look at Child Proportions: from Toddler to Teen','','inherit','open','open','','1406-revision-v1','','','2014-08-14 21:24:26','2014-08-15 04:24:26','',1406,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1406-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1408,2,'2014-08-15 21:07:36','2014-08-16 04:07:36','So much of the success that comes with drawing people depends on getting the proportions right. Child proportions in particular can be intimidating for beginners and even some more experienced artists.\r\n\r\nThere really does seem to be more involved in creating an image of a child than there is with a drawing of an adult. Of course, with a few nifty tips you could be well on your way to creating pictures of children of any age, from a tiny tot all the way up to a nearly-adult teenager.\r\n<h3>Know Your Proportions</h3>\r\nWhile there is no exact science to drawing people, there are a few proportion-related guidelines that can help you. Keep in mind that you can be a tad bit flexible with these, for they are <em>rough</em> guidelines.\r\n\r\nFor drawing purposes, artists generally refer to and draw adults as 8 heads tall for simplicity. In flesh and bone reality, however, adults are typically 7 to 7 1/2 heads tall.\r\n\r\nA small child from around a year old to its final toddler years (3-4 years old) will be approximately 4 heads tall. After the toddler years to around age 10, the child should be roughly between 5 and 6 heads tall. Young teens are generally about 7 heads tall.\r\n\r\n[*****pic of baby, 4 yr old girl, 6 year old boy on scooter, 10 year old boy, and teenage girl***]\r\n\r\nActual head size is another important factor when it comes to drawing children. If an adult\'s head size in a drawing is 9 inches, then a baby\'s head size should be about 4 - 5 inches (depending on its age). As always, use your judgement within the different age groups. While it might seem bizarre that a one year old\'s head should be around 6 inches, only slightly less than the size of an adult\'s, you need to bear in mind that body proportions are different at different times in our lives.\r\n\r\nWhen coming to terms with child proportions, from an artistic point of view, it will be worth your while to take some time to observe people around you. Invest a little effort in really looking at them. You will probably notice that a child\'s head, for example, is much larger in proportion to its body. In adults, the head to body proportions are completely different. Remember that a large head on an adult would serve only to dwarf the body.\r\n\r\nA way to get used to drawing children correctly is to apply a theory of relative proportion. Use a smaller object that you are able to draw easily and use it in proportion to a larger object. A ball might be a good choice, although even a piece of fruit would suffice. Place the small object next to a larger one and practice sketching the objects together. Once you have the hang of it, apply the same theory to a child and an accompanying toy- or use the same box you used in the previous exercise. If you do not have a small child that can stand next to the object while you practice sketching, use a picture or a family photo.\r\nModifying the Look\r\n\r\nGenerally speaking, an artist will be more comfortable with subjects that they are accustomed to. This is why it is often easier for an adult to draw a person of a similar age. Familiarity breeds comfort, or at least it does for me. When drawing a child, you may need to adjust the look of the image to add a more youthful appearance. It is not enough to simply adjust the proportions as mentioned above, lest you run the risk of drawing a \"little person\" rather than a toddler.\r\n\r\nA child\'s eyes will often be a little larger than an adult\'s. Think of it as the \"wide-eyed nature of childlike curiosity\". Most young children also have a distinct lack of muscular definition, which instead is replaced with slight pudginess or baby fat. Children also have much smaller hands and slightly stubby-looking fingers. A baby will have tiny, almost marshmallow-like hands, whereas an adult will have bonier, more defined fingers. Fingernails on children are never too distinct or prominent, so it is best to try and avoid too much attention to detail in that department.\r\n\r\nPut Your Knowledge Into Practice\r\n\r\nWhen learning any new drawing skills, the best way to apply your knowledge is to get some practice in. Drawing child proportions is no different. Take some time to do a few free-hand sketches to get your vague proportion sizes right. Try to remember that the legs should always extend at about twice the rate of the torso when the person in your picture is standing upright. Be sure to apply the skill of \"counting heads\" in an effort to get the size just right.\r\n\r\nOnce you are comfortable with your free hand sketching skills, you should attempt to add in more detail. Shading can be a great way to add depth to your drawing, enhancing the proportions you wish to highlight.','A Look at Child Proportions: from Toddler to Teen','','inherit','open','open','','1406-revision-v1','','','2014-08-15 21:07:36','2014-08-16 04:07:36','',1406,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1406-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1409,2,'2014-08-15 21:10:34','2014-08-16 04:10:34','So much of the success that comes with drawing people depends on getting the proportions right. Child proportions in particular can be intimidating for beginners and even some more experienced artists.\r\n\r\nThere really does seem to be more involved in creating an image of a child than there is with a drawing of an adult. Of course, with a few nifty tips you could be well on your way to creating pictures of children of any age, from a tiny tot all the way up to a nearly-adult teenager.\r\n<h3>Know Your Proportions</h3>\r\nWhile there is no exact science to drawing people, there are a few proportion-related guidelines that can help you. Keep in mind that you can be a tad bit flexible with these, for they are <em>rough</em> guidelines.\r\n\r\nFor drawing purposes, artists generally refer to and draw adults as 8 heads tall for simplicity. In flesh and bone reality, however, adults are typically 7 to 7 1/2 heads tall.\r\n\r\nA small child from around a year old to its final toddler years (3-4 years old) will be approximately 4 heads tall. After the toddler years to around age 10, the child should be roughly between 5 and 6 heads tall. Young teens are generally about 7 heads tall.\r\n\r\n[*****pic of baby, 4 yr old girl, 6 year old boy on scooter, 10 year old boy, and teenage girl***]\r\n\r\nActual head size is another important factor when it comes to drawing children. If an adult\'s head size in a drawing is 9 inches, then a baby\'s head size should be about 4 - 5 inches (depending on its age). As always, use your judgement within the different age groups. While it might seem bizarre that a one year old\'s head should be around 6 inches, only slightly less than the size of an adult\'s, you need to bear in mind that body proportions are different at different times in our lives.\r\n\r\n*****\r\n\r\nWhen coming to terms with child proportions, from an artistic point of view, it will be worth your while to take some time to observe people around you. Invest a little effort in really looking at them. You will probably notice that a child\'s head, for example, is much larger in proportion to its body. In adults, the head to body proportions are completely different. Remember that a large head on an adult would serve only to dwarf the body.\r\n\r\nA way to get used to drawing children correctly is to apply a theory of relative proportion. Use a smaller object that you are able to draw easily and use it in proportion to a larger object. A ball might be a good choice, although even a piece of fruit would suffice. Place the small object next to a larger one and practice sketching the objects together. Once you have the hang of it, apply the same theory to a child and an accompanying toy- or use the same box you used in the previous exercise. If you do not have a small child that can stand next to the object while you practice sketching, use a picture or a family photo.\r\nModifying the Look\r\n\r\nGenerally speaking, an artist will be more comfortable with subjects that they are accustomed to. This is why it is often easier for an adult to draw a person of a similar age. Familiarity breeds comfort, or at least it does for me. When drawing a child, you may need to adjust the look of the image to add a more youthful appearance. It is not enough to simply adjust the proportions as mentioned above, lest you run the risk of drawing a \"little person\" rather than a toddler.\r\n\r\nA child\'s eyes will often be a little larger than an adult\'s. Think of it as the \"wide-eyed nature of childlike curiosity\". Most young children also have a distinct lack of muscular definition, which instead is replaced with slight pudginess or baby fat. Children also have much smaller hands and slightly stubby-looking fingers. A baby will have tiny, almost marshmallow-like hands, whereas an adult will have bonier, more defined fingers. Fingernails on children are never too distinct or prominent, so it is best to try and avoid too much attention to detail in that department.\r\n\r\nPut Your Knowledge Into Practice\r\n\r\nWhen learning any new drawing skills, the best way to apply your knowledge is to get some practice in. Drawing child proportions is no different. Take some time to do a few free-hand sketches to get your vague proportion sizes right. Try to remember that the legs should always extend at about twice the rate of the torso when the person in your picture is standing upright. Be sure to apply the skill of \"counting heads\" in an effort to get the size just right.\r\n\r\nOnce you are comfortable with your free hand sketching skills, you should attempt to add in more detail. Shading can be a great way to add depth to your drawing, enhancing the proportions you wish to highlight.','A Look at Child Proportions: from Toddler to Teen','','inherit','open','open','','1406-revision-v1','','','2014-08-15 21:10:34','2014-08-16 04:10:34','',1406,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1406-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1410,2,'2014-08-16 06:42:56','2014-08-16 13:42:56','So much of the success that comes with drawing people depends on getting the proportions right. Child proportions in particular can be intimidating for beginners and even some more experienced artists.\r\n\r\nThere really does seem to be more involved in creating an image of a child than there is with a drawing of an adult. Of course, with a few nifty tips you could be well on your way to creating pictures of children of any age, from a tiny tot all the way up to a nearly-adult teenager.\r\n<h3>Know Your Proportions</h3>\r\nWhile there is no exact science to drawing people, there are a few proportion-related guidelines that can help you. Keep in mind that you can be a tad bit flexible with these, for they are <em>rough</em> guidelines.\r\n\r\nFor drawing purposes, artists generally refer to and draw adults as 8 heads tall for simplicity. In flesh and bone reality, many adults are about 8 heads tall, many others are 7 1/2 heads tall, and some may be a little closer to 7 heads tall!\r\n\r\nA small child from around a year old to its final toddler years (3-4 years old) will be approximately 4 heads tall. After the toddler years to around age 10, the child should be roughly between 5 and 6 heads tall. Young teens are generally about 7 heads tall.\r\n\r\n[*****pic of baby, 4 yr old girl, 6 year old boy on scooter, 10 year old boy, and teenage girl***]\r\n\r\nActual head size is another important factor when it comes to drawing children. If an adult\'s head size in a drawing is 9 inches, then a baby\'s head size should be about 4 - 5 inches (depending on its age). As always, use your judgement within the different age groups.\r\n\r\nWhile it might seem bizarre that a one year old\'s head should be around 6 inches, only slightly less than the size of an adult\'s, you need to bear in mind that body proportions are different at different times in our lives.\r\n\r\n*****\r\n\r\nWhen coming to terms with child proportions, from an artistic point of view, it will be worth your while to take some time to observe people around you. Invest a little effort in really looking at them. You will probably notice that a child\'s head, for example, is much larger in proportion to its body. In adults, the head to body proportions are completely different. Remember that a large head on an adult would serve only to dwarf the body.\r\n\r\nA way to get used to drawing children correctly is to apply a theory of relative proportion. Use a smaller object that you are able to draw easily and use it in proportion to a larger object. A ball might be a good choice, although even a piece of fruit would suffice. Place the small object next to a larger one and practice sketching the objects together. Once you have the hang of it, apply the same theory to a child and an accompanying toy- or use the same box you used in the previous exercise. If you do not have a small child that can stand next to the object while you practice sketching, use a picture or a family photo.\r\nModifying the Look\r\n\r\nGenerally speaking, an artist will be more comfortable with subjects that they are accustomed to. This is why it is often easier for an adult to draw a person of a similar age. Familiarity breeds comfort, or at least it does for me. When drawing a child, you may need to adjust the look of the image to add a more youthful appearance. It is not enough to simply adjust the proportions as mentioned above, lest you run the risk of drawing a \"little person\" rather than a toddler.\r\n\r\nA child\'s eyes will often be a little larger than an adult\'s. Think of it as the \"wide-eyed nature of childlike curiosity\". Most young children also have a distinct lack of muscular definition, which instead is replaced with slight pudginess or baby fat. Children also have much smaller hands and slightly stubby-looking fingers. A baby will have tiny, almost marshmallow-like hands, whereas an adult will have bonier, more defined fingers. Fingernails on children are never too distinct or prominent, so it is best to try and avoid too much attention to detail in that department.\r\n\r\nPut Your Knowledge Into Practice\r\n\r\nWhen learning any new drawing skills, the best way to apply your knowledge is to get some practice in. Drawing child proportions is no different. Take some time to do a few free-hand sketches to get your vague proportion sizes right. Try to remember that the legs should always extend at about twice the rate of the torso when the person in your picture is standing upright. Be sure to apply the skill of \"counting heads\" in an effort to get the size just right.\r\n\r\nOnce you are comfortable with your free hand sketching skills, you should attempt to add in more detail. Shading can be a great way to add depth to your drawing, enhancing the proportions you wish to highlight.','A Look at Child Proportions: from Toddler to Teen','','inherit','open','open','','1406-revision-v1','','','2014-08-16 06:42:56','2014-08-16 13:42:56','',1406,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1406-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1455,2,'2014-09-03 06:23:01','2014-09-03 13:23:01','<h4>Please complete the form&nbsp;below to get more information about your topic and purchase, including your [ACCESS] email with download instructions for...</h4>\r\n<div class=\"AW-Form-2021750007\"></div>\r\n','Almost Done!','','inherit','open','open','','1399-revision-v1','','','2014-09-03 06:23:01','2014-09-03 13:23:01','',1399,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1399-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1413,2,'2014-08-17 20:50:23','2014-08-18 03:50:23','<h4>Please create an account below to get more information about your topic and purchase, including your [ACCESS] email with download instructions for...</h4>\r\n<div class=\"AW-Form-2021750007\"></div>\r\n','Almost Done!','','inherit','open','open','','1399-revision-v1','','','2014-08-17 20:50:23','2014-08-18 03:50:23','',1399,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1399-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1414,2,'2014-08-17 20:52:22','2014-08-18 03:52:22','<h4><img class=\"alignleft wp-image-1386 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/tw-any-face-3d-227x300.png\" alt=\"any face guide 3d\" width=\"227\" height=\"300\" />You are well on your way to drawing wonderfully detailed pictures of family, friends, or anyone you want!</h4>\r\n<h4>Within a few minutes, you will receive an [ACCESS] email with download directions.</h4>\r\n<h4>While you wait, see how to change your line drawings into <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/how-to-draw-realistic-portraits-from-photographs/\">something even more incredible</a>...</h4>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n[redirect url=\'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/how-to-draw-realistic-portraits-from-photographs/ \' sec=\'20\']','Thank You for Purchasing \"How to Make Realistic Line Drawings of Any Face\"!','','inherit','open','open','','1348-revision-v1','','','2014-08-17 20:52:22','2014-08-18 03:52:22','',1348,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1348-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3467,2,'2017-05-04 05:30:00','2017-05-04 12:30:00','Hello Karthik and Nandini!\r\n\r\nAs I put together recurring tasks that I would like you to do for me that may require specific instructions and/or visual demonstrations, I will post them here. This is a private page on my main website. Please keep the link to this webpage handy, and refer to the content below as often as needed.\r\n\r\nThank you for all of your help!\r\n\r\n-Jack\r\n<h3>How to Edit an Audio File</h3>\r\n<script type=\"text/javascript\">\r\nvar playerhost = ((\"https:\" == document.location.protocol) ? \"https://letsdrawpeople.s3.amazonaws.com/ezs3js/secure/\" : \"http://letsdrawpeople.s3.amazonaws.com/ezs3js/player/\");\r\ndocument.write(unescape(\"%3Cscript src=\'\" + playerhost + \"flv/CAFC1196-94D4-4565-0B5670F554101D88.js?t=\"+(Math.random() * 99999999)+\"\' type=\'text/javascript\'%3E%3C/script%3E\"));\r\n</script>','Virtual Assistant Task Training Videos','','inherit','closed','closed','','3455-revision-v1','','','2017-05-04 05:30:00','2017-05-04 12:30:00','',3455,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/3455-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3468,2,'2017-05-05 06:04:41','2017-05-05 13:04:41','Last Updated: May 5, 2017\r\n\r\nLet\'s Draw People (\"<strong>Let\'s Draw People</strong>\") operates <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com\">LetsDrawPeople.com</a>. It is Let\'s Draw People\'s policy to respect your privacy regarding any information we may collect while operating this website.\r\n<h2>Website Visitors</h2>\r\nLike most website operators, Let\'s Draw People collects non-personally-identifying information of the sort that web browsers and servers typically make available, such as the browser type, language preference, referring site, and the date and time of each visitor request. Let\'s Draw People\'s purpose in collecting non-personally identifying information is to better understand how Let\'s Draw People\'s visitors use its website. From time to time, Let\'s Draw People may release non-personally-identifying information in the aggregate, e.g., by publishing a report on trends in the usage of its website.\r\n\r\nLet\'s Draw People also collects potentially personally-identifying information like Internet Protocol (IP) addresses for logged in users and for users leaving comments on LetsDrawPeople.com. Let\'s Draw People only discloses logged in user and commenter IP addresses under the same circumstances that it uses and discloses personally-identifying information as described below, except that commenter IP addresses are visible and disclosed to the administrators of the blog/site where the comment was left.\r\n<h2>Gathering of Personally-Identifying Information</h2>\r\nCertain visitors to <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com\">LetsDrawPeople.com</a> choose to interact with Let\'s Draw People in ways that require Let\'s Draw People to gather personally-identifying information. The amount and type of information that Let\'s Draw People gathers depends on the nature of the interaction. For example, we ask visitors who sign up to receive informational products from LetsDrawPeople.com to provide an email address. Those who engage in transactions with Let\'s Draw People are asked to provide additional information, including as necessary the personal and financial information required to process those transactions. In each case, Let\'s Draw People collects such information only insofar as is necessary or appropriate to fulfill the purpose of the visitor\'s interaction with Let\'s Draw People. Let\'s Draw People does not disclose personally-identifying information other than as described below. And visitors can always refuse to supply personally-identifying information, with the caveat that it may prevent them from engaging in certain website-related activities.\r\n<h2>Aggregated Statistics</h2>\r\nLet\'s Draw People may collect statistics about the behavior of visitors to <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com\">LetsDrawPeople.com</a>. Let\'s Draw People may display this information publicly or provide it to others. However, Let\'s Draw People does not disclose personally-identifying information other than as described below.\r\n<h2>Protection of Certain Personally-Identifying Information</h2>\r\nLet\'s Draw People discloses potentially personally-identifying and personally-identifying information only to those of its employees, contractors, and affiliated organizations that (i) need to know that information in order to process it on Let\'s Draw People\'s behalf or to provide services available at <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com\">LetsDrawPeople.com</a>, and (ii) that have agreed not to disclose it to others. Some of those employees, contractors, and affiliated organizations may be located outside of your home country; by using <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com\">LetsDrawPeople.com</a>, you consent to the transfer of such information to them. Let\'s Draw People will not rent or sell potentially personally-identifying and personally-identifying information to anyone. Other than to its employees, contractors, and affiliated organizations, as described above, Let\'s Draw People discloses potentially personally-identifying and personally-identifying information only in response to a subpoena, court order, or other governmental request, or when Let\'s Draw People believes in good faith that disclosure is reasonably necessary to protect the property or rights of Let\'s Draw People, third parties, or the public at large. If you are a registered user of <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com\">LetsDrawPeople.com</a> and have supplied your email address, Let\'s Draw People may occasionally send you an email to tell you about new features, solicit your feedback, or just keep you up to date with what\'s going on with Let\'s Draw People and our products. If you send us a request (for example via email or via one of our feedback mechanisms), we reserve the right to publish it in order to help us clarify or respond to your request or to help us support other users. Let\'s Draw People takes all measures reasonably necessary to protect against the unauthorized access, use, alteration or destruction of potentially personally-identifying and personally-identifying information.\r\n<h2>Children\'s Online Privacy Protection Act Compliance</h2>\r\nWe are in compliance with the requirements of COPPA (Children\'s Online Privacy Protection Act). We do not collect any information from anyone under 13 years of age. Our website, products and services are all directed to people who are at least 13 years old or older.\r\n<h2>Cookies</h2>\r\nA cookie is a string of information that a website stores on a visitor\'s computer, and that the visitor\'s browser provides to the website each time the visitor returns. Let\'s Draw People uses cookies to help Let\'s Draw People identify and track visitors, their usage of <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com\">LetsDrawPeople.com</a>, and their website access preferences. Let\'s Draw People visitors who do not wish to have cookies placed on their computers should set their browsers to refuse cookies before using <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com\">LetsDrawPeople.com</a>, with the drawback that certain features of the site may not function properly without the aid of cookies.\r\n<h2>Business Transfers</h2>\r\nIf Let\'s Draw People, or substantially all of its assets, were acquired, or in the unlikely event that Let\'s Draw People goes out of business or enters bankruptcy, user information would be one of the assets that is transferred or acquired by a third party. You acknowledge that such transfers may occur, and that any acquirer of Let\'s Draw People may continue to use your personal information as set forth in this policy.\r\n<h2>Ads</h2>\r\nAds appearing on this website may be delivered to users by advertising partners, who may set cookies. These cookies allow the ad server to recognize your computer each time they send you an online advertisement to compile information about you or others who use your computer. This information allows ad networks to, among other things, deliver targeted advertisements that they believe will be of most interest to you. This Privacy Policy covers the use of cookies by Let\'s Draw People and does not cover the use of cookies by any advertisers.\r\n<h2>Your Opt-Out Rights</h2>\r\nYou may opt-out of receiving communications from us and/or our partners by not submitting your information. We also allow you to remove your information from our marketing lists. If you remove your information from our lists, it will no longer be used by us to send promotional correspondence to you. You can remove your information from our marketing lists by clicking on the “Unsubscribe” link at the bottom of every email we send you.\r\n<h2>Changes</h2>\r\nAlthough most changes are likely to be minor, Let\'s Draw People may change its Privacy Policy from time to time, and in Let\'s Draw People\'s sole discretion. Let\'s Draw People encourages visitors to frequently check this page for any changes to its Privacy Policy. Your continued use of this site after any change in this will constitute your acceptance of such change.','Privacy Policy','','inherit','closed','closed','','14-revision-v1','','','2017-05-05 06:04:41','2017-05-05 13:04:41','',14,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/14-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1418,2,'2014-08-25 21:25:37','2014-08-26 04:25:37','','IMG_0001 (2)','\"Mother and Daughter\" by Roxxie','inherit','open','open','','img_0001-2','','','2014-08-25 21:25:37','2014-08-26 04:25:37','',662,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/IMG_0001-2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1419,2,'2014-08-25 21:27:07','2014-08-26 04:27:07','Welcome to our gallery of family drawings! Here you can view drawings of family members by our contributors and visitors.\r\n\r\nAs someone who is becoming more skilled at drawing people, you will find family and friends taking an increased interest in your talent. As a professional portrait artist, people who love your artwork will undoubtedly want to become your clients. When family, friends, or other people ask you (or pay you) to draw for them, who do they most often want you to draw?\r\n\r\nThey usually want you to draw a portrait from their personal collection of family photos. They may even ask you to take people from two or more photographs and combine them into one drawing. Your artistic creativity may sometimes be at play too, as when people ask you to include elements not in the original photographs.\r\n\r\nYou will see examples of all of these scenarios within this gallery. Notice the different arrangements of the subjects, features, and how the various elements of the family drawings create pleasing compositions. Happy viewing!\r\n\r\nIf you have <strong>your own</strong> family portrait drawing that you want others to view in this gallery, <a title=\"Share Your Work in a Portrait Gallery!\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/share-your-work/\">see how to share it with us</a>.\r\n\r\n[gallery link=\"file\" ids=\"649,644,761,762,763,666,1418\" orderby=\"rand\"]','Family Drawings','','inherit','open','open','','662-revision-v1','','','2014-08-25 21:27:07','2014-08-26 04:27:07','',662,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/662-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1422,2,'2014-08-26 22:09:58','2014-08-27 05:09:58','','Dechy Family Portrait037','\"Paul Mcmillian\" by Noah Hardoin','inherit','open','open','','dechy-family-portrait037','','','2014-08-26 22:09:58','2014-08-27 05:09:58','',662,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/Dechy-Family-Portrait037.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1423,2,'2014-08-26 22:11:09','2014-08-27 05:11:09','Welcome to our gallery of family drawings! Here you can view drawings of family members by our contributors and visitors.\r\n\r\nAs someone who is becoming more skilled at drawing people, you will find family and friends taking an increased interest in your talent. As a professional portrait artist, people who love your artwork will undoubtedly want to become your clients. When family, friends, or other people ask you (or pay you) to draw for them, who do they most often want you to draw?\r\n\r\nThey usually want you to draw a portrait from their personal collection of family photos. They may even ask you to take people from two or more photographs and combine them into one drawing. Your artistic creativity may sometimes be at play too, as when people ask you to include elements not in the original photographs.\r\n\r\nYou will see examples of all of these scenarios within this gallery. Notice the different arrangements of the subjects, features, and how the various elements of the family drawings create pleasing compositions. Happy viewing!\r\n\r\nIf you have <strong>your own</strong> family portrait drawing that you want others to view in this gallery, <a title=\"Share Your Work in a Portrait Gallery!\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/share-your-work/\">see how to share it with us</a>.\r\n\r\n[gallery link=\"file\" ids=\"649,644,761,762,763,666,1418,1422\" orderby=\"rand\"]','Family Drawings','','inherit','open','open','','662-revision-v1','','','2014-08-26 22:11:09','2014-08-27 05:11:09','',662,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/662-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1424,2,'2014-08-27 21:38:01','2014-08-28 04:38:01','','20140306_154116-1 (1)','\"Spring\" by Cierra Adkison','inherit','open','open','','20140306_154116-1-1','','','2014-08-27 21:38:01','2014-08-28 04:38:01','',1200,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/20140306_154116-1-1.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1425,2,'2014-08-27 21:38:45','2014-08-28 04:38:45','We all like to escape reality sometimes. This is the gallery to visit when you want to see people who appear or do things a little unusual. Welcome to our gallery of fantasy people!\r\n\r\nArtists who draw people for this gallery can really have some fun! You may find drawings of people that have a realistic look or features in one sense, but there is something very uniquely strange or abstract about them in another.\r\n\r\nOr, you may find drawings of people where normal facial or body proportions go out the window. Perhaps you will see eyes too high, ears too low, or a child\'s head on an adult\'s body!\r\n\r\nPossibly you will see drawings of people doing odd or impossible actions.\r\n\r\nBasically, expect to find people here that you will not meet in the real world.\r\n\r\nSo, what can you learn from looking at drawings of fantasy people?\r\n\r\nSee if you can analyze a drawing and distinguish fantasy from reality. Which parts of the subject are drawn in a realistic way? Which parts are drawn in a way which you should avoid if you are trying to achieve realism?\r\n\r\nAlso, look for ways that these drawings can inspire more originality and creativity in your own artwork!\r\n\r\nIf you have <strong>your own</strong> fantasy portrait drawing that you want others to view in this gallery, <a title=\"Share Your Work in a Portrait Gallery!\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/share-your-work/\">see how to share it with us</a>.\r\n\r\n[gallery link=\"file\" ids=\"1204,1424\" orderby=\"rand\"]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','People Living in a Fantasy World','','inherit','open','open','','1200-revision-v1','','','2014-08-27 21:38:45','2014-08-28 04:38:45','',1200,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1200-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1427,2,'2014-08-28 20:29:39','2014-08-29 03:29:39','','child height proportions 10yr hs','In these real-life examples, you can see the 10-year-old boy is 6 heads tall, while the high school teen is around 7 heads tall.','inherit','open','open','','child-height-proportions-10yr-hs','','','2014-08-28 20:29:39','2014-08-29 03:29:39','',1406,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/child-height-proportions-10yr-hs.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1428,2,'2014-08-28 20:35:08','2014-08-29 03:35:08','','mom child head size','','inherit','open','open','','mom-child-head-size','','','2014-08-28 20:35:08','2014-08-29 03:35:08','',1406,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/mom-child-head-size.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1429,2,'2014-08-28 20:44:55','2014-08-29 03:44:55','','6 yr old featured','','inherit','open','open','','6-yr-old-featured','','','2014-08-28 20:44:55','2014-08-29 03:44:55','',1406,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/6-yr-old-featured.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1430,2,'2014-08-28 20:47:57','2014-08-29 03:47:57','So much of the success that comes with drawing people depends on getting the proportions right. Child proportions in particular can be intimidating for beginners and even some more experienced artists.\r\n\r\nThere really does seem to be more involved in creating an image of a child than there is with a drawing of an adult. Of course, with a few nifty tips you could be well on your way to creating pictures of children of any age, from a tiny tot all the way up to a nearly-adult teenager.\r\n<h3>Know Your Proportions</h3>\r\nWhile there is no exact science to drawing people, there are a few proportion-related guidelines that can help you. Keep in mind that you can be a tad bit flexible with these, for they are <em>rough</em> guidelines.\r\n\r\nFor drawing purposes, artists generally refer to and draw adults as 8 heads tall for simplicity. In flesh and bone reality, most adults are around 7 1/2 heads tall, and some may be a little closer to 7 heads tall!\r\n\r\nA small child from around a year old to its final toddler years (3-4 years old) will be approximately 4 heads tall. After the toddler years to around age 10, the child should be roughly between 5 and 6 heads tall. Young teens are generally about 7 heads tall.\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_1426\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"568\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/child-height-proportions-1yr-4yr-6yr.jpg\"><img class=\"wp-image-1426 size-full\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/child-height-proportions-1yr-4yr-6yr.jpg\" alt=\"These drawings depict a one-year-old baby (left) and a 4-year-old girl (center), both 4 heads tall. The 6-year-old boy (right) is 5 heads tall.\" width=\"568\" height=\"456\" /></a> These drawings depict a one-year-old baby and a 4-year-old girl, both 4 heads tall. The 6-year-old boy is 5 heads tall.[/caption]\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_1427\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"483\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/child-height-proportions-10yr-hs.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-1427\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/child-height-proportions-10yr-hs.jpg\" alt=\"In these real-life examples, you can see the 10-year-old boy is 6 heads tall, while the high school teen is around 7 heads tall.\" width=\"483\" height=\"426\" /></a> In these real-life examples, you can see the 10-year-old boy is 6 heads tall, while the high school teen is around 7 heads tall.[/caption]\r\n\r\nActual head size is another important factor when it comes to drawing children. If an adult\'s head size in a drawing is 9 inches, then a baby\'s head size should be about 6 inches (depending on its age). As always, use your judgment within the different age groups.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/mom-child-head-size.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1428\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/mom-child-head-size.jpg\" alt=\"mom child head size\" width=\"327\" height=\"249\" /></a>\r\n\r\nWhen coming to terms with child proportions, from an artistic point of view, it will be worth your while to take some time to observe photographs of people and the people around you. Invest a little effort in really looking at them.\r\n\r\nYou will probably notice that a child\'s head, for example, is much larger in proportion to its body. In adults, the head to body proportions are completely different. Remember that a large head on an adult would serve only to dwarf the body.\r\n\r\nA way to get used to drawing children correctly is to apply a theory of relative proportion. Use a smaller object that you are able to draw easily and use it in proportion to a larger object. A ball might be a good choice, although even a piece of fruit would work. Place the small object next to a larger one and practice sketching the objects together. Once you have the hang of it, apply the same theory to a child and an accompanying toy, or use a picture or a family photo.\r\n<h3>Modifying the Look</h3>\r\nGenerally speaking, an artist will be more comfortable with subjects that they are accustomed to. This is why it is often easier for an adult to draw a person of a similar age. Familiarity breeds comfort, or at least it does for me.\r\n\r\nWhen drawing a child, you may need to adjust the look of the image to add a more youthful appearance. It is not enough to simply adjust the proportions as mentioned above.\r\n\r\nA child\'s eyes will often be a little larger than an adult\'s. Think of it as the \"wide-eyed nature of childlike curiosity\". Most young children also have a distinct lack of muscular definition, which instead is replaced with slight pudginess or baby fat.\r\n\r\nChildren also have much smaller hands and slightly stubby-looking fingers. A baby will have tiny, almost marshmallow-like hands, whereas an adult will have bonier, more defined fingers.\r\n<h3>Put Your Knowledge Into Practice</h3>\r\nWhen learning any new drawing skills, the best way to apply your knowledge is to get some practice in. Drawing child proportions is no different.\r\n\r\nTake some time to do a few free-hand sketches to get your vague proportion sizes right. Try to remember that the legs should always extend at about twice the rate of the torso when the person in your picture is standing upright. Be sure to apply the skill of \"counting heads\" in an effort to get the size just right!','A Look at Child Proportions: from Toddler to Teen','','inherit','open','open','','1406-revision-v1','','','2014-08-28 20:47:57','2014-08-29 03:47:57','',1406,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1406-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1431,2,'2014-08-28 20:54:45','2014-08-29 03:54:45','','1 yr old','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/a-look-at-child-proportions-from-toddler-to-teen/\">\"1-year-old\" by Jack Pearce</a>','inherit','open','open','','1-yr-old','','','2014-08-28 20:54:45','2014-08-29 03:54:45','',489,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/06/1-yr-old.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1432,2,'2014-08-28 20:54:49','2014-08-29 03:54:49','','4 yr old','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/a-look-at-child-proportions-from-toddler-to-teen/\">\"4-year-old\" by Jack Pearce</a>','inherit','open','open','','4-yr-old','','','2014-08-28 20:54:49','2014-08-29 03:54:49','',489,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/06/4-yr-old.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1433,2,'2014-08-28 20:54:53','2014-08-29 03:54:53','','6 yr old','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/a-look-at-child-proportions-from-toddler-to-teen/\">\"6-year-old\" by Jack Pearce</a>','inherit','open','open','','6-yr-old','','','2014-08-28 20:54:53','2014-08-29 03:54:53','',489,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/06/6-yr-old.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1434,2,'2014-08-28 21:02:24','2014-08-29 04:02:24','As you develop your people-drawing skills and draw people of all shapes, sizes, and ages, you are certain to notice some differences between drawing adults and drawing children. If you are trying to learn how to draw kids and are experiencing some challenges, maybe these portrait drawings of children can help you.\r\n\r\nWhile browsing through the gallery, take time to closely examine the details in the pictures. Take note of the pencil strokes and how the lines and tones help form the larger eyes, rounder faces, or any other trouble spots you may be encountering while trying to draw kids. Check back often for more wonderful drawings of children by our website contributors and visitors, and use them as your inspiration!\r\n\r\nIf you have <strong>your own</strong> child portrait drawing that you want others to view in this gallery, <a title=\"Share Your Work in a Portrait Gallery!\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/share-your-work/\">see how to share it with us</a>.\r\n\r\n[gallery link=\"file\" ids=\"640,642,645,646,647,648,650,651,652,643,641,1431,1432,1433\" orderby=\"rand\"]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Portrait Drawings of Children','','inherit','open','open','','489-revision-v1','','','2014-08-28 21:02:24','2014-08-29 04:02:24','',489,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/489-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1435,2,'2014-08-28 21:10:50','2014-08-29 04:10:50','','IMG_0001','\"Savannah\" by Roxxie','inherit','open','open','','img_0001','','','2014-08-28 21:10:50','2014-08-29 04:10:50','',662,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/IMG_0001.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1436,2,'2014-08-28 21:11:57','2014-08-29 04:11:57','Welcome to our gallery of family drawings! Here you can view drawings of family members by our contributors and visitors.\r\n\r\nAs someone who is becoming more skilled at drawing people, you will find family and friends taking an increased interest in your talent. As a professional portrait artist, people who love your artwork will undoubtedly want to become your clients. When family, friends, or other people ask you (or pay you) to draw for them, who do they most often want you to draw?\r\n\r\nThey usually want you to draw a portrait from their personal collection of family photos. They may even ask you to take people from two or more photographs and combine them into one drawing. Your artistic creativity may sometimes be at play too, as when people ask you to include elements not in the original photographs.\r\n\r\nYou will see examples of all of these scenarios within this gallery. Notice the different arrangements of the subjects, features, and how the various elements of the family drawings create pleasing compositions. Happy viewing!\r\n\r\nIf you have <strong>your own</strong> family portrait drawing that you want others to view in this gallery, <a title=\"Share Your Work in a Portrait Gallery!\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/share-your-work/\">see how to share it with us</a>.\r\n\r\n[gallery link=\"file\" ids=\"649,644,761,762,763,666,1418,1422,1435\" orderby=\"rand\"]','Family Drawings','','inherit','open','open','','662-revision-v1','','','2014-08-28 21:11:57','2014-08-29 04:11:57','',662,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/662-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1437,2,'2016-07-15 19:06:22','2016-07-16 02:06:22','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-simple-tips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1451\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-simple-tips.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces simple tips\" width=\"1200\" height=\"800\" /></a>\n\nThe human face is a very intriguing and inspiring subject. It is also one of the most challenging and scariest things to draw because it is so easy to produce a \"bad\" picture.\n\nWhen it comes to illustrating human facial features, beginning artists simply think that their work may not be good enough or fail to look \"real\" or authentic. This is especially true when it comes to portraiture, an approach that requires accuracy, technique, and skill in order to produce a realistic image.\n\nAs a beginning artist, what you may not know is that drawing the human face can be a fantastic opportunity to explore different techniques and improve your drawing skills. Learn how to draw faces using some simple tips from this post, and you can begin to build the right skills in order to approach this art form with confidence!\n<h3> Drawing a Face... Any Face</h3>\nThere are two ways you can draw human faces: draw a \"generic\" image or create a likeness.\n\nA generic image is quite simply something you imagine, something that you come up with and sketch onto paper. A likeness, on the other hand, is a drawing that resembles a real person.\n\nA portrait is a likeness, which means it will require a slightly different technique in order to <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face-post\">create an image that is realistic and close to the source image,</a> such as a reference photograph or a live model.\n\nRegardless, there are certain issues that must be understood in order to create an image that is believable and artistic.\n<h3>Understanding Proportion</h3>\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-883\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure-200x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces measure\" width=\"200\" height=\"300\" /></a>The most common reason beginning artists find it tricky to draw faces is because they draw an image with the wrong proportions.\n\nEyes, for example, may appear too high on the forehead or too far apart, or the lips may appear too high above the chin. Proportion refers to how one part of the face appears in relation to the other parts, such as the nose, mouth and ears.\n\nWith good proportion, a multi-featured object such as a face will appear more aesthetically pleasing. But how do you achieve proportion?\n\nOne simple way is to measure. When first trying to draw the features that make up a face, use a ruler or tape measure and take measurements, such as the distance of one edge of the eye to the other edge, the length of the nose, the distance between the eyebrows, the distance of the chin from the edge of the lower lip, the width of the nostrils, etc.\n\nBy taking measurements, you will be able to see the relationship between features of the face and learn how to put them together on a blank space so that they make sense. In time, you will have proportion down to a science, making it easier for you to make adjustments in order to create a more pleasing image.\n\nAnother way to achieve proportion is to follow some commonly accepted guidelines for the placement of facial features. Check some out in the image below. The more measurements you make and the more studying of faces you do, the more you will realize these guidelines for yourself.\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-891\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces guidelines\" width=\"551\" height=\"568\" /></a></p>\n<strong>A tip:</strong> From time to time, hold up the image you are working on in front of a mirror to see if the lines and proportion are just right. Alternatively, you may view the same image in reverse by holding up the paper against a light source and viewing your drawing from the back. Features of the face should appear even and well-proportioned. If anything appears lopsided, make the necessary corrections.\n\n<strong>Note:</strong> Proportion is relative. What works for one face may not work for another. The above guidelines are broad and general. If you are doing portraiture, remember that each face is different. Some people, for example, have higher foreheads than others. They may have close-set eyes, narrower nostrils, thinner lips, smaller chins, etc. If your goal is to capture an accurate likeness of a particular person, you may want to try <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face-post\">an even more reliable technique.</a> What matters, though, is that you understand basic proportions of each face and use them to build your image.\n<h3>How to Draw Faces Using Profiles</h3>\nFirst, let us learn of the three major ways that a face is drawn: the Straight On View (face is forward), the Profile View (face is turned to the side) and the Three Quarters View (face is turned slightly or halfway to the side).\n\nOf these, the Profile is usually the easiest to draw because only one side of the subject\'s face is shown. The Three Quarters requires a view of about 75% of the face and shows both eyes, the nose and most of the mouth. The Straight On is the face in full view.\n\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-886\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\" alt=\"three views of faces\" width=\"640\" height=\"480\" /></a>\n\nHere is where things can get a little tricky again. Each view has its own set of challenges. For example, the Straight On View calls for an appearance of symmetry, and if you don\'t deliver this symmetry, it is usually easy to spot. You don\'t have to worry about symmetry for the Three Quarters View, but drawing, for example, one eye smaller and a different shape and angle than the other can be tricky and problematic for many beginners trying to get it just right.\n\nOne suggestion I can give you that has been very helpful for me is to look at how the facial features align with other reference points around it. You can use an imaginary line for this or even a ruler.\n\nLet\'s say you wanted to draw a portrait using the reference photo below. Not only is it a Three Quarter View, but the subject\'s head is tilted down for an extra element of challenge!\n\nImmediately, you should look at how different parts of the face are positioned in relation to other parts of the photograph. The white lines represent examples where you can use a ruler or even \"eyeball it\" and trace the path with your finger.\n\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-quarter-view-reference-lines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1441\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-quarter-view-reference-lines.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"480\" height=\"480\" /></a>\n\nNotice how the man\'s right eye at the far corner lines up with the middle of his hairline at this angle? You can also see that the lower left edge of his nose is directly below his left pupil. Also, the top of the right eye is in perfect alignment with the bottom of the left eye and the attached lobe of the left ear.\n\nSimply keep looking for positional relationships like this, and you can draw a face angled in any view, any position!\n\nAlthough this technique has worked well for me over the years, it can be a little time-consuming to discover all of these interesting alignments. Also, if you get lazy and don\'t line up some features properly because you are rushing (like I have done in the past!), your results might not be what you had hoped for.\n\nThere is a much faster method of drawing a face in any position, and it removes the likelihood of you not placing your facial features properly. <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face-post\">You can read more about it here.</a>\n\nNext, let’s look at some basics for drawing facial features. You can begin by learning how to illustrate each of these in isolation, and later integrate the techniques with the proportion guidelines shared earlier to create a whole Straight On face.\n<h3>How to Draw Eyes</h3>\nThe eyes are the soul of an otherwise lifeless illustration. With eyes, you can create different expressions and convey certain emotions.\n\nTo start, draw a horizontal line across the page using a pencil. This will be your guideline. Starting at just below this line, draw an almond-shaped line, allowing the pencil to move smoothly over the guideline to create a graceful arch. Stop when the line reaches the horizontal guideline. Complete the almond shape by drawing under the guideline.\n\nThe arch of the eye should be graceful and rise gradually from the guideline. If it is too steep, it may make the eye appear rounder and bigger.\n\nTo make the other eye, repeat the same steps, except that the second eye must be a mirror image of the first eye. The distance between two eyes must be the width of one eye.\n\nTo draw the iris, measure the height of the eyes at the highest part. This will be the diameter of the iris or the big circle. Within this circle, you may draw a smaller circle, also known as the pupil, and another small circle or two for highlights. Add the lids and the eyelashes.\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-eyes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-892\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-eyes.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces eyes\" height=\"640\" /></a></p>\n\n<h3> How to Draw Noses</h3>\nThe nose may seem like a simple job but it can actually mean the difference between a well-executed drawing and a mediocre attempt. To start, consider the different parts of the nose: the bridge, the ball (the slightly rounded or pointy tip), and the nostrils (including the wings (or alars), which are the fleshy parts). You will need to integrate these parts into your drawing and make them work together.\n\nNext, draw a vertical line the length of which you want the nose to be. On both sides of this line, draw diagonal lines that are angled away from each other so that the image forms a very steep triangle.\n\nAt the base of the triangle, draw two dark strips to represent the nostrils. Using light pencil strokes, start building the nose by drawing the ball and finishing up the alars. Create more strokes to define the nose and provide shading.\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-nose.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-893\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-nose.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces nose\" width=\"640\" height=\"280\" /></a></p>\n<strong>Tip:</strong> Keep in mind that noses can be any shape, width or length, so you do have some flexibility in drawing the nose that you like.\n<h3>How to Draw Ears</h3>\nThe ears are easily the most complicated part of drawing faces because of the different folds of fleshy areas that compose each ear. Since the shape is irregular, all you really need to do is learn the basics and practice so that you are more comfortable drawing the lines next time.\n\nTo start, draw a rectangular box with the short sides on the top and bottom. Use a 1:2 ratio to make the size proportional - that is, the long sides should be twice as long as the short sides. Using the box as a guide, draw the basic shape of the ear within it. Go gently on the curves, especially the upper arch at the top of the ear. Once done, erase the rectangle so you are left with the basic shape to work on.\n\nAdd the small bump (called a tragus) on the opposite side, slightly at the lower middle area. Make a parallel outline of the ear shape (the helix) and stop just above the lower middle point. Starting at the upper area where the tragus is, draw a thick Y-shape that curves gracefully downwards, following the outline of the ear. This line should meet the lower end of the tragus. Once you are done, you have a basic ear. Begin shading areas to create depth and dimension.\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-ear.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-894\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-ear.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces ear\" width=\"640\" height=\"347\" /></a></p>\n <strong>Note:</strong> Ears appear different depending on the profile of the face you are drawing. A full side view or profile will show a full view of the ears, which means you may have to create better details. For reference, study photos of real ears to familiarize yourself with shape and shading.\n<h3>How to Draw Lips</h3>\nMen\'s and women\'s lips differ slightly but for the sake of learning the technique, let\'s try to draw a woman\'s lips. A woman\'s lips usually appears thicker and fuller, with more curves.\n\nTo start, draw a short horizontal guideline. This line will mark the middle part of the lips. Using the line as a guide, draw two peaks to represent the bow curve of the upper lips. The line should rise gently from the guideline to create a more natural look.\n\nStarting at one end of the line at the base of the peaks, draw the lower lip, finishing the drawing to make sure the lines all meet. Refine the lines and add shading or color.\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-lips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-895\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-lips.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces lips\" width=\"437\" height=\"640\" /></a></p>\n <strong>Tip:</strong> Lips may appear thicker or thinner and may even be modified to illustrate a smiling portrait. Watch for proportion in relation to the base of the mouth and the chin.\n<h3>But My Drawing Still Looks Nothing Like the Face I Wanted It to Look Like!</h3>\nIn this post, I shared just a few simple tips to help you with some of the beginning basics of drawing a face and the facial features properly. That said, there is a lot more to drawing the face than I can cover in this one post, <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"><em>especially</em></span> if you are striving to draw a face from a reference photo and you want the likeness to match that of the photo!\n\nIf you like the suggestions in this post but still want a faster and easier way to draw faces...that is also certain to have you end up with a better drawing in the end...\n\n...then I\'d like to share with you a special guide that I wrote titled <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face-post\">\"How to Make Realistic Line Drawings of Any Face\".</a> <strong><em>(You can download this guide for <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\">free</span> when you sign up for my newsletter).</em></strong> It provides information on a very effective technique with thorough details and examples that will have you drawing any face from any reference photo, perfectly proportioned and having a true likeness to your subject.\n\nYou will also <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face-post\">see how to get more detailed, realistic-looking facial features</a> with your initial line drawing. Here is an example of a reference photo of a woman\'s eyes, followed by my rendering.\n\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/drawing-the-eyes-photo.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1444\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/drawing-the-eyes-photo.jpg\" alt=\"drawing the eyes photo\" width=\"800\" height=\"358\" /></a>\n\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/drawing-the-eyes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1445\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/drawing-the-eyes.jpg\" alt=\"drawing the eyes\" width=\"800\" height=\"399\" /></a>\n\nA line drawing is typically the first (and most important) step before adding shading to a portrait to make it as realistic as possible. If your initial line drawing is already detailed and accurate, that makes your final portrait that much more convincing.\n\nA line drawing can also stand alone as artwork of its own!\n\nAfter drawing for 15 years, I learned this incredibly simple method that had me immediately drawing better, literally overnight! I will teach you to do the same.\n<h3>Perfecting the Human Face</h3>\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-881 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face-221x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces female face\" width=\"221\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face itself is a blank canvas that can be painted on to show a wide range of features and emotions. From pain and regret to joy and bliss to annoyance and rage, faces can be manipulated on paper to appear as you want them to appear.\n\nHowever, as you build your drawing skills, make sure to learn from the best teacher and the best source of inspiration, which is real life. When you are learning how to draw faces, learn to observe, to look, to see. Study people\'s faces in pictures and in videos. Also study and learn from drawings of faces and drawing videos. If you have a willing model, take advantage of that as well. Observe how different parts of faces are put together and determine the relationship of each feature with the others.\n\nBe an observer of life. Implement the simple tips on this page while you keep practicing. <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face-post\">Seek more effective techniques</a> when you are ready. The more you are aware of your environment, the better you will be at translating what you see on paper, and you will see that drawing faces is no longer all that tricky!','How to Draw Those Tricky Faces with Some Simple Tips','','inherit','open','open','','878-autosave-v1','','','2016-07-15 19:06:22','2016-07-16 02:06:22','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/878-autosave-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(3189,2,'2016-07-23 07:53:33','2016-07-23 14:53:33','When you draw or \"color\" with colored pencils, are you paying attention to how much pressure you put on the pencil?\r\n\r\nIf not, then you should.\r\n\r\nMany people may not think the amount of pressure you place on your colored pencil makes a difference. This certainly did not occur to me before I learned otherwise.\r\n\r\nHowever, the pressure you place on your pencil does have a noticeable effect on the marks made on your paper. Believe it or not, the medium will also \"behave\" a certain way on the surface depending on the pressure you use.\r\n\r\nLet\'s take a closer look at the different types of pressure you should use and when you should use them.\r\n<h2>Pressure Categories for Using Colored Pencils</h2>\r\nOf course if you think about it, the range of pressure you can apply to a colored pencil is endless. You can do anything from barely touch the surface to press so hard that the \"lead\" breaks.\r\n\r\nSince it is unlikely that you will do either of these two extremes purposefully, let\'s make this real simple. Here are the three very broad categories of pressure you should be aware of when using your colored pencils:\r\n\r\n<em><strong>Light pressure</strong></em> means you are lightly and gently touching the paper as you move the pencil across it. It is helpful to use light pressure on the beginning layers of a piece of work. As you layer colors over the light application, this light layer will show through and result in a nice color mix.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/01-light-pressure.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3200\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/01-light-pressure.jpg\" alt=\"01 light pressure\" width=\"800\" height=\"251\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<em><strong>Medium pressure</strong></em> means you are pressing down on the the paper harder, but not too hard. The color on the paper will have a slightly darker value. As you layer different colors over one another with medium pressure, it will cause the pigment from the pencils to mix together.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/02-medium-pressure.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3201\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/02-medium-pressure.jpg\" alt=\"02 medium pressure\" width=\"800\" height=\"251\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<em><strong>Heavy pressure</strong></em> means you are pressing down very firmly with your pencil. The result on your paper will be a heavier, more intense value of the color. This too will cause the pigment from the pencils to mix together even more. You should consider using heavy pressure on the final layers of your drawing.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/03-heavy-pressure.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3202\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/03-heavy-pressure.jpg\" alt=\"03 heavy pressure\" width=\"800\" height=\"244\" /></a>\r\n<h2>Varying the Pressure</h2>\r\nNot only should you use a mix of light, medium, and heavy pressure layers as you are progressing through a drawing, but you can also vary the pressure of the pencil before you lift it from the paper. In the example below, this single pencil stroke begins with heavy pressure and tapers off with light pressure.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/04-light-to-heavy-stroke.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3203\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/04-light-to-heavy-stroke.jpg\" alt=\"04 light to heavy stroke\" width=\"800\" height=\"241\" /></a>\r\n\r\nBy varying the pressure placed on the pencil, you will get a range of color values and intensity with each stroke.\r\n\r\nIn this example, you can see an instance of hatching where the pressure is varied from heavy at the bottom to light at the top...\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/05-heavy-to-light-hatching.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3204\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/05-heavy-to-light-hatching.jpg\" alt=\"05 heavy to light hatching\" width=\"464\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n\r\n...and here, you can see crosshatching where the pressure is again varied from heavy to light with each pencil stroke.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/06-heavy-to-light-crosshatching.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-3205\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/06-heavy-to-light-crosshatching.jpg\" alt=\"06 heavy to light crosshatching\" width=\"471\" height=\"600\" /></a>\r\n<h2>Pressure Rule of Thumb</h2>\r\nA nice, rich mix of colors will make your drawings appear more natural. In general, remember to begin your initial layers with light pressure. Then layer over colors progressively with medium pressure, and work you way up to heavy pressure. You should have heavy applications of color in the final stages.\r\n\r\nSo from now on, always consciously be aware of the pressure you are using. Plan for the right amount of pressure for the task at hand whenever you make colored pencil marks on your paper.','Put Some Pressure on Your Colored Pencils','','publish','open','open','','put-some-pressure-on-your-colored-pencils','','','2016-07-23 07:54:09','2016-07-23 14:54:09','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/?p=3189',0,'post','',0),(1438,2,'2014-09-01 19:49:33','2014-09-02 02:49:33','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-882\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face-208x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces male face\" width=\"208\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face is a very intriguing and inspiring subject. It is also one of the most challenging and scariest things to draw because it is so easy to produce a bad picture.\r\n\r\nWhen it comes to illustrating human features, beginning artists simply think that their work may not be good enough or fail to look \"real\" or authentic. This is especially true when it comes to portraiture, an approach that requires accuracy, technique and skill in order to produce a realistic image.\r\n\r\nWhat many beginning artists do not know is that drawing the human face can be a fantastic opportunity to explore different techniques and improve their drawing skills. Learn how to draw faces using this post and build the right skills in order to approach this art form with confidence.\r\n<h3> Drawing a Face... Any Face</h3>\r\nThere are two ways you can draw human faces: draw a \"generic\" image or create a likeness. A generic image is quite simply something you imagined, something that you come up with using a pencil and paper. A likeness, on the other hand, is a drawing that resembles a real person. A portrait is a likeness, which means it will require a slightly different technique in order to create an image that is realistic and close to the source image, such as a reference photograph or a live model. Regardless, there are certain issues that must be understood in order to create an image that is believable and artistic.\r\n<h3>Understanding Proportion</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-883\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure-200x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces measure\" width=\"200\" height=\"300\" /></a>The most common mistake artists make when drawing faces is producing an image where the proportions are all wrong. Eyes, for example, may appear too high on the forehead or too far apart, or the lips may appear too high above the chin. Proportion refers to how one part of the face appears in relation to the other parts, such as the nose, mouth and ears. With good proportion, a multi-featured object such as a face will appear more aesthetically pleasing.\r\n\r\nBut how do you achieve proportion? One simple way is to measure. When first trying to draw the features that make up a face, use a ruler or tape measure and take measurements, such as the distance of one edge of the eye to the other edge, the length of the nose, the distance between the eyebrows, the distance of the chin from the edge of the lower lip, the width of the nostrils, etc. By taking measurements, you will be able to see the relationship between objects and learn how to put them together on a blank space so that they make sense. In time, you will have proportion down to a science, making it easier for you to make adjustments in order to create a more pleasing image.\r\n\r\nAnother way to achieve proportion is to follow some commonly accepted guidelines for the placement of facial features. Check some out in the image below. The more measurements you make and the more studying of faces you do, the more you will realize these guidelines for yourself.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-891\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces guidelines\" width=\"551\" height=\"568\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>A tip:</strong> From time to time, hold up the image you are working on in front of a mirror to see if the lines and proportion are just right. Alternatively, you may view the same image in reverse by holding up the paper against a light source and viewing your drawing from the back. Features of the face should appear even and well-proportioned. If anything appears lopsided, make the necessary corrections.\r\n\r\n<strong>Note:</strong> Proportion is relative. What works for one face may not work for another. If you are doing portraiture, remember that each face is different. Some people, for example, have higher foreheads than others. They may have close-set eyes, narrower nostrils, thinner lips, smaller chins, etc. What matters is that you understand basic proportions of each face and use them to build your image.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Faces Using Profiles</h3>\r\nFirst, let us learn of the three major ways that a face is drawn: the Straight On (face is forward), the Profile (face is turned to the side) and the Three Quarters (face is turned slightly or halfway to the side). Of these, the Profile is usually the easiest to draw because only one side of the subject\'s face is shown. The Three Quarters requires a view of about 75% of the face and shows both eyes, the nose and most of the mouth. The Straight On is the face in full view. While it can be more challenging, the Straight On is actually a very dynamic profile to work on because it can be used to convey a number of expressions, looks and emotions.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-886\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\" alt=\"three views of faces\" width=\"640\" height=\"480\" /></a>\r\n\r\nNext, let’s look at some basics for drawing facial features. You can begin by learning how to illustrate each of these in isolation, and later integrate the techniques with the proportion guidelines shared earlier to create a whole Straight On face.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Eyes</h3>\r\nThe eyes are the soul of an otherwise lifeless illustration. With eyes, you can create different expressions and convey certain emotions. To start, draw a horizontal line across the page using a pencil. This will be your guideline. Starting at just below this line, draw an almond-shaped line, allowing the pencil to move smoothly over the guideline to create a graceful arch. Stop when the line reaches the horizontal guideline. Complete the almond shape by drawing under the guideline. The arch of the eye should be graceful and rise gradually from the guideline. If it is too steep, it may make the eye appear rounder and bigger. To make the other eye, repeat the same steps, except that the second eye must be a mirror image of the first eye. The distance between two eyes must be the width of one eye.\r\n\r\nTo draw the iris, measure the height of the eyes at the highest part. This will be the diameter of the iris or the big circle. Within this circle, you may draw a smaller circle, also known as the pupil, and another small circle or two for highlights. Add the lids and the eyelashes.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-eyes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-892\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-eyes.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces eyes\" height=\"640\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3> How to Draw Noses</h3>\r\nThe nose may seem like a simple job but it can actually mean the difference between a well-executed drawing and a mediocre attempt. To start, consider the different parts of the nose: the bridge, the ball (the slightly rounded or pointy tip), and the nostrils (including the alars, which are the fleshy parts). You will need to integrate these parts into your drawing and make them work together.\r\n\r\nNext, draw a vertical line the length of which you want the nose to be. On both sides of this line, draw diagonal lines that are angled away from each other so that the image forms a very steep triangle. At the base of the triangle, draw two dark strips to represent the nostrils. Using light pencil strokes, start building the nose by drawing the ball and finishing up the alars. Create more strokes to define the nose and provide shading.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-nose.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-893\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-nose.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces nose\" width=\"640\" height=\"280\" /></a></p>\r\n<strong>Tip:</strong> Keep in mind that noses can be any shape, width or length, so you do have some flexibility in drawing the nose that you like.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Ears</h3>\r\nThe ears are easily the most complicated part of drawing faces because of the different folds of fleshy areas that compose each ear. Since the shape is irregular, all you really need to do is learn the basics and practice so that you are more comfortable drawing the lines next time.\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a rectangular box with the short sides on the top and bottom. Use a 1:2 ratio to make the size proportional - that is, the long sides should be twice as long as the short sides. Using the box as a guide, draw the basic shape of the ear within it. Go gently on the curves, especially the upper arch at the top of the ear. Once done, erase the rectangle so you are left with the basic shape to work on. Add the small bump (called a tragus) on the opposite side, slightly at the lower middle area. Make a parallel outline of the ear shape and stop just above the lower middle point. Starting at the upper area where the tragus is, draw a thick Y-shape that curves gracefully downwards, following the outline of the ear. This line should meet the lower end of the tragus. Once you are done, you have a basic ear. Begin shading areas to create depth and dimension.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-ear.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-894\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-ear.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces ear\" width=\"640\" height=\"347\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>Note:</strong> Ears appear different depending on the profile of the face you are drawing. A full side view or profile will show a full view of the ears, which means you may have to create better details. For reference, study photos of real ears to familiarize yourself with shape and shading.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Lips</h3>\r\nMen\'s and women\'s lips differ slightly but for the sake of learning the technique, let\'s try to draw a woman\'s lips. A woman\'s lips usually appears thicker and fuller, with more curves. To start, draw a short horizontal guideline. This line will mark the middle part of the lips. Using the line as a guide, draw two peaks to represent the bow curve of the upper lips. The line should rise gently from the guideline to create a more natural look. Starting at one end of the line at the base of the peaks, draw the lower lip, finishing the drawing to make sure the lines all meet. Refine the lines and add shading or color.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-lips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-895\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-lips.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces lips\" width=\"437\" height=\"640\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>Tip:</strong> Lips may appear thicker or thinner and may even be modified to illustrate a smiling portrait. Watch for proportion in relation to the base of the mouth and the chin.\r\n<h3>Perfecting the Human Face</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-881 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face-221x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces female face\" width=\"221\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face itself is a blank canvas that can be painted on to show a wide range of features and emotions. From pain and regret to joy and bliss to annoyance and rage, faces can be manipulated on canvas or paper to appear as you want them to appear. However, as you build your drawing skills, make sure to learn from the best teacher and the best source of inspiration, which is real life. When you are learning how to draw faces, learn to observe, to look, to see. Study people\'s faces in pictures and in videos. Also study and learn from drawings of faces and drawing videos. If you have a willing model, take advantage of that as well. Observe how different parts of their faces are put together and determine the relationship of each feature with the others. Observe how the faces appear in different lighting conditions, especially where light and shadows fall. Be an observer of life. The more you are aware of your environment, the better you will be at translating what you see on paper or canvas using a pencil or a brush.','How to Draw Faces: Tips, Techniques and Short Tutorials','','inherit','open','open','','878-revision-v1','','','2014-09-01 19:49:33','2014-09-02 02:49:33','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/878-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1439,2,'2014-09-01 21:03:05','2014-09-02 04:03:05','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-882\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face-208x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces male face\" width=\"208\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face is a very intriguing and inspiring subject. It is also one of the most challenging and scariest things to draw because it is so easy to produce a \"bad\" picture.\r\n\r\nWhen it comes to illustrating human facial features, beginning artists simply think that their work may not be good enough or fail to look \"real\" or authentic. This is especially true when it comes to portraiture, an approach that requires accuracy, technique, and skill in order to produce a realistic image.\r\n\r\nAs a beginning artist, what you may not know is that drawing the human face can be a fantastic opportunity to explore different techniques and improve your drawing skills. Learn how to draw faces using some simple tips from this post, and you can begin to build the right skills in order to approach this art form with confidence.\r\n<h3> Drawing a Face... Any Face</h3>\r\nThere are two ways you can draw human faces: draw a \"generic\" image or create a likeness.\r\n\r\nA generic image is quite simply something you imagine, something that you come up with and sketch onto paper. A likeness, on the other hand, is a drawing that resembles a real person. A portrait is a likeness, which means it will require a slightly different technique in order to create an image that is realistic and close to the source image, such as a reference photograph or a live model. Regardless, there are certain issues that must be understood in order to create an image that is believable and artistic.\r\n<h3>Understanding Proportion</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-883\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure-200x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces measure\" width=\"200\" height=\"300\" /></a>The most common reason beginning artists find it tricky to draw faces is because they draw an image with the wrong proportions. Eyes, for example, may appear too high on the forehead or too far apart, or the lips may appear too high above the chin. Proportion refers to how one part of the face appears in relation to the other parts, such as the nose, mouth and ears. With good proportion, a multi-featured object such as a face will appear more aesthetically pleasing.\r\n\r\nBut how do you achieve proportion? One simple way is to measure. When first trying to draw the features that make up a face, use a ruler or tape measure and take measurements, such as the distance of one edge of the eye to the other edge, the length of the nose, the distance between the eyebrows, the distance of the chin from the edge of the lower lip, the width of the nostrils, etc. By taking measurements, you will be able to see the relationship between objects and learn how to put them together on a blank space so that they make sense. In time, you will have proportion down to a science, making it easier for you to make adjustments in order to create a more pleasing image.\r\n\r\nAnother way to achieve proportion is to follow some commonly accepted guidelines for the placement of facial features. Check some out in the image below. The more measurements you make and the more studying of faces you do, the more you will realize these guidelines for yourself.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-891\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces guidelines\" width=\"551\" height=\"568\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>A tip:</strong> From time to time, hold up the image you are working on in front of a mirror to see if the lines and proportion are just right. Alternatively, you may view the same image in reverse by holding up the paper against a light source and viewing your drawing from the back. Features of the face should appear even and well-proportioned. If anything appears lopsided, make the necessary corrections.\r\n\r\n<strong>Note:</strong> Proportion is relative. What works for one face may not work for another. If you are doing portraiture, remember that each face is different. Some people, for example, have higher foreheads than others. They may have close-set eyes, narrower nostrils, thinner lips, smaller chins, etc. What matters is that you understand basic proportions of each face and use them to build your image.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Faces Using Profiles</h3>\r\nFirst, let us learn of the three major ways that a face is drawn: the Straight On (face is forward), the Profile (face is turned to the side) and the Three Quarters (face is turned slightly or halfway to the side). Of these, the Profile is usually the easiest to draw because only one side of the subject\'s face is shown. The Three Quarters requires a view of about 75% of the face and shows both eyes, the nose and most of the mouth. The Straight On is the face in full view. While it can be more challenging, the Straight On is actually a very dynamic profile to work on because it can be used to convey a number of expressions, looks and emotions.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-886\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\" alt=\"three views of faces\" width=\"640\" height=\"480\" /></a>\r\n\r\nNext, let’s look at some basics for drawing facial features. You can begin by learning how to illustrate each of these in isolation, and later integrate the techniques with the proportion guidelines shared earlier to create a whole Straight On face.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Eyes</h3>\r\nThe eyes are the soul of an otherwise lifeless illustration. With eyes, you can create different expressions and convey certain emotions. To start, draw a horizontal line across the page using a pencil. This will be your guideline. Starting at just below this line, draw an almond-shaped line, allowing the pencil to move smoothly over the guideline to create a graceful arch. Stop when the line reaches the horizontal guideline. Complete the almond shape by drawing under the guideline. The arch of the eye should be graceful and rise gradually from the guideline. If it is too steep, it may make the eye appear rounder and bigger. To make the other eye, repeat the same steps, except that the second eye must be a mirror image of the first eye. The distance between two eyes must be the width of one eye.\r\n\r\nTo draw the iris, measure the height of the eyes at the highest part. This will be the diameter of the iris or the big circle. Within this circle, you may draw a smaller circle, also known as the pupil, and another small circle or two for highlights. Add the lids and the eyelashes.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-eyes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-892\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-eyes.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces eyes\" height=\"640\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3> How to Draw Noses</h3>\r\nThe nose may seem like a simple job but it can actually mean the difference between a well-executed drawing and a mediocre attempt. To start, consider the different parts of the nose: the bridge, the ball (the slightly rounded or pointy tip), and the nostrils (including the alars, which are the fleshy parts). You will need to integrate these parts into your drawing and make them work together.\r\n\r\nNext, draw a vertical line the length of which you want the nose to be. On both sides of this line, draw diagonal lines that are angled away from each other so that the image forms a very steep triangle. At the base of the triangle, draw two dark strips to represent the nostrils. Using light pencil strokes, start building the nose by drawing the ball and finishing up the alars. Create more strokes to define the nose and provide shading.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-nose.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-893\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-nose.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces nose\" width=\"640\" height=\"280\" /></a></p>\r\n<strong>Tip:</strong> Keep in mind that noses can be any shape, width or length, so you do have some flexibility in drawing the nose that you like.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Ears</h3>\r\nThe ears are easily the most complicated part of drawing faces because of the different folds of fleshy areas that compose each ear. Since the shape is irregular, all you really need to do is learn the basics and practice so that you are more comfortable drawing the lines next time.\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a rectangular box with the short sides on the top and bottom. Use a 1:2 ratio to make the size proportional - that is, the long sides should be twice as long as the short sides. Using the box as a guide, draw the basic shape of the ear within it. Go gently on the curves, especially the upper arch at the top of the ear. Once done, erase the rectangle so you are left with the basic shape to work on. Add the small bump (called a tragus) on the opposite side, slightly at the lower middle area. Make a parallel outline of the ear shape and stop just above the lower middle point. Starting at the upper area where the tragus is, draw a thick Y-shape that curves gracefully downwards, following the outline of the ear. This line should meet the lower end of the tragus. Once you are done, you have a basic ear. Begin shading areas to create depth and dimension.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-ear.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-894\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-ear.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces ear\" width=\"640\" height=\"347\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>Note:</strong> Ears appear different depending on the profile of the face you are drawing. A full side view or profile will show a full view of the ears, which means you may have to create better details. For reference, study photos of real ears to familiarize yourself with shape and shading.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Lips</h3>\r\nMen\'s and women\'s lips differ slightly but for the sake of learning the technique, let\'s try to draw a woman\'s lips. A woman\'s lips usually appears thicker and fuller, with more curves. To start, draw a short horizontal guideline. This line will mark the middle part of the lips. Using the line as a guide, draw two peaks to represent the bow curve of the upper lips. The line should rise gently from the guideline to create a more natural look. Starting at one end of the line at the base of the peaks, draw the lower lip, finishing the drawing to make sure the lines all meet. Refine the lines and add shading or color.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-lips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-895\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-lips.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces lips\" width=\"437\" height=\"640\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>Tip:</strong> Lips may appear thicker or thinner and may even be modified to illustrate a smiling portrait. Watch for proportion in relation to the base of the mouth and the chin.\r\n<h3>Perfecting the Human Face</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-881 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face-221x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces female face\" width=\"221\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face itself is a blank canvas that can be painted on to show a wide range of features and emotions. From pain and regret to joy and bliss to annoyance and rage, faces can be manipulated on canvas or paper to appear as you want them to appear. However, as you build your drawing skills, make sure to learn from the best teacher and the best source of inspiration, which is real life. When you are learning how to draw faces, learn to observe, to look, to see. Study people\'s faces in pictures and in videos. Also study and learn from drawings of faces and drawing videos. If you have a willing model, take advantage of that as well. Observe how different parts of their faces are put together and determine the relationship of each feature with the others. Observe how the faces appear in different lighting conditions, especially where light and shadows fall. Be an observer of life. The more you are aware of your environment, the better you will be at translating what you see on paper or canvas using a pencil or a brush.','How to Draw Those Tricky Faces with Some Simple Tips','','inherit','open','open','','878-revision-v1','','','2014-09-01 21:03:05','2014-09-02 04:03:05','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/878-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1440,2,'2014-09-01 21:15:40','2014-09-02 04:15:40','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-882\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face-208x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces male face\" width=\"208\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face is a very intriguing and inspiring subject. It is also one of the most challenging and scariest things to draw because it is so easy to produce a \"bad\" picture.\r\n\r\nWhen it comes to illustrating human facial features, beginning artists simply think that their work may not be good enough or fail to look \"real\" or authentic. This is especially true when it comes to portraiture, an approach that requires accuracy, technique, and skill in order to produce a realistic image.\r\n\r\nAs a beginning artist, what you may not know is that drawing the human face can be a fantastic opportunity to explore different techniques and improve your drawing skills. Learn how to draw faces using some simple tips from this post, and you can begin to build the right skills in order to approach this art form with confidence!\r\n<h3> Drawing a Face... Any Face</h3>\r\nThere are two ways you can draw human faces: draw a \"generic\" image or create a likeness.\r\n\r\nA generic image is quite simply something you imagine, something that you come up with and sketch onto paper. A likeness, on the other hand, is a drawing that resembles a real person.\r\n\r\nA portrait is a likeness, which means it will require a slightly different technique in order to <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">create an image that is realistic and close to the source image</a>, such as a reference photograph or a live model.\r\n\r\nRegardless, there are certain issues that must be understood in order to create an image that is believable and artistic.\r\n<h3>Understanding Proportion</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-883\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure-200x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces measure\" width=\"200\" height=\"300\" /></a>The most common reason beginning artists find it tricky to draw faces is because they draw an image with the wrong proportions.\r\n\r\nEyes, for example, may appear too high on the forehead or too far apart, or the lips may appear too high above the chin. Proportion refers to how one part of the face appears in relation to the other parts, such as the nose, mouth and ears.\r\n\r\nWith good proportion, a multi-featured object such as a face will appear more aesthetically pleasing. But how do you achieve proportion?\r\n\r\nOne simple way is to measure. When first trying to draw the features that make up a face, use a ruler or tape measure and take measurements, such as the distance of one edge of the eye to the other edge, the length of the nose, the distance between the eyebrows, the distance of the chin from the edge of the lower lip, the width of the nostrils, etc.\r\n\r\nBy taking measurements, you will be able to see the relationship between features of the face and learn how to put them together on a blank space so that they make sense. In time, you will have proportion down to a science, making it easier for you to make adjustments in order to create a more pleasing image.\r\n\r\nAnother way to achieve proportion is to follow some commonly accepted guidelines for the placement of facial features. Check some out in the image below. The more measurements you make and the more studying of faces you do, the more you will realize these guidelines for yourself.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-891\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces guidelines\" width=\"551\" height=\"568\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>A tip:</strong> From time to time, hold up the image you are working on in front of a mirror to see if the lines and proportion are just right. Alternatively, you may view the same image in reverse by holding up the paper against a light source and viewing your drawing from the back. Features of the face should appear even and well-proportioned. If anything appears lopsided, make the necessary corrections.\r\n\r\n<strong>Note:</strong> Proportion is relative. What works for one face may not work for another. If you are doing portraiture, remember that each face is different. Some people, for example, have higher foreheads than others. They may have close-set eyes, narrower nostrils, thinner lips, smaller chins, etc. What matters is that you understand basic proportions of each face and use them to build your image.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Faces Using Profiles</h3>\r\nFirst, let us learn of the three major ways that a face is drawn: the Straight On (face is forward), the Profile (face is turned to the side) and the Three Quarters (face is turned slightly or halfway to the side). Of these, the Profile is usually the easiest to draw because only one side of the subject\'s face is shown. The Three Quarters requires a view of about 75% of the face and shows both eyes, the nose and most of the mouth. The Straight On is the face in full view. While it can be more challenging, the Straight On is actually a very dynamic profile to work on because it can be used to convey a number of expressions, looks and emotions.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-886\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\" alt=\"three views of faces\" width=\"640\" height=\"480\" /></a>\r\n\r\nNext, let’s look at some basics for drawing facial features. You can begin by learning how to illustrate each of these in isolation, and later integrate the techniques with the proportion guidelines shared earlier to create a whole Straight On face.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Eyes</h3>\r\nThe eyes are the soul of an otherwise lifeless illustration. With eyes, you can create different expressions and convey certain emotions. To start, draw a horizontal line across the page using a pencil. This will be your guideline. Starting at just below this line, draw an almond-shaped line, allowing the pencil to move smoothly over the guideline to create a graceful arch. Stop when the line reaches the horizontal guideline. Complete the almond shape by drawing under the guideline. The arch of the eye should be graceful and rise gradually from the guideline. If it is too steep, it may make the eye appear rounder and bigger. To make the other eye, repeat the same steps, except that the second eye must be a mirror image of the first eye. The distance between two eyes must be the width of one eye.\r\n\r\nTo draw the iris, measure the height of the eyes at the highest part. This will be the diameter of the iris or the big circle. Within this circle, you may draw a smaller circle, also known as the pupil, and another small circle or two for highlights. Add the lids and the eyelashes.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-eyes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-892\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-eyes.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces eyes\" height=\"640\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3> How to Draw Noses</h3>\r\nThe nose may seem like a simple job but it can actually mean the difference between a well-executed drawing and a mediocre attempt. To start, consider the different parts of the nose: the bridge, the ball (the slightly rounded or pointy tip), and the nostrils (including the alars, which are the fleshy parts). You will need to integrate these parts into your drawing and make them work together.\r\n\r\nNext, draw a vertical line the length of which you want the nose to be. On both sides of this line, draw diagonal lines that are angled away from each other so that the image forms a very steep triangle. At the base of the triangle, draw two dark strips to represent the nostrils. Using light pencil strokes, start building the nose by drawing the ball and finishing up the alars. Create more strokes to define the nose and provide shading.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-nose.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-893\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-nose.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces nose\" width=\"640\" height=\"280\" /></a></p>\r\n<strong>Tip:</strong> Keep in mind that noses can be any shape, width or length, so you do have some flexibility in drawing the nose that you like.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Ears</h3>\r\nThe ears are easily the most complicated part of drawing faces because of the different folds of fleshy areas that compose each ear. Since the shape is irregular, all you really need to do is learn the basics and practice so that you are more comfortable drawing the lines next time.\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a rectangular box with the short sides on the top and bottom. Use a 1:2 ratio to make the size proportional - that is, the long sides should be twice as long as the short sides. Using the box as a guide, draw the basic shape of the ear within it. Go gently on the curves, especially the upper arch at the top of the ear. Once done, erase the rectangle so you are left with the basic shape to work on. Add the small bump (called a tragus) on the opposite side, slightly at the lower middle area. Make a parallel outline of the ear shape and stop just above the lower middle point. Starting at the upper area where the tragus is, draw a thick Y-shape that curves gracefully downwards, following the outline of the ear. This line should meet the lower end of the tragus. Once you are done, you have a basic ear. Begin shading areas to create depth and dimension.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-ear.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-894\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-ear.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces ear\" width=\"640\" height=\"347\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>Note:</strong> Ears appear different depending on the profile of the face you are drawing. A full side view or profile will show a full view of the ears, which means you may have to create better details. For reference, study photos of real ears to familiarize yourself with shape and shading.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Lips</h3>\r\nMen\'s and women\'s lips differ slightly but for the sake of learning the technique, let\'s try to draw a woman\'s lips. A woman\'s lips usually appears thicker and fuller, with more curves. To start, draw a short horizontal guideline. This line will mark the middle part of the lips. Using the line as a guide, draw two peaks to represent the bow curve of the upper lips. The line should rise gently from the guideline to create a more natural look. Starting at one end of the line at the base of the peaks, draw the lower lip, finishing the drawing to make sure the lines all meet. Refine the lines and add shading or color.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-lips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-895\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-lips.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces lips\" width=\"437\" height=\"640\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>Tip:</strong> Lips may appear thicker or thinner and may even be modified to illustrate a smiling portrait. Watch for proportion in relation to the base of the mouth and the chin.\r\n<h3>Perfecting the Human Face</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-881 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face-221x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces female face\" width=\"221\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face itself is a blank canvas that can be painted on to show a wide range of features and emotions. From pain and regret to joy and bliss to annoyance and rage, faces can be manipulated on canvas or paper to appear as you want them to appear. However, as you build your drawing skills, make sure to learn from the best teacher and the best source of inspiration, which is real life. When you are learning how to draw faces, learn to observe, to look, to see. Study people\'s faces in pictures and in videos. Also study and learn from drawings of faces and drawing videos. If you have a willing model, take advantage of that as well. Observe how different parts of their faces are put together and determine the relationship of each feature with the others. Observe how the faces appear in different lighting conditions, especially where light and shadows fall. Be an observer of life. The more you are aware of your environment, the better you will be at translating what you see on paper or canvas using a pencil or a brush.','How to Draw Those Tricky Faces with Some Simple Tips','','inherit','open','open','','878-revision-v1','','','2014-09-01 21:15:40','2014-09-02 04:15:40','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/878-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1441,2,'2014-09-01 22:36:42','2014-09-02 05:36:42','','three-quarter-view-reference-lines','','inherit','open','open','','1441','','','2014-09-01 22:36:42','2014-09-02 05:36:42','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-quarter-view-reference-lines.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1442,2,'2014-09-01 23:09:17','2014-09-02 06:09:17','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-882\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face-208x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces male face\" width=\"208\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face is a very intriguing and inspiring subject. It is also one of the most challenging and scariest things to draw because it is so easy to produce a \"bad\" picture.\r\n\r\nWhen it comes to illustrating human facial features, beginning artists simply think that their work may not be good enough or fail to look \"real\" or authentic. This is especially true when it comes to portraiture, an approach that requires accuracy, technique, and skill in order to produce a realistic image.\r\n\r\nAs a beginning artist, what you may not know is that drawing the human face can be a fantastic opportunity to explore different techniques and improve your drawing skills. Learn how to draw faces using some simple tips from this post, and you can begin to build the right skills in order to approach this art form with confidence!\r\n<h3> Drawing a Face... Any Face</h3>\r\nThere are two ways you can draw human faces: draw a \"generic\" image or create a likeness.\r\n\r\nA generic image is quite simply something you imagine, something that you come up with and sketch onto paper. A likeness, on the other hand, is a drawing that resembles a real person.\r\n\r\nA portrait is a likeness, which means it will require a slightly different technique in order to <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">create an image that is realistic and close to the source image,</a> such as a reference photograph or a live model.\r\n\r\nRegardless, there are certain issues that must be understood in order to create an image that is believable and artistic.\r\n<h3>Understanding Proportion</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-883\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure-200x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces measure\" width=\"200\" height=\"300\" /></a>The most common reason beginning artists find it tricky to draw faces is because they draw an image with the wrong proportions.\r\n\r\nEyes, for example, may appear too high on the forehead or too far apart, or the lips may appear too high above the chin. Proportion refers to how one part of the face appears in relation to the other parts, such as the nose, mouth and ears.\r\n\r\nWith good proportion, a multi-featured object such as a face will appear more aesthetically pleasing. But how do you achieve proportion?\r\n\r\nOne simple way is to measure. When first trying to draw the features that make up a face, use a ruler or tape measure and take measurements, such as the distance of one edge of the eye to the other edge, the length of the nose, the distance between the eyebrows, the distance of the chin from the edge of the lower lip, the width of the nostrils, etc.\r\n\r\nBy taking measurements, you will be able to see the relationship between features of the face and learn how to put them together on a blank space so that they make sense. In time, you will have proportion down to a science, making it easier for you to make adjustments in order to create a more pleasing image.\r\n\r\nAnother way to achieve proportion is to follow some commonly accepted guidelines for the placement of facial features. Check some out in the image below. The more measurements you make and the more studying of faces you do, the more you will realize these guidelines for yourself.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-891\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces guidelines\" width=\"551\" height=\"568\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>A tip:</strong> From time to time, hold up the image you are working on in front of a mirror to see if the lines and proportion are just right. Alternatively, you may view the same image in reverse by holding up the paper against a light source and viewing your drawing from the back. Features of the face should appear even and well-proportioned. If anything appears lopsided, make the necessary corrections.\r\n\r\n<strong>Note:</strong> Proportion is relative. What works for one face may not work for another. The above guidelines are broad and general. If you are doing portraiture, remember that each face is different. Some people, for example, have higher foreheads than others. They may have close-set eyes, narrower nostrils, thinner lips, smaller chins, etc. If your goal is to capture an accurate likeness of a particular person, you may want to try <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">an even more reliable technique.</a> What matters, though, is that you understand basic proportions of each face and use them to build your image.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Faces Using Profiles</h3>\r\nFirst, let us learn of the three major ways that a face is drawn: the Straight On View (face is forward), the Profile View (face is turned to the side) and the Three Quarters View (face is turned slightly or halfway to the side).\r\n\r\nOf these, the Profile is usually the easiest to draw because only one side of the subject\'s face is shown. The Three Quarters requires a view of about 75% of the face and shows both eyes, the nose and most of the mouth. The Straight On is the face in full view.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-886\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\" alt=\"three views of faces\" width=\"640\" height=\"480\" /></a>\r\n\r\nHere is where things can get a little tricky again. Each view has its own set of challenges. For example, the Straight On View calls for an appearance of symmetry, and if you don\'t deliver this symmetry, it is usually easy to spot. You don\'t have to worry about symmetry for the Three Quarters View, but drawing, for example, one eye smaller and a different shape and angle than the other can be tricky and problematic for many beginners trying to get it just right.\r\n\r\nOne suggestion I can give you that has been very helpful for me is to look at how the facial features align with other reference points around it. You can use an imaginary line for this or even a ruler.\r\n\r\nLet\'s say you wanted to draw a portrait using the reference photo below. Not only is it a Three Quarter View, but the subject\'s head is tilted down for an extra element of challenge!\r\n\r\nImmediately, you should look at how different parts of the face are positioned in relation to other parts of the photograph. The white lines represent examples where you can use a ruler or even \"eyeball it\" and trace the path with your finger.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-quarter-view-reference-lines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1441\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-quarter-view-reference-lines.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"480\" height=\"480\" /></a>\r\n\r\nNotice how the man\'s right eye at the far corner lines up with the middle of his hairline at this angle? You can also see that the lower left edge of his nose is directly below his left pupil. Also, the top of the right eye is in perfect alignment with the bottom of the left eye and the attached lobe of the left ear.\r\n\r\nSimply keep looking for positional relationships like this, and you can draw a face angled in any view, any position!\r\n\r\nAlthough this technique has worked well for me over the years, it can be a little time-consuming to discover all of these interesting alignments. Also, if you get lazy and don\'t line up some features properly because you are rushing (like I have done in the past!), your results might not be what you had hoped for.\r\n\r\nThere is a much faster method of drawing a face in any position, and it removes the likelihood of you not placing your facial features properly. <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">You can read more about it here.</a>\r\n\r\nNext, let’s look at some basics for drawing facial features. You can begin by learning how to illustrate each of these in isolation, and later integrate the techniques with the proportion guidelines shared earlier to create a whole Straight On face.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Eyes</h3>\r\nThe eyes are the soul of an otherwise lifeless illustration. With eyes, you can create different expressions and convey certain emotions. To start, draw a horizontal line across the page using a pencil. This will be your guideline. Starting at just below this line, draw an almond-shaped line, allowing the pencil to move smoothly over the guideline to create a graceful arch. Stop when the line reaches the horizontal guideline. Complete the almond shape by drawing under the guideline. The arch of the eye should be graceful and rise gradually from the guideline. If it is too steep, it may make the eye appear rounder and bigger. To make the other eye, repeat the same steps, except that the second eye must be a mirror image of the first eye. The distance between two eyes must be the width of one eye.\r\n\r\nTo draw the iris, measure the height of the eyes at the highest part. This will be the diameter of the iris or the big circle. Within this circle, you may draw a smaller circle, also known as the pupil, and another small circle or two for highlights. Add the lids and the eyelashes.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-eyes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-892\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-eyes.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces eyes\" height=\"640\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3> How to Draw Noses</h3>\r\nThe nose may seem like a simple job but it can actually mean the difference between a well-executed drawing and a mediocre attempt. To start, consider the different parts of the nose: the bridge, the ball (the slightly rounded or pointy tip), and the nostrils (including the alars, which are the fleshy parts). You will need to integrate these parts into your drawing and make them work together.\r\n\r\nNext, draw a vertical line the length of which you want the nose to be. On both sides of this line, draw diagonal lines that are angled away from each other so that the image forms a very steep triangle. At the base of the triangle, draw two dark strips to represent the nostrils. Using light pencil strokes, start building the nose by drawing the ball and finishing up the alars. Create more strokes to define the nose and provide shading.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-nose.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-893\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-nose.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces nose\" width=\"640\" height=\"280\" /></a></p>\r\n<strong>Tip:</strong> Keep in mind that noses can be any shape, width or length, so you do have some flexibility in drawing the nose that you like.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Ears</h3>\r\nThe ears are easily the most complicated part of drawing faces because of the different folds of fleshy areas that compose each ear. Since the shape is irregular, all you really need to do is learn the basics and practice so that you are more comfortable drawing the lines next time.\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a rectangular box with the short sides on the top and bottom. Use a 1:2 ratio to make the size proportional - that is, the long sides should be twice as long as the short sides. Using the box as a guide, draw the basic shape of the ear within it. Go gently on the curves, especially the upper arch at the top of the ear. Once done, erase the rectangle so you are left with the basic shape to work on. Add the small bump (called a tragus) on the opposite side, slightly at the lower middle area. Make a parallel outline of the ear shape and stop just above the lower middle point. Starting at the upper area where the tragus is, draw a thick Y-shape that curves gracefully downwards, following the outline of the ear. This line should meet the lower end of the tragus. Once you are done, you have a basic ear. Begin shading areas to create depth and dimension.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-ear.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-894\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-ear.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces ear\" width=\"640\" height=\"347\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>Note:</strong> Ears appear different depending on the profile of the face you are drawing. A full side view or profile will show a full view of the ears, which means you may have to create better details. For reference, study photos of real ears to familiarize yourself with shape and shading.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Lips</h3>\r\nMen\'s and women\'s lips differ slightly but for the sake of learning the technique, let\'s try to draw a woman\'s lips. A woman\'s lips usually appears thicker and fuller, with more curves. To start, draw a short horizontal guideline. This line will mark the middle part of the lips. Using the line as a guide, draw two peaks to represent the bow curve of the upper lips. The line should rise gently from the guideline to create a more natural look. Starting at one end of the line at the base of the peaks, draw the lower lip, finishing the drawing to make sure the lines all meet. Refine the lines and add shading or color.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-lips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-895\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-lips.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces lips\" width=\"437\" height=\"640\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>Tip:</strong> Lips may appear thicker or thinner and may even be modified to illustrate a smiling portrait. Watch for proportion in relation to the base of the mouth and the chin.\r\n<h3>Perfecting the Human Face</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-881 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face-221x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces female face\" width=\"221\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face itself is a blank canvas that can be painted on to show a wide range of features and emotions. From pain and regret to joy and bliss to annoyance and rage, faces can be manipulated on canvas or paper to appear as you want them to appear. However, as you build your drawing skills, make sure to learn from the best teacher and the best source of inspiration, which is real life. When you are learning how to draw faces, learn to observe, to look, to see. Study people\'s faces in pictures and in videos. Also study and learn from drawings of faces and drawing videos. If you have a willing model, take advantage of that as well. Observe how different parts of their faces are put together and determine the relationship of each feature with the others. Observe how the faces appear in different lighting conditions, especially where light and shadows fall. Be an observer of life. The more you are aware of your environment, the better you will be at translating what you see on paper, and you will see that drawing faces is no longer all that tricky!','How to Draw Those Tricky Faces with Some Simple Tips','','inherit','open','open','','878-revision-v1','','','2014-09-01 23:09:17','2014-09-02 06:09:17','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/878-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1443,2,'2014-09-01 23:21:54','2014-09-02 06:21:54','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-882\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face-208x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces male face\" width=\"208\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face is a very intriguing and inspiring subject. It is also one of the most challenging and scariest things to draw because it is so easy to produce a \"bad\" picture.\r\n\r\nWhen it comes to illustrating human facial features, beginning artists simply think that their work may not be good enough or fail to look \"real\" or authentic. This is especially true when it comes to portraiture, an approach that requires accuracy, technique, and skill in order to produce a realistic image.\r\n\r\nAs a beginning artist, what you may not know is that drawing the human face can be a fantastic opportunity to explore different techniques and improve your drawing skills. Learn how to draw faces using some simple tips from this post, and you can begin to build the right skills in order to approach this art form with confidence!\r\n<h3> Drawing a Face... Any Face</h3>\r\nThere are two ways you can draw human faces: draw a \"generic\" image or create a likeness.\r\n\r\nA generic image is quite simply something you imagine, something that you come up with and sketch onto paper. A likeness, on the other hand, is a drawing that resembles a real person.\r\n\r\nA portrait is a likeness, which means it will require a slightly different technique in order to <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">create an image that is realistic and close to the source image,</a> such as a reference photograph or a live model.\r\n\r\nRegardless, there are certain issues that must be understood in order to create an image that is believable and artistic.\r\n<h3>Understanding Proportion</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-883\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure-200x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces measure\" width=\"200\" height=\"300\" /></a>The most common reason beginning artists find it tricky to draw faces is because they draw an image with the wrong proportions.\r\n\r\nEyes, for example, may appear too high on the forehead or too far apart, or the lips may appear too high above the chin. Proportion refers to how one part of the face appears in relation to the other parts, such as the nose, mouth and ears.\r\n\r\nWith good proportion, a multi-featured object such as a face will appear more aesthetically pleasing. But how do you achieve proportion?\r\n\r\nOne simple way is to measure. When first trying to draw the features that make up a face, use a ruler or tape measure and take measurements, such as the distance of one edge of the eye to the other edge, the length of the nose, the distance between the eyebrows, the distance of the chin from the edge of the lower lip, the width of the nostrils, etc.\r\n\r\nBy taking measurements, you will be able to see the relationship between features of the face and learn how to put them together on a blank space so that they make sense. In time, you will have proportion down to a science, making it easier for you to make adjustments in order to create a more pleasing image.\r\n\r\nAnother way to achieve proportion is to follow some commonly accepted guidelines for the placement of facial features. Check some out in the image below. The more measurements you make and the more studying of faces you do, the more you will realize these guidelines for yourself.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-891\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces guidelines\" width=\"551\" height=\"568\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>A tip:</strong> From time to time, hold up the image you are working on in front of a mirror to see if the lines and proportion are just right. Alternatively, you may view the same image in reverse by holding up the paper against a light source and viewing your drawing from the back. Features of the face should appear even and well-proportioned. If anything appears lopsided, make the necessary corrections.\r\n\r\n<strong>Note:</strong> Proportion is relative. What works for one face may not work for another. The above guidelines are broad and general. If you are doing portraiture, remember that each face is different. Some people, for example, have higher foreheads than others. They may have close-set eyes, narrower nostrils, thinner lips, smaller chins, etc. If your goal is to capture an accurate likeness of a particular person, you may want to try <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">an even more reliable technique.</a> What matters, though, is that you understand basic proportions of each face and use them to build your image.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Faces Using Profiles</h3>\r\nFirst, let us learn of the three major ways that a face is drawn: the Straight On View (face is forward), the Profile View (face is turned to the side) and the Three Quarters View (face is turned slightly or halfway to the side).\r\n\r\nOf these, the Profile is usually the easiest to draw because only one side of the subject\'s face is shown. The Three Quarters requires a view of about 75% of the face and shows both eyes, the nose and most of the mouth. The Straight On is the face in full view.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-886\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\" alt=\"three views of faces\" width=\"640\" height=\"480\" /></a>\r\n\r\nHere is where things can get a little tricky again. Each view has its own set of challenges. For example, the Straight On View calls for an appearance of symmetry, and if you don\'t deliver this symmetry, it is usually easy to spot. You don\'t have to worry about symmetry for the Three Quarters View, but drawing, for example, one eye smaller and a different shape and angle than the other can be tricky and problematic for many beginners trying to get it just right.\r\n\r\nOne suggestion I can give you that has been very helpful for me is to look at how the facial features align with other reference points around it. You can use an imaginary line for this or even a ruler.\r\n\r\nLet\'s say you wanted to draw a portrait using the reference photo below. Not only is it a Three Quarter View, but the subject\'s head is tilted down for an extra element of challenge!\r\n\r\nImmediately, you should look at how different parts of the face are positioned in relation to other parts of the photograph. The white lines represent examples where you can use a ruler or even \"eyeball it\" and trace the path with your finger.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-quarter-view-reference-lines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1441\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-quarter-view-reference-lines.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"480\" height=\"480\" /></a>\r\n\r\nNotice how the man\'s right eye at the far corner lines up with the middle of his hairline at this angle? You can also see that the lower left edge of his nose is directly below his left pupil. Also, the top of the right eye is in perfect alignment with the bottom of the left eye and the attached lobe of the left ear.\r\n\r\nSimply keep looking for positional relationships like this, and you can draw a face angled in any view, any position!\r\n\r\nAlthough this technique has worked well for me over the years, it can be a little time-consuming to discover all of these interesting alignments. Also, if you get lazy and don\'t line up some features properly because you are rushing (like I have done in the past!), your results might not be what you had hoped for.\r\n\r\nThere is a much faster method of drawing a face in any position, and it removes the likelihood of you not placing your facial features properly. <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">You can read more about it here.</a>\r\n\r\nNext, let’s look at some basics for drawing facial features. You can begin by learning how to illustrate each of these in isolation, and later integrate the techniques with the proportion guidelines shared earlier to create a whole Straight On face.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Eyes</h3>\r\nThe eyes are the soul of an otherwise lifeless illustration. With eyes, you can create different expressions and convey certain emotions.\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a horizontal line across the page using a pencil. This will be your guideline. Starting at just below this line, draw an almond-shaped line, allowing the pencil to move smoothly over the guideline to create a graceful arch. Stop when the line reaches the horizontal guideline. Complete the almond shape by drawing under the guideline.\r\n\r\nThe arch of the eye should be graceful and rise gradually from the guideline. If it is too steep, it may make the eye appear rounder and bigger.\r\n\r\nTo make the other eye, repeat the same steps, except that the second eye must be a mirror image of the first eye. The distance between two eyes must be the width of one eye.\r\n\r\nTo draw the iris, measure the height of the eyes at the highest part. This will be the diameter of the iris or the big circle. Within this circle, you may draw a smaller circle, also known as the pupil, and another small circle or two for highlights. Add the lids and the eyelashes.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-eyes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-892\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-eyes.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces eyes\" height=\"640\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3> How to Draw Noses</h3>\r\nThe nose may seem like a simple job but it can actually mean the difference between a well-executed drawing and a mediocre attempt. To start, consider the different parts of the nose: the bridge, the ball (the slightly rounded or pointy tip), and the nostrils (including the wings (or alars), which are the fleshy parts). You will need to integrate these parts into your drawing and make them work together.\r\n\r\nNext, draw a vertical line the length of which you want the nose to be. On both sides of this line, draw diagonal lines that are angled away from each other so that the image forms a very steep triangle.\r\n\r\nAt the base of the triangle, draw two dark strips to represent the nostrils. Using light pencil strokes, start building the nose by drawing the ball and finishing up the alars. Create more strokes to define the nose and provide shading.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-nose.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-893\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-nose.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces nose\" width=\"640\" height=\"280\" /></a></p>\r\n<strong>Tip:</strong> Keep in mind that noses can be any shape, width or length, so you do have some flexibility in drawing the nose that you like.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Ears</h3>\r\nThe ears are easily the most complicated part of drawing faces because of the different folds of fleshy areas that compose each ear. Since the shape is irregular, all you really need to do is learn the basics and practice so that you are more comfortable drawing the lines next time.\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a rectangular box with the short sides on the top and bottom. Use a 1:2 ratio to make the size proportional - that is, the long sides should be twice as long as the short sides. Using the box as a guide, draw the basic shape of the ear within it. Go gently on the curves, especially the upper arch at the top of the ear. Once done, erase the rectangle so you are left with the basic shape to work on.\r\n\r\nAdd the small bump (called a tragus) on the opposite side, slightly at the lower middle area. Make a parallel outline of the ear shape (the helix) and stop just above the lower middle point. Starting at the upper area where the tragus is, draw a thick Y-shape that curves gracefully downwards, following the outline of the ear. This line should meet the lower end of the tragus. Once you are done, you have a basic ear. Begin shading areas to create depth and dimension.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-ear.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-894\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-ear.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces ear\" width=\"640\" height=\"347\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>Note:</strong> Ears appear different depending on the profile of the face you are drawing. A full side view or profile will show a full view of the ears, which means you may have to create better details. For reference, study photos of real ears to familiarize yourself with shape and shading.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Lips</h3>\r\nMen\'s and women\'s lips differ slightly but for the sake of learning the technique, let\'s try to draw a woman\'s lips. A woman\'s lips usually appears thicker and fuller, with more curves. To start, draw a short horizontal guideline. This line will mark the middle part of the lips. Using the line as a guide, draw two peaks to represent the bow curve of the upper lips. The line should rise gently from the guideline to create a more natural look. Starting at one end of the line at the base of the peaks, draw the lower lip, finishing the drawing to make sure the lines all meet. Refine the lines and add shading or color.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-lips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-895\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-lips.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces lips\" width=\"437\" height=\"640\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>Tip:</strong> Lips may appear thicker or thinner and may even be modified to illustrate a smiling portrait. Watch for proportion in relation to the base of the mouth and the chin.\r\n<h3>Perfecting the Human Face</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-881 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face-221x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces female face\" width=\"221\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face itself is a blank canvas that can be painted on to show a wide range of features and emotions. From pain and regret to joy and bliss to annoyance and rage, faces can be manipulated on canvas or paper to appear as you want them to appear. However, as you build your drawing skills, make sure to learn from the best teacher and the best source of inspiration, which is real life. When you are learning how to draw faces, learn to observe, to look, to see. Study people\'s faces in pictures and in videos. Also study and learn from drawings of faces and drawing videos. If you have a willing model, take advantage of that as well. Observe how different parts of their faces are put together and determine the relationship of each feature with the others. Observe how the faces appear in different lighting conditions, especially where light and shadows fall. Be an observer of life. The more you are aware of your environment, the better you will be at translating what you see on paper, and you will see that drawing faces is no longer all that tricky!','How to Draw Those Tricky Faces with Some Simple Tips','','inherit','open','open','','878-revision-v1','','','2014-09-01 23:21:54','2014-09-02 06:21:54','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/878-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1444,2,'2014-09-02 00:04:19','2014-09-02 07:04:19','','drawing the eyes photo','','inherit','open','open','','1444','','','2014-09-02 00:04:19','2014-09-02 07:04:19','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/drawing-the-eyes-photo.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1445,2,'2014-09-02 00:04:23','2014-09-02 07:04:23','','drawing the eyes','','inherit','open','open','','drawing-the-eyes','','','2014-09-02 00:04:23','2014-09-02 07:04:23','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/drawing-the-eyes.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1446,2,'2014-09-02 00:18:29','2014-09-02 07:18:29','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-882\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face-208x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces male face\" width=\"208\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face is a very intriguing and inspiring subject. It is also one of the most challenging and scariest things to draw because it is so easy to produce a \"bad\" picture.\r\n\r\nWhen it comes to illustrating human facial features, beginning artists simply think that their work may not be good enough or fail to look \"real\" or authentic. This is especially true when it comes to portraiture, an approach that requires accuracy, technique, and skill in order to produce a realistic image.\r\n\r\nAs a beginning artist, what you may not know is that drawing the human face can be a fantastic opportunity to explore different techniques and improve your drawing skills. Learn how to draw faces using some simple tips from this post, and you can begin to build the right skills in order to approach this art form with confidence!\r\n<h3> Drawing a Face... Any Face</h3>\r\nThere are two ways you can draw human faces: draw a \"generic\" image or create a likeness.\r\n\r\nA generic image is quite simply something you imagine, something that you come up with and sketch onto paper. A likeness, on the other hand, is a drawing that resembles a real person.\r\n\r\nA portrait is a likeness, which means it will require a slightly different technique in order to <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">create an image that is realistic and close to the source image,</a> such as a reference photograph or a live model.\r\n\r\nRegardless, there are certain issues that must be understood in order to create an image that is believable and artistic.\r\n<h3>Understanding Proportion</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-883\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure-200x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces measure\" width=\"200\" height=\"300\" /></a>The most common reason beginning artists find it tricky to draw faces is because they draw an image with the wrong proportions.\r\n\r\nEyes, for example, may appear too high on the forehead or too far apart, or the lips may appear too high above the chin. Proportion refers to how one part of the face appears in relation to the other parts, such as the nose, mouth and ears.\r\n\r\nWith good proportion, a multi-featured object such as a face will appear more aesthetically pleasing. But how do you achieve proportion?\r\n\r\nOne simple way is to measure. When first trying to draw the features that make up a face, use a ruler or tape measure and take measurements, such as the distance of one edge of the eye to the other edge, the length of the nose, the distance between the eyebrows, the distance of the chin from the edge of the lower lip, the width of the nostrils, etc.\r\n\r\nBy taking measurements, you will be able to see the relationship between features of the face and learn how to put them together on a blank space so that they make sense. In time, you will have proportion down to a science, making it easier for you to make adjustments in order to create a more pleasing image.\r\n\r\nAnother way to achieve proportion is to follow some commonly accepted guidelines for the placement of facial features. Check some out in the image below. The more measurements you make and the more studying of faces you do, the more you will realize these guidelines for yourself.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-891\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces guidelines\" width=\"551\" height=\"568\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>A tip:</strong> From time to time, hold up the image you are working on in front of a mirror to see if the lines and proportion are just right. Alternatively, you may view the same image in reverse by holding up the paper against a light source and viewing your drawing from the back. Features of the face should appear even and well-proportioned. If anything appears lopsided, make the necessary corrections.\r\n\r\n<strong>Note:</strong> Proportion is relative. What works for one face may not work for another. The above guidelines are broad and general. If you are doing portraiture, remember that each face is different. Some people, for example, have higher foreheads than others. They may have close-set eyes, narrower nostrils, thinner lips, smaller chins, etc. If your goal is to capture an accurate likeness of a particular person, you may want to try <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">an even more reliable technique.</a> What matters, though, is that you understand basic proportions of each face and use them to build your image.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Faces Using Profiles</h3>\r\nFirst, let us learn of the three major ways that a face is drawn: the Straight On View (face is forward), the Profile View (face is turned to the side) and the Three Quarters View (face is turned slightly or halfway to the side).\r\n\r\nOf these, the Profile is usually the easiest to draw because only one side of the subject\'s face is shown. The Three Quarters requires a view of about 75% of the face and shows both eyes, the nose and most of the mouth. The Straight On is the face in full view.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-886\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\" alt=\"three views of faces\" width=\"640\" height=\"480\" /></a>\r\n\r\nHere is where things can get a little tricky again. Each view has its own set of challenges. For example, the Straight On View calls for an appearance of symmetry, and if you don\'t deliver this symmetry, it is usually easy to spot. You don\'t have to worry about symmetry for the Three Quarters View, but drawing, for example, one eye smaller and a different shape and angle than the other can be tricky and problematic for many beginners trying to get it just right.\r\n\r\nOne suggestion I can give you that has been very helpful for me is to look at how the facial features align with other reference points around it. You can use an imaginary line for this or even a ruler.\r\n\r\nLet\'s say you wanted to draw a portrait using the reference photo below. Not only is it a Three Quarter View, but the subject\'s head is tilted down for an extra element of challenge!\r\n\r\nImmediately, you should look at how different parts of the face are positioned in relation to other parts of the photograph. The white lines represent examples where you can use a ruler or even \"eyeball it\" and trace the path with your finger.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-quarter-view-reference-lines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1441\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-quarter-view-reference-lines.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"480\" height=\"480\" /></a>\r\n\r\nNotice how the man\'s right eye at the far corner lines up with the middle of his hairline at this angle? You can also see that the lower left edge of his nose is directly below his left pupil. Also, the top of the right eye is in perfect alignment with the bottom of the left eye and the attached lobe of the left ear.\r\n\r\nSimply keep looking for positional relationships like this, and you can draw a face angled in any view, any position!\r\n\r\nAlthough this technique has worked well for me over the years, it can be a little time-consuming to discover all of these interesting alignments. Also, if you get lazy and don\'t line up some features properly because you are rushing (like I have done in the past!), your results might not be what you had hoped for.\r\n\r\nThere is a much faster method of drawing a face in any position, and it removes the likelihood of you not placing your facial features properly. <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">You can read more about it here.</a>\r\n\r\nNext, let’s look at some basics for drawing facial features. You can begin by learning how to illustrate each of these in isolation, and later integrate the techniques with the proportion guidelines shared earlier to create a whole Straight On face.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Eyes</h3>\r\nThe eyes are the soul of an otherwise lifeless illustration. With eyes, you can create different expressions and convey certain emotions.\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a horizontal line across the page using a pencil. This will be your guideline. Starting at just below this line, draw an almond-shaped line, allowing the pencil to move smoothly over the guideline to create a graceful arch. Stop when the line reaches the horizontal guideline. Complete the almond shape by drawing under the guideline.\r\n\r\nThe arch of the eye should be graceful and rise gradually from the guideline. If it is too steep, it may make the eye appear rounder and bigger.\r\n\r\nTo make the other eye, repeat the same steps, except that the second eye must be a mirror image of the first eye. The distance between two eyes must be the width of one eye.\r\n\r\nTo draw the iris, measure the height of the eyes at the highest part. This will be the diameter of the iris or the big circle. Within this circle, you may draw a smaller circle, also known as the pupil, and another small circle or two for highlights. Add the lids and the eyelashes.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-eyes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-892\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-eyes.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces eyes\" height=\"640\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3> How to Draw Noses</h3>\r\nThe nose may seem like a simple job but it can actually mean the difference between a well-executed drawing and a mediocre attempt. To start, consider the different parts of the nose: the bridge, the ball (the slightly rounded or pointy tip), and the nostrils (including the wings (or alars), which are the fleshy parts). You will need to integrate these parts into your drawing and make them work together.\r\n\r\nNext, draw a vertical line the length of which you want the nose to be. On both sides of this line, draw diagonal lines that are angled away from each other so that the image forms a very steep triangle.\r\n\r\nAt the base of the triangle, draw two dark strips to represent the nostrils. Using light pencil strokes, start building the nose by drawing the ball and finishing up the alars. Create more strokes to define the nose and provide shading.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-nose.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-893\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-nose.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces nose\" width=\"640\" height=\"280\" /></a></p>\r\n<strong>Tip:</strong> Keep in mind that noses can be any shape, width or length, so you do have some flexibility in drawing the nose that you like.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Ears</h3>\r\nThe ears are easily the most complicated part of drawing faces because of the different folds of fleshy areas that compose each ear. Since the shape is irregular, all you really need to do is learn the basics and practice so that you are more comfortable drawing the lines next time.\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a rectangular box with the short sides on the top and bottom. Use a 1:2 ratio to make the size proportional - that is, the long sides should be twice as long as the short sides. Using the box as a guide, draw the basic shape of the ear within it. Go gently on the curves, especially the upper arch at the top of the ear. Once done, erase the rectangle so you are left with the basic shape to work on.\r\n\r\nAdd the small bump (called a tragus) on the opposite side, slightly at the lower middle area. Make a parallel outline of the ear shape (the helix) and stop just above the lower middle point. Starting at the upper area where the tragus is, draw a thick Y-shape that curves gracefully downwards, following the outline of the ear. This line should meet the lower end of the tragus. Once you are done, you have a basic ear. Begin shading areas to create depth and dimension.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-ear.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-894\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-ear.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces ear\" width=\"640\" height=\"347\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>Note:</strong> Ears appear different depending on the profile of the face you are drawing. A full side view or profile will show a full view of the ears, which means you may have to create better details. For reference, study photos of real ears to familiarize yourself with shape and shading.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Lips</h3>\r\nMen\'s and women\'s lips differ slightly but for the sake of learning the technique, let\'s try to draw a woman\'s lips. A woman\'s lips usually appears thicker and fuller, with more curves.\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a short horizontal guideline. This line will mark the middle part of the lips. Using the line as a guide, draw two peaks to represent the bow curve of the upper lips. The line should rise gently from the guideline to create a more natural look.\r\n\r\nStarting at one end of the line at the base of the peaks, draw the lower lip, finishing the drawing to make sure the lines all meet. Refine the lines and add shading or color.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-lips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-895\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-lips.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces lips\" width=\"437\" height=\"640\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>Tip:</strong> Lips may appear thicker or thinner and may even be modified to illustrate a smiling portrait. Watch for proportion in relation to the base of the mouth and the chin.\r\n<h3>But My Drawing Still Looks Nothing Like the Face I Wanted It to Look Like!</h3>\r\nIn this post, I shared just a few simple tips to help you with some of the beginning basics of drawing a face and the facial features properly. That said, there is a lot more to drawing the face than I can cover in this one post, <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"><em>especially</em></span> if you are striving to draw a face from a reference photo and you want the likeness to match that of the photo!\r\n\r\nIf you like the suggestions in this post but still want a faster and easier way to draw faces...that is also certain to have you end up with a better drawing in the end...\r\n\r\n...then I\'d like to share with you a special guide that I wrote titled <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">\"How to Make Realistic Line Drawings of Any Face\".</a> It provides information on a very effective technique with thorough details and examples that will have you drawing any face from any reference photo, perfectly proportioned and having a true likeness to your subject.\r\n\r\nYou will also <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">see how to get more detailed, realistic-looking facial features</a> with your initial line drawing. Here is an example of a reference photo of a woman\'s eyes, followed by my rendering.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/drawing-the-eyes-photo.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1444\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/drawing-the-eyes-photo.jpg\" alt=\"drawing the eyes photo\" width=\"800\" height=\"358\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/drawing-the-eyes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1445\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/drawing-the-eyes.jpg\" alt=\"drawing the eyes\" width=\"800\" height=\"399\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nAfter drawing for 15 years, I learned this incredibly simple method that had me immediately drawing better, literally overnight! I will teach you to do the same.\r\n<h3>Perfecting the Human Face</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-881 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face-221x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces female face\" width=\"221\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face itself is a blank canvas that can be painted on to show a wide range of features and emotions. From pain and regret to joy and bliss to annoyance and rage, faces can be manipulated on paper to appear as you want them to appear.\r\n\r\nHowever, as you build your drawing skills, make sure to learn from the best teacher and the best source of inspiration, which is real life. When you are learning how to draw faces, learn to observe, to look, to see. Study people\'s faces in pictures and in videos. Also study and learn from drawings of faces and drawing videos. If you have a willing model, take advantage of that as well. Observe how different parts of faces are put together and determine the relationship of each feature with the others.\r\n\r\nBe an observer of life. Implement the simple tips on this page while you keep practicing. <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">Seek more effective techniques</a> when you are ready. The more you are aware of your environment, the better you will be at translating what you see on paper, and you will see that drawing faces is no longer all that tricky!\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">Click here to get \"How to Make Realistic Line Drawings of Any Face\".</a>','How to Draw Those Tricky Faces with Some Simple Tips','','inherit','open','open','','878-revision-v1','','','2014-09-02 00:18:29','2014-09-02 07:18:29','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/878-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1447,2,'2014-09-02 00:23:56','2014-09-02 07:23:56','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-882\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face-208x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces male face\" width=\"208\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face is a very intriguing and inspiring subject. It is also one of the most challenging and scariest things to draw because it is so easy to produce a \"bad\" picture.\r\n\r\nWhen it comes to illustrating human facial features, beginning artists simply think that their work may not be good enough or fail to look \"real\" or authentic. This is especially true when it comes to portraiture, an approach that requires accuracy, technique, and skill in order to produce a realistic image.\r\n\r\nAs a beginning artist, what you may not know is that drawing the human face can be a fantastic opportunity to explore different techniques and improve your drawing skills. Learn how to draw faces using some simple tips from this post, and you can begin to build the right skills in order to approach this art form with confidence!\r\n<h3> Drawing a Face... Any Face</h3>\r\nThere are two ways you can draw human faces: draw a \"generic\" image or create a likeness.\r\n\r\nA generic image is quite simply something you imagine, something that you come up with and sketch onto paper. A likeness, on the other hand, is a drawing that resembles a real person.\r\n\r\nA portrait is a likeness, which means it will require a slightly different technique in order to <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">create an image that is realistic and close to the source image,</a> such as a reference photograph or a live model.\r\n\r\nRegardless, there are certain issues that must be understood in order to create an image that is believable and artistic.\r\n<h3>Understanding Proportion</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-883\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure-200x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces measure\" width=\"200\" height=\"300\" /></a>The most common reason beginning artists find it tricky to draw faces is because they draw an image with the wrong proportions.\r\n\r\nEyes, for example, may appear too high on the forehead or too far apart, or the lips may appear too high above the chin. Proportion refers to how one part of the face appears in relation to the other parts, such as the nose, mouth and ears.\r\n\r\nWith good proportion, a multi-featured object such as a face will appear more aesthetically pleasing. But how do you achieve proportion?\r\n\r\nOne simple way is to measure. When first trying to draw the features that make up a face, use a ruler or tape measure and take measurements, such as the distance of one edge of the eye to the other edge, the length of the nose, the distance between the eyebrows, the distance of the chin from the edge of the lower lip, the width of the nostrils, etc.\r\n\r\nBy taking measurements, you will be able to see the relationship between features of the face and learn how to put them together on a blank space so that they make sense. In time, you will have proportion down to a science, making it easier for you to make adjustments in order to create a more pleasing image.\r\n\r\nAnother way to achieve proportion is to follow some commonly accepted guidelines for the placement of facial features. Check some out in the image below. The more measurements you make and the more studying of faces you do, the more you will realize these guidelines for yourself.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-891\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces guidelines\" width=\"551\" height=\"568\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>A tip:</strong> From time to time, hold up the image you are working on in front of a mirror to see if the lines and proportion are just right. Alternatively, you may view the same image in reverse by holding up the paper against a light source and viewing your drawing from the back. Features of the face should appear even and well-proportioned. If anything appears lopsided, make the necessary corrections.\r\n\r\n<strong>Note:</strong> Proportion is relative. What works for one face may not work for another. The above guidelines are broad and general. If you are doing portraiture, remember that each face is different. Some people, for example, have higher foreheads than others. They may have close-set eyes, narrower nostrils, thinner lips, smaller chins, etc. If your goal is to capture an accurate likeness of a particular person, you may want to try <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">an even more reliable technique.</a> What matters, though, is that you understand basic proportions of each face and use them to build your image.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Faces Using Profiles</h3>\r\nFirst, let us learn of the three major ways that a face is drawn: the Straight On View (face is forward), the Profile View (face is turned to the side) and the Three Quarters View (face is turned slightly or halfway to the side).\r\n\r\nOf these, the Profile is usually the easiest to draw because only one side of the subject\'s face is shown. The Three Quarters requires a view of about 75% of the face and shows both eyes, the nose and most of the mouth. The Straight On is the face in full view.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-886\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\" alt=\"three views of faces\" width=\"640\" height=\"480\" /></a>\r\n\r\nHere is where things can get a little tricky again. Each view has its own set of challenges. For example, the Straight On View calls for an appearance of symmetry, and if you don\'t deliver this symmetry, it is usually easy to spot. You don\'t have to worry about symmetry for the Three Quarters View, but drawing, for example, one eye smaller and a different shape and angle than the other can be tricky and problematic for many beginners trying to get it just right.\r\n\r\nOne suggestion I can give you that has been very helpful for me is to look at how the facial features align with other reference points around it. You can use an imaginary line for this or even a ruler.\r\n\r\nLet\'s say you wanted to draw a portrait using the reference photo below. Not only is it a Three Quarter View, but the subject\'s head is tilted down for an extra element of challenge!\r\n\r\nImmediately, you should look at how different parts of the face are positioned in relation to other parts of the photograph. The white lines represent examples where you can use a ruler or even \"eyeball it\" and trace the path with your finger.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-quarter-view-reference-lines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1441\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-quarter-view-reference-lines.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"480\" height=\"480\" /></a>\r\n\r\nNotice how the man\'s right eye at the far corner lines up with the middle of his hairline at this angle? You can also see that the lower left edge of his nose is directly below his left pupil. Also, the top of the right eye is in perfect alignment with the bottom of the left eye and the attached lobe of the left ear.\r\n\r\nSimply keep looking for positional relationships like this, and you can draw a face angled in any view, any position!\r\n\r\nAlthough this technique has worked well for me over the years, it can be a little time-consuming to discover all of these interesting alignments. Also, if you get lazy and don\'t line up some features properly because you are rushing (like I have done in the past!), your results might not be what you had hoped for.\r\n\r\nThere is a much faster method of drawing a face in any position, and it removes the likelihood of you not placing your facial features properly. <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">You can read more about it here.</a>\r\n\r\nNext, let’s look at some basics for drawing facial features. You can begin by learning how to illustrate each of these in isolation, and later integrate the techniques with the proportion guidelines shared earlier to create a whole Straight On face.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Eyes</h3>\r\nThe eyes are the soul of an otherwise lifeless illustration. With eyes, you can create different expressions and convey certain emotions.\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a horizontal line across the page using a pencil. This will be your guideline. Starting at just below this line, draw an almond-shaped line, allowing the pencil to move smoothly over the guideline to create a graceful arch. Stop when the line reaches the horizontal guideline. Complete the almond shape by drawing under the guideline.\r\n\r\nThe arch of the eye should be graceful and rise gradually from the guideline. If it is too steep, it may make the eye appear rounder and bigger.\r\n\r\nTo make the other eye, repeat the same steps, except that the second eye must be a mirror image of the first eye. The distance between two eyes must be the width of one eye.\r\n\r\nTo draw the iris, measure the height of the eyes at the highest part. This will be the diameter of the iris or the big circle. Within this circle, you may draw a smaller circle, also known as the pupil, and another small circle or two for highlights. Add the lids and the eyelashes.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-eyes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-892\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-eyes.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces eyes\" height=\"640\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3> How to Draw Noses</h3>\r\nThe nose may seem like a simple job but it can actually mean the difference between a well-executed drawing and a mediocre attempt. To start, consider the different parts of the nose: the bridge, the ball (the slightly rounded or pointy tip), and the nostrils (including the wings (or alars), which are the fleshy parts). You will need to integrate these parts into your drawing and make them work together.\r\n\r\nNext, draw a vertical line the length of which you want the nose to be. On both sides of this line, draw diagonal lines that are angled away from each other so that the image forms a very steep triangle.\r\n\r\nAt the base of the triangle, draw two dark strips to represent the nostrils. Using light pencil strokes, start building the nose by drawing the ball and finishing up the alars. Create more strokes to define the nose and provide shading.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-nose.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-893\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-nose.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces nose\" width=\"640\" height=\"280\" /></a></p>\r\n<strong>Tip:</strong> Keep in mind that noses can be any shape, width or length, so you do have some flexibility in drawing the nose that you like.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Ears</h3>\r\nThe ears are easily the most complicated part of drawing faces because of the different folds of fleshy areas that compose each ear. Since the shape is irregular, all you really need to do is learn the basics and practice so that you are more comfortable drawing the lines next time.\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a rectangular box with the short sides on the top and bottom. Use a 1:2 ratio to make the size proportional - that is, the long sides should be twice as long as the short sides. Using the box as a guide, draw the basic shape of the ear within it. Go gently on the curves, especially the upper arch at the top of the ear. Once done, erase the rectangle so you are left with the basic shape to work on.\r\n\r\nAdd the small bump (called a tragus) on the opposite side, slightly at the lower middle area. Make a parallel outline of the ear shape (the helix) and stop just above the lower middle point. Starting at the upper area where the tragus is, draw a thick Y-shape that curves gracefully downwards, following the outline of the ear. This line should meet the lower end of the tragus. Once you are done, you have a basic ear. Begin shading areas to create depth and dimension.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-ear.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-894\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-ear.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces ear\" width=\"640\" height=\"347\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>Note:</strong> Ears appear different depending on the profile of the face you are drawing. A full side view or profile will show a full view of the ears, which means you may have to create better details. For reference, study photos of real ears to familiarize yourself with shape and shading.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Lips</h3>\r\nMen\'s and women\'s lips differ slightly but for the sake of learning the technique, let\'s try to draw a woman\'s lips. A woman\'s lips usually appears thicker and fuller, with more curves.\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a short horizontal guideline. This line will mark the middle part of the lips. Using the line as a guide, draw two peaks to represent the bow curve of the upper lips. The line should rise gently from the guideline to create a more natural look.\r\n\r\nStarting at one end of the line at the base of the peaks, draw the lower lip, finishing the drawing to make sure the lines all meet. Refine the lines and add shading or color.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-lips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-895\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-lips.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces lips\" width=\"437\" height=\"640\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>Tip:</strong> Lips may appear thicker or thinner and may even be modified to illustrate a smiling portrait. Watch for proportion in relation to the base of the mouth and the chin.\r\n<h3>But My Drawing Still Looks Nothing Like the Face I Wanted It to Look Like!</h3>\r\nIn this post, I shared just a few simple tips to help you with some of the beginning basics of drawing a face and the facial features properly. That said, there is a lot more to drawing the face than I can cover in this one post, <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"><em>especially</em></span> if you are striving to draw a face from a reference photo and you want the likeness to match that of the photo!\r\n\r\nIf you like the suggestions in this post but still want a faster and easier way to draw faces...that is also certain to have you end up with a better drawing in the end...\r\n\r\n...then I\'d like to share with you a special guide that I wrote titled <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">\"How to Make Realistic Line Drawings of Any Face\".</a> It provides information on a very effective technique with thorough details and examples that will have you drawing any face from any reference photo, perfectly proportioned and having a true likeness to your subject.\r\n\r\nYou will also <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">see how to get more detailed, realistic-looking facial features</a> with your initial line drawing. Here is an example of a reference photo of a woman\'s eyes, followed by my rendering.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/drawing-the-eyes-photo.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1444\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/drawing-the-eyes-photo.jpg\" alt=\"drawing the eyes photo\" width=\"800\" height=\"358\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/drawing-the-eyes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1445\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/drawing-the-eyes.jpg\" alt=\"drawing the eyes\" width=\"800\" height=\"399\" /></a>\r\n\r\nAfter drawing for 15 years, I learned this incredibly simple method that had me immediately drawing better, literally overnight! I will teach you to do the same.\r\n<h3>Perfecting the Human Face</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-881 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face-221x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces female face\" width=\"221\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face itself is a blank canvas that can be painted on to show a wide range of features and emotions. From pain and regret to joy and bliss to annoyance and rage, faces can be manipulated on paper to appear as you want them to appear.\r\n\r\nHowever, as you build your drawing skills, make sure to learn from the best teacher and the best source of inspiration, which is real life. When you are learning how to draw faces, learn to observe, to look, to see. Study people\'s faces in pictures and in videos. Also study and learn from drawings of faces and drawing videos. If you have a willing model, take advantage of that as well. Observe how different parts of faces are put together and determine the relationship of each feature with the others.\r\n\r\nBe an observer of life. Implement the simple tips on this page while you keep practicing. <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">Seek more effective techniques</a> when you are ready. The more you are aware of your environment, the better you will be at translating what you see on paper, and you will see that drawing faces is no longer all that tricky!\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">Click here to get \"How to Make Realistic Line Drawings of Any Face\".</a>','How to Draw Those Tricky Faces with Some Simple Tips','','inherit','open','open','','878-revision-v1','','','2014-09-02 00:23:56','2014-09-02 07:23:56','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/878-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1449,2,'2014-09-02 18:54:42','2014-09-03 01:54:42','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-882\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face-208x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces male face\" width=\"208\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face is a very intriguing and inspiring subject. It is also one of the most challenging and scariest things to draw because it is so easy to produce a \"bad\" picture.\r\n\r\nWhen it comes to illustrating human facial features, beginning artists simply think that their work may not be good enough or fail to look \"real\" or authentic. This is especially true when it comes to portraiture, an approach that requires accuracy, technique, and skill in order to produce a realistic image.\r\n\r\nAs a beginning artist, what you may not know is that drawing the human face can be a fantastic opportunity to explore different techniques and improve your drawing skills. Learn how to draw faces using some simple tips from this post, and you can begin to build the right skills in order to approach this art form with confidence!\r\n<h3> Drawing a Face... Any Face</h3>\r\nThere are two ways you can draw human faces: draw a \"generic\" image or create a likeness.\r\n\r\nA generic image is quite simply something you imagine, something that you come up with and sketch onto paper. A likeness, on the other hand, is a drawing that resembles a real person.\r\n\r\nA portrait is a likeness, which means it will require a slightly different technique in order to <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">create an image that is realistic and close to the source image,</a> such as a reference photograph or a live model.\r\n\r\nRegardless, there are certain issues that must be understood in order to create an image that is believable and artistic.\r\n<h3>Understanding Proportion</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-883\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure-200x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces measure\" width=\"200\" height=\"300\" /></a>The most common reason beginning artists find it tricky to draw faces is because they draw an image with the wrong proportions.\r\n\r\nEyes, for example, may appear too high on the forehead or too far apart, or the lips may appear too high above the chin. Proportion refers to how one part of the face appears in relation to the other parts, such as the nose, mouth and ears.\r\n\r\nWith good proportion, a multi-featured object such as a face will appear more aesthetically pleasing. But how do you achieve proportion?\r\n\r\nOne simple way is to measure. When first trying to draw the features that make up a face, use a ruler or tape measure and take measurements, such as the distance of one edge of the eye to the other edge, the length of the nose, the distance between the eyebrows, the distance of the chin from the edge of the lower lip, the width of the nostrils, etc.\r\n\r\nBy taking measurements, you will be able to see the relationship between features of the face and learn how to put them together on a blank space so that they make sense. In time, you will have proportion down to a science, making it easier for you to make adjustments in order to create a more pleasing image.\r\n\r\nAnother way to achieve proportion is to follow some commonly accepted guidelines for the placement of facial features. Check some out in the image below. The more measurements you make and the more studying of faces you do, the more you will realize these guidelines for yourself.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-891\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces guidelines\" width=\"551\" height=\"568\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>A tip:</strong> From time to time, hold up the image you are working on in front of a mirror to see if the lines and proportion are just right. Alternatively, you may view the same image in reverse by holding up the paper against a light source and viewing your drawing from the back. Features of the face should appear even and well-proportioned. If anything appears lopsided, make the necessary corrections.\r\n\r\n<strong>Note:</strong> Proportion is relative. What works for one face may not work for another. The above guidelines are broad and general. If you are doing portraiture, remember that each face is different. Some people, for example, have higher foreheads than others. They may have close-set eyes, narrower nostrils, thinner lips, smaller chins, etc. If your goal is to capture an accurate likeness of a particular person, you may want to try <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">an even more reliable technique.</a> What matters, though, is that you understand basic proportions of each face and use them to build your image.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Faces Using Profiles</h3>\r\nFirst, let us learn of the three major ways that a face is drawn: the Straight On View (face is forward), the Profile View (face is turned to the side) and the Three Quarters View (face is turned slightly or halfway to the side).\r\n\r\nOf these, the Profile is usually the easiest to draw because only one side of the subject\'s face is shown. The Three Quarters requires a view of about 75% of the face and shows both eyes, the nose and most of the mouth. The Straight On is the face in full view.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-886\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\" alt=\"three views of faces\" width=\"640\" height=\"480\" /></a>\r\n\r\nHere is where things can get a little tricky again. Each view has its own set of challenges. For example, the Straight On View calls for an appearance of symmetry, and if you don\'t deliver this symmetry, it is usually easy to spot. You don\'t have to worry about symmetry for the Three Quarters View, but drawing, for example, one eye smaller and a different shape and angle than the other can be tricky and problematic for many beginners trying to get it just right.\r\n\r\nOne suggestion I can give you that has been very helpful for me is to look at how the facial features align with other reference points around it. You can use an imaginary line for this or even a ruler.\r\n\r\nLet\'s say you wanted to draw a portrait using the reference photo below. Not only is it a Three Quarter View, but the subject\'s head is tilted down for an extra element of challenge!\r\n\r\nImmediately, you should look at how different parts of the face are positioned in relation to other parts of the photograph. The white lines represent examples where you can use a ruler or even \"eyeball it\" and trace the path with your finger.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-quarter-view-reference-lines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1441\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-quarter-view-reference-lines.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"480\" height=\"480\" /></a>\r\n\r\nNotice how the man\'s right eye at the far corner lines up with the middle of his hairline at this angle? You can also see that the lower left edge of his nose is directly below his left pupil. Also, the top of the right eye is in perfect alignment with the bottom of the left eye and the attached lobe of the left ear.\r\n\r\nSimply keep looking for positional relationships like this, and you can draw a face angled in any view, any position!\r\n\r\nAlthough this technique has worked well for me over the years, it can be a little time-consuming to discover all of these interesting alignments. Also, if you get lazy and don\'t line up some features properly because you are rushing (like I have done in the past!), your results might not be what you had hoped for.\r\n\r\nThere is a much faster method of drawing a face in any position, and it removes the likelihood of you not placing your facial features properly. <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">You can read more about it here.</a>\r\n\r\nNext, let’s look at some basics for drawing facial features. You can begin by learning how to illustrate each of these in isolation, and later integrate the techniques with the proportion guidelines shared earlier to create a whole Straight On face.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Eyes</h3>\r\nThe eyes are the soul of an otherwise lifeless illustration. With eyes, you can create different expressions and convey certain emotions.\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a horizontal line across the page using a pencil. This will be your guideline. Starting at just below this line, draw an almond-shaped line, allowing the pencil to move smoothly over the guideline to create a graceful arch. Stop when the line reaches the horizontal guideline. Complete the almond shape by drawing under the guideline.\r\n\r\nThe arch of the eye should be graceful and rise gradually from the guideline. If it is too steep, it may make the eye appear rounder and bigger.\r\n\r\nTo make the other eye, repeat the same steps, except that the second eye must be a mirror image of the first eye. The distance between two eyes must be the width of one eye.\r\n\r\nTo draw the iris, measure the height of the eyes at the highest part. This will be the diameter of the iris or the big circle. Within this circle, you may draw a smaller circle, also known as the pupil, and another small circle or two for highlights. Add the lids and the eyelashes.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-eyes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-892\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-eyes.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces eyes\" height=\"640\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3> How to Draw Noses</h3>\r\nThe nose may seem like a simple job but it can actually mean the difference between a well-executed drawing and a mediocre attempt. To start, consider the different parts of the nose: the bridge, the ball (the slightly rounded or pointy tip), and the nostrils (including the wings (or alars), which are the fleshy parts). You will need to integrate these parts into your drawing and make them work together.\r\n\r\nNext, draw a vertical line the length of which you want the nose to be. On both sides of this line, draw diagonal lines that are angled away from each other so that the image forms a very steep triangle.\r\n\r\nAt the base of the triangle, draw two dark strips to represent the nostrils. Using light pencil strokes, start building the nose by drawing the ball and finishing up the alars. Create more strokes to define the nose and provide shading.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-nose.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-893\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-nose.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces nose\" width=\"640\" height=\"280\" /></a></p>\r\n<strong>Tip:</strong> Keep in mind that noses can be any shape, width or length, so you do have some flexibility in drawing the nose that you like.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Ears</h3>\r\nThe ears are easily the most complicated part of drawing faces because of the different folds of fleshy areas that compose each ear. Since the shape is irregular, all you really need to do is learn the basics and practice so that you are more comfortable drawing the lines next time.\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a rectangular box with the short sides on the top and bottom. Use a 1:2 ratio to make the size proportional - that is, the long sides should be twice as long as the short sides. Using the box as a guide, draw the basic shape of the ear within it. Go gently on the curves, especially the upper arch at the top of the ear. Once done, erase the rectangle so you are left with the basic shape to work on.\r\n\r\nAdd the small bump (called a tragus) on the opposite side, slightly at the lower middle area. Make a parallel outline of the ear shape (the helix) and stop just above the lower middle point. Starting at the upper area where the tragus is, draw a thick Y-shape that curves gracefully downwards, following the outline of the ear. This line should meet the lower end of the tragus. Once you are done, you have a basic ear. Begin shading areas to create depth and dimension.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-ear.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-894\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-ear.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces ear\" width=\"640\" height=\"347\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>Note:</strong> Ears appear different depending on the profile of the face you are drawing. A full side view or profile will show a full view of the ears, which means you may have to create better details. For reference, study photos of real ears to familiarize yourself with shape and shading.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Lips</h3>\r\nMen\'s and women\'s lips differ slightly but for the sake of learning the technique, let\'s try to draw a woman\'s lips. A woman\'s lips usually appears thicker and fuller, with more curves.\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a short horizontal guideline. This line will mark the middle part of the lips. Using the line as a guide, draw two peaks to represent the bow curve of the upper lips. The line should rise gently from the guideline to create a more natural look.\r\n\r\nStarting at one end of the line at the base of the peaks, draw the lower lip, finishing the drawing to make sure the lines all meet. Refine the lines and add shading or color.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-lips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-895\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-lips.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces lips\" width=\"437\" height=\"640\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>Tip:</strong> Lips may appear thicker or thinner and may even be modified to illustrate a smiling portrait. Watch for proportion in relation to the base of the mouth and the chin.\r\n<h3>But My Drawing Still Looks Nothing Like the Face I Wanted It to Look Like!</h3>\r\nIn this post, I shared just a few simple tips to help you with some of the beginning basics of drawing a face and the facial features properly. That said, there is a lot more to drawing the face than I can cover in this one post, <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"><em>especially</em></span> if you are striving to draw a face from a reference photo and you want the likeness to match that of the photo!\r\n\r\nIf you like the suggestions in this post but still want a faster and easier way to draw faces...that is also certain to have you end up with a better drawing in the end...\r\n\r\n...then I\'d like to share with you a special guide that I wrote titled <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">\"How to Make Realistic Line Drawings of Any Face\".</a> It provides information on a very effective technique with thorough details and examples that will have you drawing any face from any reference photo, perfectly proportioned and having a true likeness to your subject.\r\n\r\nYou will also <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">see how to get more detailed, realistic-looking facial features</a> with your initial line drawing. Here is an example of a reference photo of a woman\'s eyes, followed by my rendering.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/drawing-the-eyes-photo.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1444\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/drawing-the-eyes-photo.jpg\" alt=\"drawing the eyes photo\" width=\"800\" height=\"358\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/drawing-the-eyes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1445\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/drawing-the-eyes.jpg\" alt=\"drawing the eyes\" width=\"800\" height=\"399\" /></a>\r\n\r\nAfter drawing for 15 years, I learned this incredibly simple method that had me immediately drawing better, literally overnight! I will teach you to do the same.\r\n<h3>Perfecting the Human Face</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-881 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face-221x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces female face\" width=\"221\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face itself is a blank canvas that can be painted on to show a wide range of features and emotions. From pain and regret to joy and bliss to annoyance and rage, faces can be manipulated on paper to appear as you want them to appear.\r\n\r\nHowever, as you build your drawing skills, make sure to learn from the best teacher and the best source of inspiration, which is real life. When you are learning how to draw faces, learn to observe, to look, to see. Study people\'s faces in pictures and in videos. Also study and learn from drawings of faces and drawing videos. If you have a willing model, take advantage of that as well. Observe how different parts of faces are put together and determine the relationship of each feature with the others.\r\n\r\nBe an observer of life. Implement the simple tips on this page while you keep practicing. <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">Seek more effective techniques</a> when you are ready. The more you are aware of your environment, the better you will be at translating what you see on paper, and you will see that drawing faces is no longer all that tricky!\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">Click here to get \"How to Make Realistic Line Drawings of Any Face\"</a>!','How to Draw Those Tricky Faces with Some Simple Tips','','inherit','open','open','','878-revision-v1','','','2014-09-02 18:54:42','2014-09-03 01:54:42','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/878-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1450,2,'2014-09-02 18:55:49','2014-09-03 01:55:49','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-882\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face-208x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces male face\" width=\"208\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face is a very intriguing and inspiring subject. It is also one of the most challenging and scariest things to draw because it is so easy to produce a \"bad\" picture.\r\n\r\nWhen it comes to illustrating human facial features, beginning artists simply think that their work may not be good enough or fail to look \"real\" or authentic. This is especially true when it comes to portraiture, an approach that requires accuracy, technique, and skill in order to produce a realistic image.\r\n\r\nAs a beginning artist, what you may not know is that drawing the human face can be a fantastic opportunity to explore different techniques and improve your drawing skills. Learn how to draw faces using some simple tips from this post, and you can begin to build the right skills in order to approach this art form with confidence!\r\n<h3> Drawing a Face... Any Face</h3>\r\nThere are two ways you can draw human faces: draw a \"generic\" image or create a likeness.\r\n\r\nA generic image is quite simply something you imagine, something that you come up with and sketch onto paper. A likeness, on the other hand, is a drawing that resembles a real person.\r\n\r\nA portrait is a likeness, which means it will require a slightly different technique in order to <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">create an image that is realistic and close to the source image,</a> such as a reference photograph or a live model.\r\n\r\nRegardless, there are certain issues that must be understood in order to create an image that is believable and artistic.\r\n<h3>Understanding Proportion</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-883\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure-200x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces measure\" width=\"200\" height=\"300\" /></a>The most common reason beginning artists find it tricky to draw faces is because they draw an image with the wrong proportions.\r\n\r\nEyes, for example, may appear too high on the forehead or too far apart, or the lips may appear too high above the chin. Proportion refers to how one part of the face appears in relation to the other parts, such as the nose, mouth and ears.\r\n\r\nWith good proportion, a multi-featured object such as a face will appear more aesthetically pleasing. But how do you achieve proportion?\r\n\r\nOne simple way is to measure. When first trying to draw the features that make up a face, use a ruler or tape measure and take measurements, such as the distance of one edge of the eye to the other edge, the length of the nose, the distance between the eyebrows, the distance of the chin from the edge of the lower lip, the width of the nostrils, etc.\r\n\r\nBy taking measurements, you will be able to see the relationship between features of the face and learn how to put them together on a blank space so that they make sense. In time, you will have proportion down to a science, making it easier for you to make adjustments in order to create a more pleasing image.\r\n\r\nAnother way to achieve proportion is to follow some commonly accepted guidelines for the placement of facial features. Check some out in the image below. The more measurements you make and the more studying of faces you do, the more you will realize these guidelines for yourself.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-891\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces guidelines\" width=\"551\" height=\"568\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>A tip:</strong> From time to time, hold up the image you are working on in front of a mirror to see if the lines and proportion are just right. Alternatively, you may view the same image in reverse by holding up the paper against a light source and viewing your drawing from the back. Features of the face should appear even and well-proportioned. If anything appears lopsided, make the necessary corrections.\r\n\r\n<strong>Note:</strong> Proportion is relative. What works for one face may not work for another. The above guidelines are broad and general. If you are doing portraiture, remember that each face is different. Some people, for example, have higher foreheads than others. They may have close-set eyes, narrower nostrils, thinner lips, smaller chins, etc. If your goal is to capture an accurate likeness of a particular person, you may want to try <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">an even more reliable technique.</a> What matters, though, is that you understand basic proportions of each face and use them to build your image.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Faces Using Profiles</h3>\r\nFirst, let us learn of the three major ways that a face is drawn: the Straight On View (face is forward), the Profile View (face is turned to the side) and the Three Quarters View (face is turned slightly or halfway to the side).\r\n\r\nOf these, the Profile is usually the easiest to draw because only one side of the subject\'s face is shown. The Three Quarters requires a view of about 75% of the face and shows both eyes, the nose and most of the mouth. The Straight On is the face in full view.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-886\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\" alt=\"three views of faces\" width=\"640\" height=\"480\" /></a>\r\n\r\nHere is where things can get a little tricky again. Each view has its own set of challenges. For example, the Straight On View calls for an appearance of symmetry, and if you don\'t deliver this symmetry, it is usually easy to spot. You don\'t have to worry about symmetry for the Three Quarters View, but drawing, for example, one eye smaller and a different shape and angle than the other can be tricky and problematic for many beginners trying to get it just right.\r\n\r\nOne suggestion I can give you that has been very helpful for me is to look at how the facial features align with other reference points around it. You can use an imaginary line for this or even a ruler.\r\n\r\nLet\'s say you wanted to draw a portrait using the reference photo below. Not only is it a Three Quarter View, but the subject\'s head is tilted down for an extra element of challenge!\r\n\r\nImmediately, you should look at how different parts of the face are positioned in relation to other parts of the photograph. The white lines represent examples where you can use a ruler or even \"eyeball it\" and trace the path with your finger.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-quarter-view-reference-lines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1441\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-quarter-view-reference-lines.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"480\" height=\"480\" /></a>\r\n\r\nNotice how the man\'s right eye at the far corner lines up with the middle of his hairline at this angle? You can also see that the lower left edge of his nose is directly below his left pupil. Also, the top of the right eye is in perfect alignment with the bottom of the left eye and the attached lobe of the left ear.\r\n\r\nSimply keep looking for positional relationships like this, and you can draw a face angled in any view, any position!\r\n\r\nAlthough this technique has worked well for me over the years, it can be a little time-consuming to discover all of these interesting alignments. Also, if you get lazy and don\'t line up some features properly because you are rushing (like I have done in the past!), your results might not be what you had hoped for.\r\n\r\nThere is a much faster method of drawing a face in any position, and it removes the likelihood of you not placing your facial features properly. <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">You can read more about it here.</a>\r\n\r\nNext, let’s look at some basics for drawing facial features. You can begin by learning how to illustrate each of these in isolation, and later integrate the techniques with the proportion guidelines shared earlier to create a whole Straight On face.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Eyes</h3>\r\nThe eyes are the soul of an otherwise lifeless illustration. With eyes, you can create different expressions and convey certain emotions.\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a horizontal line across the page using a pencil. This will be your guideline. Starting at just below this line, draw an almond-shaped line, allowing the pencil to move smoothly over the guideline to create a graceful arch. Stop when the line reaches the horizontal guideline. Complete the almond shape by drawing under the guideline.\r\n\r\nThe arch of the eye should be graceful and rise gradually from the guideline. If it is too steep, it may make the eye appear rounder and bigger.\r\n\r\nTo make the other eye, repeat the same steps, except that the second eye must be a mirror image of the first eye. The distance between two eyes must be the width of one eye.\r\n\r\nTo draw the iris, measure the height of the eyes at the highest part. This will be the diameter of the iris or the big circle. Within this circle, you may draw a smaller circle, also known as the pupil, and another small circle or two for highlights. Add the lids and the eyelashes.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-eyes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-892\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-eyes.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces eyes\" height=\"640\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3> How to Draw Noses</h3>\r\nThe nose may seem like a simple job but it can actually mean the difference between a well-executed drawing and a mediocre attempt. To start, consider the different parts of the nose: the bridge, the ball (the slightly rounded or pointy tip), and the nostrils (including the wings (or alars), which are the fleshy parts). You will need to integrate these parts into your drawing and make them work together.\r\n\r\nNext, draw a vertical line the length of which you want the nose to be. On both sides of this line, draw diagonal lines that are angled away from each other so that the image forms a very steep triangle.\r\n\r\nAt the base of the triangle, draw two dark strips to represent the nostrils. Using light pencil strokes, start building the nose by drawing the ball and finishing up the alars. Create more strokes to define the nose and provide shading.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-nose.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-893\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-nose.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces nose\" width=\"640\" height=\"280\" /></a></p>\r\n<strong>Tip:</strong> Keep in mind that noses can be any shape, width or length, so you do have some flexibility in drawing the nose that you like.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Ears</h3>\r\nThe ears are easily the most complicated part of drawing faces because of the different folds of fleshy areas that compose each ear. Since the shape is irregular, all you really need to do is learn the basics and practice so that you are more comfortable drawing the lines next time.\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a rectangular box with the short sides on the top and bottom. Use a 1:2 ratio to make the size proportional - that is, the long sides should be twice as long as the short sides. Using the box as a guide, draw the basic shape of the ear within it. Go gently on the curves, especially the upper arch at the top of the ear. Once done, erase the rectangle so you are left with the basic shape to work on.\r\n\r\nAdd the small bump (called a tragus) on the opposite side, slightly at the lower middle area. Make a parallel outline of the ear shape (the helix) and stop just above the lower middle point. Starting at the upper area where the tragus is, draw a thick Y-shape that curves gracefully downwards, following the outline of the ear. This line should meet the lower end of the tragus. Once you are done, you have a basic ear. Begin shading areas to create depth and dimension.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-ear.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-894\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-ear.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces ear\" width=\"640\" height=\"347\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>Note:</strong> Ears appear different depending on the profile of the face you are drawing. A full side view or profile will show a full view of the ears, which means you may have to create better details. For reference, study photos of real ears to familiarize yourself with shape and shading.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Lips</h3>\r\nMen\'s and women\'s lips differ slightly but for the sake of learning the technique, let\'s try to draw a woman\'s lips. A woman\'s lips usually appears thicker and fuller, with more curves.\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a short horizontal guideline. This line will mark the middle part of the lips. Using the line as a guide, draw two peaks to represent the bow curve of the upper lips. The line should rise gently from the guideline to create a more natural look.\r\n\r\nStarting at one end of the line at the base of the peaks, draw the lower lip, finishing the drawing to make sure the lines all meet. Refine the lines and add shading or color.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-lips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-895\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-lips.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces lips\" width=\"437\" height=\"640\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>Tip:</strong> Lips may appear thicker or thinner and may even be modified to illustrate a smiling portrait. Watch for proportion in relation to the base of the mouth and the chin.\r\n<h3>But My Drawing Still Looks Nothing Like the Face I Wanted It to Look Like!</h3>\r\nIn this post, I shared just a few simple tips to help you with some of the beginning basics of drawing a face and the facial features properly. That said, there is a lot more to drawing the face than I can cover in this one post, <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"><em>especially</em></span> if you are striving to draw a face from a reference photo and you want the likeness to match that of the photo!\r\n\r\nIf you like the suggestions in this post but still want a faster and easier way to draw faces...that is also certain to have you end up with a better drawing in the end...\r\n\r\n...then I\'d like to share with you a special guide that I wrote titled <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">\"How to Make Realistic Line Drawings of Any Face\".</a> It provides information on a very effective technique with thorough details and examples that will have you drawing any face from any reference photo, perfectly proportioned and having a true likeness to your subject.\r\n\r\nYou will also <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">see how to get more detailed, realistic-looking facial features</a> with your initial line drawing. Here is an example of a reference photo of a woman\'s eyes, followed by my rendering.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/drawing-the-eyes-photo.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1444\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/drawing-the-eyes-photo.jpg\" alt=\"drawing the eyes photo\" width=\"800\" height=\"358\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/drawing-the-eyes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1445\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/drawing-the-eyes.jpg\" alt=\"drawing the eyes\" width=\"800\" height=\"399\" /></a>\r\n\r\nAfter drawing for 15 years, I learned this incredibly simple method that had me immediately drawing better, literally overnight! I will teach you to do the same.\r\n<h3>Perfecting the Human Face</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-881 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face-221x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces female face\" width=\"221\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face itself is a blank canvas that can be painted on to show a wide range of features and emotions. From pain and regret to joy and bliss to annoyance and rage, faces can be manipulated on paper to appear as you want them to appear.\r\n\r\nHowever, as you build your drawing skills, make sure to learn from the best teacher and the best source of inspiration, which is real life. When you are learning how to draw faces, learn to observe, to look, to see. Study people\'s faces in pictures and in videos. Also study and learn from drawings of faces and drawing videos. If you have a willing model, take advantage of that as well. Observe how different parts of faces are put together and determine the relationship of each feature with the others.\r\n\r\nBe an observer of life. Implement the simple tips on this page while you keep practicing. <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">Seek more effective techniques</a> when you are ready. The more you are aware of your environment, the better you will be at translating what you see on paper, and you will see that drawing faces is no longer all that tricky!\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">Click here to get \"How to Make Realistic Line Drawings of Any Face\"!</a>','How to Draw Those Tricky Faces with Some Simple Tips','','inherit','open','open','','878-revision-v1','','','2014-09-02 18:55:49','2014-09-03 01:55:49','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/878-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1451,2,'2014-09-02 20:20:59','2014-09-03 03:20:59','','how to draw faces simple tips','','inherit','open','open','','how-to-draw-faces-simple-tips','','','2014-09-02 20:20:59','2014-09-03 03:20:59','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-simple-tips.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1452,2,'2014-09-02 20:22:56','2014-09-03 03:22:56','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-simple-tips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1451\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-simple-tips.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces simple tips\" width=\"1200\" height=\"800\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThe human face is a very intriguing and inspiring subject. It is also one of the most challenging and scariest things to draw because it is so easy to produce a \"bad\" picture.\r\n\r\nWhen it comes to illustrating human facial features, beginning artists simply think that their work may not be good enough or fail to look \"real\" or authentic. This is especially true when it comes to portraiture, an approach that requires accuracy, technique, and skill in order to produce a realistic image.\r\n\r\nAs a beginning artist, what you may not know is that drawing the human face can be a fantastic opportunity to explore different techniques and improve your drawing skills. Learn how to draw faces using some simple tips from this post, and you can begin to build the right skills in order to approach this art form with confidence!\r\n<h3> Drawing a Face... Any Face</h3>\r\nThere are two ways you can draw human faces: draw a \"generic\" image or create a likeness.\r\n\r\nA generic image is quite simply something you imagine, something that you come up with and sketch onto paper. A likeness, on the other hand, is a drawing that resembles a real person.\r\n\r\nA portrait is a likeness, which means it will require a slightly different technique in order to <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">create an image that is realistic and close to the source image,</a> such as a reference photograph or a live model.\r\n\r\nRegardless, there are certain issues that must be understood in order to create an image that is believable and artistic.\r\n<h3>Understanding Proportion</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-883\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure-200x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces measure\" width=\"200\" height=\"300\" /></a>The most common reason beginning artists find it tricky to draw faces is because they draw an image with the wrong proportions.\r\n\r\nEyes, for example, may appear too high on the forehead or too far apart, or the lips may appear too high above the chin. Proportion refers to how one part of the face appears in relation to the other parts, such as the nose, mouth and ears.\r\n\r\nWith good proportion, a multi-featured object such as a face will appear more aesthetically pleasing. But how do you achieve proportion?\r\n\r\nOne simple way is to measure. When first trying to draw the features that make up a face, use a ruler or tape measure and take measurements, such as the distance of one edge of the eye to the other edge, the length of the nose, the distance between the eyebrows, the distance of the chin from the edge of the lower lip, the width of the nostrils, etc.\r\n\r\nBy taking measurements, you will be able to see the relationship between features of the face and learn how to put them together on a blank space so that they make sense. In time, you will have proportion down to a science, making it easier for you to make adjustments in order to create a more pleasing image.\r\n\r\nAnother way to achieve proportion is to follow some commonly accepted guidelines for the placement of facial features. Check some out in the image below. The more measurements you make and the more studying of faces you do, the more you will realize these guidelines for yourself.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-891\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces guidelines\" width=\"551\" height=\"568\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>A tip:</strong> From time to time, hold up the image you are working on in front of a mirror to see if the lines and proportion are just right. Alternatively, you may view the same image in reverse by holding up the paper against a light source and viewing your drawing from the back. Features of the face should appear even and well-proportioned. If anything appears lopsided, make the necessary corrections.\r\n\r\n<strong>Note:</strong> Proportion is relative. What works for one face may not work for another. The above guidelines are broad and general. If you are doing portraiture, remember that each face is different. Some people, for example, have higher foreheads than others. They may have close-set eyes, narrower nostrils, thinner lips, smaller chins, etc. If your goal is to capture an accurate likeness of a particular person, you may want to try <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">an even more reliable technique.</a> What matters, though, is that you understand basic proportions of each face and use them to build your image.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Faces Using Profiles</h3>\r\nFirst, let us learn of the three major ways that a face is drawn: the Straight On View (face is forward), the Profile View (face is turned to the side) and the Three Quarters View (face is turned slightly or halfway to the side).\r\n\r\nOf these, the Profile is usually the easiest to draw because only one side of the subject\'s face is shown. The Three Quarters requires a view of about 75% of the face and shows both eyes, the nose and most of the mouth. The Straight On is the face in full view.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-886\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\" alt=\"three views of faces\" width=\"640\" height=\"480\" /></a>\r\n\r\nHere is where things can get a little tricky again. Each view has its own set of challenges. For example, the Straight On View calls for an appearance of symmetry, and if you don\'t deliver this symmetry, it is usually easy to spot. You don\'t have to worry about symmetry for the Three Quarters View, but drawing, for example, one eye smaller and a different shape and angle than the other can be tricky and problematic for many beginners trying to get it just right.\r\n\r\nOne suggestion I can give you that has been very helpful for me is to look at how the facial features align with other reference points around it. You can use an imaginary line for this or even a ruler.\r\n\r\nLet\'s say you wanted to draw a portrait using the reference photo below. Not only is it a Three Quarter View, but the subject\'s head is tilted down for an extra element of challenge!\r\n\r\nImmediately, you should look at how different parts of the face are positioned in relation to other parts of the photograph. The white lines represent examples where you can use a ruler or even \"eyeball it\" and trace the path with your finger.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-quarter-view-reference-lines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1441\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-quarter-view-reference-lines.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"480\" height=\"480\" /></a>\r\n\r\nNotice how the man\'s right eye at the far corner lines up with the middle of his hairline at this angle? You can also see that the lower left edge of his nose is directly below his left pupil. Also, the top of the right eye is in perfect alignment with the bottom of the left eye and the attached lobe of the left ear.\r\n\r\nSimply keep looking for positional relationships like this, and you can draw a face angled in any view, any position!\r\n\r\nAlthough this technique has worked well for me over the years, it can be a little time-consuming to discover all of these interesting alignments. Also, if you get lazy and don\'t line up some features properly because you are rushing (like I have done in the past!), your results might not be what you had hoped for.\r\n\r\nThere is a much faster method of drawing a face in any position, and it removes the likelihood of you not placing your facial features properly. <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">You can read more about it here.</a>\r\n\r\nNext, let’s look at some basics for drawing facial features. You can begin by learning how to illustrate each of these in isolation, and later integrate the techniques with the proportion guidelines shared earlier to create a whole Straight On face.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Eyes</h3>\r\nThe eyes are the soul of an otherwise lifeless illustration. With eyes, you can create different expressions and convey certain emotions.\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a horizontal line across the page using a pencil. This will be your guideline. Starting at just below this line, draw an almond-shaped line, allowing the pencil to move smoothly over the guideline to create a graceful arch. Stop when the line reaches the horizontal guideline. Complete the almond shape by drawing under the guideline.\r\n\r\nThe arch of the eye should be graceful and rise gradually from the guideline. If it is too steep, it may make the eye appear rounder and bigger.\r\n\r\nTo make the other eye, repeat the same steps, except that the second eye must be a mirror image of the first eye. The distance between two eyes must be the width of one eye.\r\n\r\nTo draw the iris, measure the height of the eyes at the highest part. This will be the diameter of the iris or the big circle. Within this circle, you may draw a smaller circle, also known as the pupil, and another small circle or two for highlights. Add the lids and the eyelashes.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-eyes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-892\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-eyes.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces eyes\" height=\"640\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3> How to Draw Noses</h3>\r\nThe nose may seem like a simple job but it can actually mean the difference between a well-executed drawing and a mediocre attempt. To start, consider the different parts of the nose: the bridge, the ball (the slightly rounded or pointy tip), and the nostrils (including the wings (or alars), which are the fleshy parts). You will need to integrate these parts into your drawing and make them work together.\r\n\r\nNext, draw a vertical line the length of which you want the nose to be. On both sides of this line, draw diagonal lines that are angled away from each other so that the image forms a very steep triangle.\r\n\r\nAt the base of the triangle, draw two dark strips to represent the nostrils. Using light pencil strokes, start building the nose by drawing the ball and finishing up the alars. Create more strokes to define the nose and provide shading.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-nose.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-893\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-nose.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces nose\" width=\"640\" height=\"280\" /></a></p>\r\n<strong>Tip:</strong> Keep in mind that noses can be any shape, width or length, so you do have some flexibility in drawing the nose that you like.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Ears</h3>\r\nThe ears are easily the most complicated part of drawing faces because of the different folds of fleshy areas that compose each ear. Since the shape is irregular, all you really need to do is learn the basics and practice so that you are more comfortable drawing the lines next time.\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a rectangular box with the short sides on the top and bottom. Use a 1:2 ratio to make the size proportional - that is, the long sides should be twice as long as the short sides. Using the box as a guide, draw the basic shape of the ear within it. Go gently on the curves, especially the upper arch at the top of the ear. Once done, erase the rectangle so you are left with the basic shape to work on.\r\n\r\nAdd the small bump (called a tragus) on the opposite side, slightly at the lower middle area. Make a parallel outline of the ear shape (the helix) and stop just above the lower middle point. Starting at the upper area where the tragus is, draw a thick Y-shape that curves gracefully downwards, following the outline of the ear. This line should meet the lower end of the tragus. Once you are done, you have a basic ear. Begin shading areas to create depth and dimension.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-ear.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-894\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-ear.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces ear\" width=\"640\" height=\"347\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>Note:</strong> Ears appear different depending on the profile of the face you are drawing. A full side view or profile will show a full view of the ears, which means you may have to create better details. For reference, study photos of real ears to familiarize yourself with shape and shading.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Lips</h3>\r\nMen\'s and women\'s lips differ slightly but for the sake of learning the technique, let\'s try to draw a woman\'s lips. A woman\'s lips usually appears thicker and fuller, with more curves.\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a short horizontal guideline. This line will mark the middle part of the lips. Using the line as a guide, draw two peaks to represent the bow curve of the upper lips. The line should rise gently from the guideline to create a more natural look.\r\n\r\nStarting at one end of the line at the base of the peaks, draw the lower lip, finishing the drawing to make sure the lines all meet. Refine the lines and add shading or color.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-lips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-895\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-lips.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces lips\" width=\"437\" height=\"640\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>Tip:</strong> Lips may appear thicker or thinner and may even be modified to illustrate a smiling portrait. Watch for proportion in relation to the base of the mouth and the chin.\r\n<h3>But My Drawing Still Looks Nothing Like the Face I Wanted It to Look Like!</h3>\r\nIn this post, I shared just a few simple tips to help you with some of the beginning basics of drawing a face and the facial features properly. That said, there is a lot more to drawing the face than I can cover in this one post, <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"><em>especially</em></span> if you are striving to draw a face from a reference photo and you want the likeness to match that of the photo!\r\n\r\nIf you like the suggestions in this post but still want a faster and easier way to draw faces...that is also certain to have you end up with a better drawing in the end...\r\n\r\n...then I\'d like to share with you a special guide that I wrote titled <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">\"How to Make Realistic Line Drawings of Any Face\".</a> It provides information on a very effective technique with thorough details and examples that will have you drawing any face from any reference photo, perfectly proportioned and having a true likeness to your subject.\r\n\r\nYou will also <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">see how to get more detailed, realistic-looking facial features</a> with your initial line drawing. Here is an example of a reference photo of a woman\'s eyes, followed by my rendering.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/drawing-the-eyes-photo.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1444\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/drawing-the-eyes-photo.jpg\" alt=\"drawing the eyes photo\" width=\"800\" height=\"358\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/drawing-the-eyes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1445\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/drawing-the-eyes.jpg\" alt=\"drawing the eyes\" width=\"800\" height=\"399\" /></a>\r\n\r\nAfter drawing for 15 years, I learned this incredibly simple method that had me immediately drawing better, literally overnight! I will teach you to do the same.\r\n<h3>Perfecting the Human Face</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-881 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face-221x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces female face\" width=\"221\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face itself is a blank canvas that can be painted on to show a wide range of features and emotions. From pain and regret to joy and bliss to annoyance and rage, faces can be manipulated on paper to appear as you want them to appear.\r\n\r\nHowever, as you build your drawing skills, make sure to learn from the best teacher and the best source of inspiration, which is real life. When you are learning how to draw faces, learn to observe, to look, to see. Study people\'s faces in pictures and in videos. Also study and learn from drawings of faces and drawing videos. If you have a willing model, take advantage of that as well. Observe how different parts of faces are put together and determine the relationship of each feature with the others.\r\n\r\nBe an observer of life. Implement the simple tips on this page while you keep practicing. <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">Seek more effective techniques</a> when you are ready. The more you are aware of your environment, the better you will be at translating what you see on paper, and you will see that drawing faces is no longer all that tricky!\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face\">Click here to get \"How to Make Realistic Line Drawings of Any Face\"!</a>','How to Draw Those Tricky Faces with Some Simple Tips','','inherit','open','open','','878-revision-v1','','','2014-09-02 20:22:56','2014-09-03 03:22:56','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/878-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0);
